Recruitment Employment and Administration of Locally Engaged

Document Sample
Recruitment Employment and Administration of Locally Engaged Powered By Docstoc
					                                               SI BF(G) 6200




    STANDING INSTRUCTIONS FOR
  THE BRITISH FORCES IN GERMANY
                       PART VI
                     CHAPTER 2
              STANDING INSTRUCTION 6200

  RECRUITMENT, EMPLOYMENT AND
ADMINISTRATION OF LOCALLY ENGAGED
     CIVIL LABOUR IN GERMANY
            SPONSOR: HQ UKSC LEC SP SVCS

  “UP TO DATE VERSIONS OF SIs BF(G) ARE AVAILABLE FOR
    VIEWING ON THE COMMAND INFORMATION PORTAL”




                                                    HQ UKSC
                                            RE-ISSUED 1 JUL10
                                        FOREWORD

Unless the context otherwise requires, this Instruction is applicable to all members
of the Armed Forces and civilians serving in the Federal Republic of Germany (FRG)
and elsewhere in North West Europe (NWE) within the command of HQ UKSC and
HQ 1 (UK) Armd Div.

                                        CONTENTS

     SUBJECT                                              PARAGRAPHS        PAGE
INTRODUCTION                                              1                 1

Responsibilities                                          4                 1
Layout                                                    8                 2

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

Sub Section 1 - Authorities for employment
      Authorities                                         1.001             1-1
      Replacement Labour                                  1.002 - 1.003     1-1
      Handover Periods                                    1.004 - 1.006     1-1
      Temporary Change of Duties                          1.007 - 1.008     1-2
      LEC Grading                                         1.009 - 1.010     1-2
      Unit applications for Job Grading                   1.011             1-2
      Individual Grade Review                             1.012             1-3
      Employee Grievance against Grading Board Review     1.013 – 1.016     1-3
      Unit Concern over Grading Board Recommendation      1.017             1-4
      New Contracts                                       1.018             1-4
      New Posts                                           1.019             1-4
      Downgrading of Posts                                1.020             1-4
      Deletion of DEL/CWG Posts                           1.021-1.022       1-4

Sub Section 2 – Recruitment
      General                                             1.023             1-4
      Vacant Posts/Advertising                            1.024 – 1.0026    1-5
      Status of Employees                                 1.027             1-5
      Spare                                               1.028 – 1.029     1-5
      Free Travel Cost for Potential Employees            1.030 – 1.031     1-6

Sub Section 3 – Documentation
      Requirements for labour                             1.032             1-6
      Engagements                                         1.033             1-6
      Security and Employment Vetting                     1.034             1-6
      Passes                                              1.035 - 1.039     1-6
      Spare                                               1.040             1-7
      Payment Procedures                                  1.041             1-7
      Attendance Records                                  1.042 – 1.043     1-7
      Personal records                                    1.044 - 1.048     1-7




SI BF(G)                                         ii                        AMDT 12
6200
      SUBJECT                                                PARAGRAPHS      PAGE

Sub Section 4 – Allowances
Functional Allowance                                                         1-8
        Eligibility                                          1.049 - 1.050   1-8
        Submission of Applications                           1.051 - 1.054   1-8
        Stable hand Duties                                   1.055 - 1.056   1-9
        Ambulance Drivers – Aidman Allowance                 1.057           1-9
Performance Allowances                                                       1-10
        General                                              1.058 - 1.061   1-10
        Submission of Applications                           1.062           1-10
        Reviews                                              1.063           1-10
LEC Special Bonus Award (SBA) Scheme                                         1-10
        Aim                                                  1.064           1-10
        Justification                                        1.065           1-10
        Awards for Personal Development and Qualifications   1.066           1-11
        Fairness and Equality                                1.067           1-11
        Value of the Bonus Award                             1.068           1-11
        Recommendation and Approval                          1.069           1-11
        Spare                                                1.070           1-11
Allowance for Difficult Conditions                                           1-12
        Eligibility                                          1.071 - 1.073   1-12
        Allowance for Ammunition Workers                     1.074 – 1.083   1-12
Tool allowance                                                               1-14
        General                                              1.084 - 1.085   1-14
Charge hands and Leading Charge hands                                        1-15
        Guide Scales                                         1.086           1-15
        Grading                                              1.087           1-15


Sub Section 5 - Travel and Day Allowances
      General                                                1.088
      Employment Away From the Regular Place of Work         1.089           1-15
      Refund of Fares                                        1.090           1-16
      Kilometre Allowance                                    1.091           1-16
      Spare                                                  1.092 – 1.094   1-16
      Travelling Time                                        1.095           1-16
      Day Allowance                                          1.096           1-16
      Travel Allowance - Duties of less than 15 kms          1.097           1-16
      Night Supplements                                      1.098           1-17
      Travel Outside FRG                                     1.099           1-17
      Nominations for Courses and Temporary Duty             1.100           1-17
      Outside Duty Station
      Resources                                              1.101           1-18
      Procedure                                              1.102           1-18
      Applications                                           1.103 - 1.105   1-18




SI BF(G)                                      iii                            AMDT 12
6200
      SUBJECT                                                   PARAGRAPHS       PAGE

Sub Section 6 - Jubilee Payments and Certificates of Service                     1-19
      General                                                   1.106            1-19
      Eligibility                                               1.107 - 1.108    1-19
      Applications                                              1.109            1-20
      Time Frames                                               1.110            1-20
      Presentations                                             1.111            1-20
      Jubilee Payments                                          1.112            1-20
      Spare                                                     1.113 – 1.114    1-20

Sub Section 7 – Tasking of BFG Locally Employed Civilians (LEC) Outside
Germany (including to Operational Theatres)
      General                                               1.115 – 1.116        1-20
      DEL                                                   1.117                1-20
      Deps                                                  1.118                1-23
      Pre-Deployment Briefing                               1.119                1-24
      Conditions of Service                                 1.120                1-24

Sub Section 8 – Participation of LEC on Military Exercises and Field Training
in Germany
      Definitions                                            1.121               1-24
      Authority                                              1.122               1-24
      Participation                                          1.123               1-25
      Conditions of Service                                  1.124               1-25
      British Territorial Army Training                      1.125               1-26
      Spare                                                  1.126               1-26

Sub Section 9 – Welfare
      Protective clothing                                       1.127 - 1.130    1-26
      Claims for Compensation for Damage to Personal Property   1.131 - 1.134    1-26
      Losses to Personal Property                               1.135            1-27
      Travel on Official Transport                              1.136 - 1.138    1-27
      Rest rooms                                                1.139            1-27
      Provision of Personal Aids for LEC                        1.140            1-27

Sub Section 10 - Losses to Public Funds Caused by Misemployment or
Negligence
       Misemployment                                     1.141 - 1.143           1-29
      Sports/Hazardous Activity                          1.144                   1-29
      Inquiries                                          1.145 - 1.149           1-29
      Overpayments                                       1.150                   1-30
      Write-off Action                                   1.151 - 1.152           1-30

Sub Section 11 - Health and Safety Matters
      Applicability of UK and Federal German Legislation        1.153 - 1.154    1-30
      Health and Safety Instructions                            1.155            1-31

Annex A.   Application for Locally Engaged Civil Labour                          1A-1
Annex B.   Attendance Records                                                    1B-1
Annex C.   Application for Courses                                               1C-1
Annex D.   Application for Performance/Functional Allowance                      1D-1
SI BF(G)                                      iv                                AMDT 12
6200
Annex E  Application for Grant of Severity, Tool, Chargehand Allowance           1E-1
      SUBJECT                                                  PARAGRAPHS        PAGE
Annex F  Applying for an LEC Special Bonus Award                                 1F-1
         Appendix 1 – Applications for Special Bonus Award                       1F1-1
Annex G  Team Training and Sports Activities                                     1G-1
         Appendix 1 – Activities not considered appropriate for team training    1G1-1
         Appendix 2 – Application for Authority to Conduct a Team Training
         Event                                                                   1G2-1



SECTION 2 - INSTRUCTIONS FOR DEL/CWG

Sub Section 1 – Recruitment
      Work Permits                                            2.001 - 2.002      2-1

Sub Section 2 – Documentation
      Engagements                                             2.003              2-1
      Multiple Contracts                                      2.004 - 2.006      2-1
     Spare                                                    2.007
      Guidelines for Completion                               2.008              2-1
      Distribution of Employment Contract                     2.009              2-3
      Contract Amendments                                     2.010              2-3
      Replacement Labour                                      2.011              2-3
      Employment Contracts Limited by Date                    2.012              2-3
      End of Limited Contract                                 2.013              2-3
      Employment not covered by CTA II                        2.014              2-3
      Temporary Changes of Duty                               2.015 - 2.018      2-3
      Commencement of Work                                    2.019              2-4
      Action before Expiration of Probationary Period         2.020              2-4
      Agreements not covered by Employment Contract           2.021              2-4
      Continued Employment Over 65 years of Age               2.021a             2-5

Sub Section 3 - Terms and Conditions of Employment
      General                                                 2.022              2-5
Hours of work                                                                    2-5
      Regular Weekly Hours of Work                            2.023 - 2.027      2-5
      Extended hours of work                                  2.028              2-6
      Overtime                                                2.029 - 2.031      2-6
Work on Sundays and Public Holidays                                              2-6
      General                                                 2.032 - 2.033      2-6
      Sunday Work                                             2.034 - 2.036      2-6
      Work on German Public Holidays                          2.037 - 2.039      2-6
Leave                                                                            2-7
      Entitlement                                             2.040              2-7
      Leave Carried Forward                                   2.041              2-7

       Transfer of Leave                                      2.041a – 2.042     2-7
Withdrawal of driving licence                                                    2-7
      Continued Employment                                    2.043              2-8
Sickness                                                                         2-8
      Notification of sickness                                2.044              2-8
      Second Opinion                                          2.045              2-8
SI BF(G)                                      v                                 AMDT 12
6200
Death                                                                         2-8
        Notification                                         2.046            2-8
        Death on Duty Away from Duty Station                 2.047            2-8
        Disposal of Property on Death                        2.048            2-8

Travel to or Through Countries to Which Special Security     2.049 - 2.050    2-9
and/or Intelligence Regulations Apply

        SUBJECT                                             PARAGRAPHS        PAGE

Sub Section 4 - Termination of Employment or Alteration of Employment
Conditions
        Termination of Contract                             2.051             2-9
Alterations of Employment Conditions                        2.051a            2-10
        Notice Periods                                      2.052             2-10
        Employment During the Notice Period                 2.053             2-10
        Extraordinary Notice of Termination                 2.054 - 2.055     2-10
        Involvement of Unit Works Councils                  2.056             2-10
        Reasons for Terminating Employment                  2.057 - 2.059     2-11
        Severely Handicapped Persons                        2.060             2-11
        Maternity Protection                                2.061 - 2.062     2-11
        Testimonials                                        2.063             2-12

Sub Section 5 – Redundancies
      Obligation to Report Mass Dismissals                  2.064             2-12
      Notification to Land Labour Exchanges                 2.065 - 2.067     2-12

Sub Section 6 – Allowances                                                    2-13
Work on Rotating Shifts                                                       2-13
      Definition                                            2.068             2-13
      Contracts                                             2.069             2-13
      Exclusions                                            2.070             2-13
      Out of Tariff Allowances – Conditions                 2.071             2-13

Sub Section 7 - Discipline/Grievances
Warnings                                                                      2-13
      General                                               2.072 - 2.073     2-13
      Procedure                                             2.074 - 2.076     2-14
       Medical Absences                                     2.077             2-14
       Criminal Activity                                    2.077a            2-15
Grievances                                                                    2-15
      Gradings                                              2.078             2-15




SI BF(G)                                       vi                            AMDT 12
6200
      SUBJECT                                             PARAGRAPHS       PAGE

Sub Section 8 - CWG Matters
CWG Employment
      General                                             2.079            2-15
      Uniform/Working Clothing                            2.080            2-15
      Spare                                               2.081            2-15
      Movement of CWG                                     2.082            2-15
      Spare                                               2.083 – 2.088    2-15

Sub Section 9 – Welfare
Accommodation and Meals – DEL                                              2-15
      Authority                                           2.089            2-15
Canteens                                                                   2-16
      General                                             2.090            2-16
      Responsibilities of OC Employing Unit               2.091            2-16
      Canteen Association                                 2.092            2-16
      Works Council Involvement                           2.093            2-16

Sub Section 10 - Employee Relations/ Works Councils
      General                                             2.094            2-16
      Definitions                                         2.095            2-16
      Eligibility                                         2.096 - 2.097    2-16
      Elections                                           2.098 - 2.100    2-16
      Spare                                               2.101            2-17
      Accommodation and office equipment                  2.102            2-17
      Functions of the Works Council                      2.103            2-18
      Negotiations                                        2.104            2-18
      Time Frames                                         2.105 - 2.106    2-18
      Limitations                                         2.107 - 2.108    2-18
      Works Agreement                                     2.108a           2-18

Annex A. Extraordinary Notice of Termination                               2A-1
        Appendix 1.   Alternative Form of Notice                           2A1-1
Annex B. Notification to Works Council                                     2B-1
Annex C. Travel Security – Notice Board Information                        2C-1
Annex D. Notification of Working Hours                                     2D-1
Annex E. Death of an Employee                                              2E-1
Annex F.   Canteen facilities                                              2F-1
        Appendix 1.   Accommodation Stores for Canteens                    2F1-1
Annex G. Model Charter for Civilian Canteen                                2G-1
        Appendix 1.   Articles of Association (Example)                    2G1-1
Annex H. Matters subject to Co-determination                               2H-1
           Appendix 1 – Protocol of Signature                              2H1-1
Annex I.   Matters subject to Co-operation                                 2I-1




SI BF(G)                                      vii                         AMDT 12
6200
      SUBJECT                                                PARAGRAPHS       PAGE

SECTION 3 - SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE EMPLOYMENT OF DEPENDANTS

Sub Section 1 - Scope and General Conditions
      Scope                                                  3.001            3-1
      General Conditions                                     3.002 - 3.006    3-1
      Income Tax                                             3.007            3-2
      Spare                                                  3.008            3-2

Sub Section 2 - Employment of Dependants
      Authority to Employ                                    3.009            3-2
      Spare                                                  3.010            3-2
      LEC Vacancies                                          3.011            3-2

Sub Section 3 - Documentation, Pay and Allowances
      Engagements                                            3.012            3-2
      Dual Employments                                       3.012a           3-2
      Continued Employment over 65 Years of age              3.012b           3-3
      Security                                               3.013 - 3.015    3-3
      Probationary Period                                    3.016 - 3.018    3-3
      Probationary Report                                    3.018A           3-4
      Notice                                                 3.019 - 3.020    3-4
      Capability/Disciplinary Policy, Rules and Procedures   3.021            3-5
      Grievances Regarding Gradings                          3.022            3-5
      Grievances Against Terms and Conditions of Service     3.023            3-5
      Complaints of Harassment and Bullying                  3.024            3-5

      Spare                                                  3.025            3-5
      Security Instructions for Certain Foreign Travel and   3.026 - 3.028    3-6
      Contact                                                3.029            3-6
      Termination, Retention and Disposal of Records         3.030            3-6
      Payment Procedure and Responsibilities                 3.031            3-7
      Overpayments                                           3.032            3-7
      Pay Statements                                         3.033            3-7
      Earnings Related National Insurance Contributions      3.034 - 3.037    3-8
      (ERNIC)
      Incremental Pay Dates and Previous Service             3.038 - 3.044    3-9
      Automatic Upgradings                                   3.045            3-11
      Temporary Change of Duty                               3.046            3-11
      Allowances                                             3.047            3-12
      Time-Limits on Claims                                  3.048            3-12
      Certificates of Service                                3.049            3-12
      Gratuities                                             3.050            3-12
      Death Benefit                                          3.051            3-15
      Christmas Bonus                                        3.052 - 3.056    3-15
      Leave Bonus                                            3.057 - 3.061    3-16

Sub Section 4 - Terms and Conditions of Service
      Hours of Work                                          3.062            3-18
      Extension of Hours Of Work                             3.063 - 3.066    3-18
      Work on Sundays and Public Holidays                    3.067 - 3.071    3-18
SI BF(G)                                       viii                          AMDT 12
6200
      Military Stand Downs                                     3.072             3-20
      Work At Night                                            3.073             3-20
      Overtime                                                 3.074 - 3.075     3-20
      Loss of Work Hours                                       3.076 - 3.077     3-21
      Leave                                                    3.078 - 3.079     3-21
      Leave Entitlement                                        3.080             3-21
      Employment Not Covering the Full Leave Year              3.081 - 3.082a    3-22
      Special Paid Leave                                       3.083 - 3.084     3-22
      Education Leave                                          3.085 - 3.087     3-24
      Leave Carried Forward                                    3.088             3-25
      Transfer of Leave                                        3.088a            3-25
      Payments in Lieu of Leave                                3.089             3-25
      Unpaid Leave                                             3.090 - 3.092     3-25

       Sickness
      Occupational Sick Leave                                  3.093 - 3.096     3-26
      Sickness Benefits                                        3.097 - 3.098     3-27
      Statutory Sick Pay                                       3.099 - 3.105     3-27
Maternity                                                                        3-28
      Time Off for Antenatal Care/Introduction to Parenthood   3.106             3-28
      Courses
      Maternity Leave                                          3.107             3-28
      Ordinary Maternity Leave                                 3.108 – 3.111B    3-28
      Additional Maternity Leave                               3.112             3-29
      Annual Leave                                             3.113             3-29

      Statutory Maternity Pay (SMP)                            3.114             3-30
      Statutory Maternity Pay – Rules/Qualification            3.115             3-30
      Stillbirths                                              3.115A            3-31
      Returning to Work/Termination                            3.116             3-32
      Maternity Allowance                                      3.117             3-32

      Notification of Pregnancy                                3.118             3-33
      Returning from Ordinary Maternity Leave                  3.119             3-33
      Returning from Additional Maternity Leave                3.120             3-34
      Keeping in Touch (KIT) days                              3.121             3-34
      KIT remuneration outside of the SMP period               3.121A            3-34
      Heath and Safety at Work                                 3.122             3-35
      Adoption Leave                                           3.123             3-35
      Statutory Adoption Pay (SAP)                             3.124             3-36
      Parental Leave                                           3.125             3-36
      Paternity Leave                                          3.126             3-38
      Statutory Paternity Pay (SPP)                            3.127             3-38
                                                               3.128 – 3.131     3-38
      Flexible Working
      Accidents and Injuries                                   3.132 - 3.133     3-40
      Special Instructions for Dependant Nursing Staff         3.134 - 3.136     3-40
      Casual Employment                                        3.137 – 3.137A    3-41

       Bus Escorts/School Crossing Attendants                  3.138 - 3.140     3-41

Sub Section 5 - Employment of Juveniles
      Terms and Conditions of Service - Juveniles              3.141 - 3.142     3-41
SI BF(G)                                      ix                                AMDT 12
6200
       Records for Juveniles                                    3.143             3-43
       Medical Examination for Juveniles                        3.144             3-43

Sub Section 6 – Learning Support Assistant Grades
- Service Children Education (BFG)
       General                                                  3.145 – 3.146     3-44
       Grading of Posts                                         3.147 – 3.149     3.44
       Timesheets – BFG24                                       3.150             3-44
       Multiple Contracts                                       3.151 – 3.152     3-44
       Leave                                                    3.153 – 3.157     3-44
       Unpaid Leave and Unauthorized Absence                    3.158 – 3.159     3-45
       Engagements and Terminations                             3.160 – 3.162     3-45
       Amendments to Contracted Hours                           3.163             3-45
       Incremental Dates and Previous Service                   3.164 – 3.168     3-45
       Qualifications                                           3.169 – 3.170     3-46
       Gratuity Payments                                        3.171             3-46
       Annual Bonuses                                           3.172             3-46

Annex A.    Spare

Annex B   Self Certified Sick Absence (Dependant Employees                        3B-1
       Appendix 1      Statement of Fitness for Work (Dependant Employee)         3B1-1
       Appendix 2      Special Paid Leave due to Illness of Child (Dependant
       Employees)                                                                 3B2-1

Annex C.    Waiver of Claim of Sickness Benefit When in Receipt of Full Pay or    3C-1
            SSP

Annex D.  Requirement for Notification of Pregnancy or Claims for Statutory       3D-1
          Maternity Pay
       Appendix 1.   Certificate in Lieu of Mat B1                                3D1-1
       Appendix 2.   Notification of Pregnancy                                    3D2-1
       Appendix 3    Notification of Adoption                                     3D3-1

Annex E. Registration Dependant Nursing Staff                                     3E-1
       Appendix 1.  Confirmation of Registration Proforma                         3E1-1

Annex F     Flexible Working – Procedures                                         3F1

Annex G     Dependant Employee Probation Report Form                              3G-1

Annex H     Dependant Previous Experience Recognition Application Form            3H-1

SECTION 4 - DEPENDANTS PROGRESS, TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT DIRECTIVE

      Introduction                                              4.001 - 4.002     4-1
      Aim                                                       4.003             4-1
      Applicability                                             4.004             4-2
      Responsibilities                                          4.005             4-2

Dependants Progress Reviews (Appraisal System)
     Introduction                                               4.006 - 4.010     4-4
     Evaluation                                                 4.011             4-5
SI BF(G)                                       x                                 AMDT 12
6200
      Data Protection                                4.012    4-5

Annex A.   Standard Job Description for Dependants            4A-1
Annex B.   Interview Guidance Notes                           4B-1
Annex C.   BFG Dependants Progress Report                     4C-1




SI BF(G)                                     xi              AMDT 12
6200
SI BF(G)   xii   AMDT 12
6200
STANDING INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE RECRUITMENT, EMPLOYMENT AND
 ADMINISTRATION OF LOCALLY ENGAGED CIVIL LABOUR IN GERMANY

INTRODUCTION

1.      These instructions deal with the recruitment, employment and administration of Locally
Engaged Civilians (LEC) who are employed with the British Forces or its Civilian Component in
the Federal Republic of Germany (FRG). They should be read in conjunction with Standing
Instruction British Army (Germany) 6200 (SI BF(G) 6200).

2.     LEC comprises Directly Employed Labour (DEL), Civilian Working Groups (CWG) and
Dependants. DEL and CWG are employed under the terms of the Collective Tariff Agreement
(CTA II) and the Federal Personnel Representation Law 1974 (FPRL 74). Dependants are
employed under UK Contract Law and those aspects in UK Law that are applicable overseas.
The entitlement to be employed as a Dependant is defined in the NATO Status of Forces
Agreement (SOFA) article 1 paragraph 1b.

3.     Garrison Labour Support Units (GLSU) are responsible for the day to day
administration of LEC employed under this Order and for liaison with German authorities
and employee representative bodies on employment matters. Employing units and user
Units (Category „A‟ and „B‟) are not to approach or deal with German agencies direct on
employment matters, unless the relevant GLSU has been consulted and has advised that
they should do so. All communications and enquiries received by units from German
agencies on employment matters are to be referred to the appropriate GLSU for advice.
Additionally units are not permitted to approach the Unit Works Council or Higher Level
Works Council without the explicit authority of the Head of Agency.

Responsibilities

4.      OC GLSU. OC GLSU are responsible for implementing UKSC civil labour policy
within their Agency boundary, transmission of civil labour policy to Category B units and
monitoring its implementation. They provide a HR management service for all Category A
units within their area. They perform annual labour support inspections of all Category „A‟
and „B‟ units within their dependency.

5.    Category „B‟ - Employing Units. Employing Units are follow the direction and
procedures set out in SI BF(G) 6200. Specifically, they are responsible for:

       a.     The line management and supervision of LEC.

       b.    The administration of LEC, with the exception of tasks which are
       designated as the responsibility of GLSU or User Unit in these Instructions.

       c.     The issue of general instructions for the administration of civil labour
       employed by them. Such instructions are to be produced in consultation with and
       under the legal guidance of the GLSU and may, in certain instances, require the
       Co-operation/Codetermination of the UWC.

      d.     Ensuring that labour is not employed in excess of the trades and grades
      authorised by budget holders.
SI BF(G)                                    1                                   AMDT 12
6200
      e.     Ensuring that LEC are engaged and terminated in a lawful manner and that
      IR procedures are not infringed.

      f.      Ensuring that an up to date register of non-EC nationals employed is
      maintained showing details and expiry date of works permits. Action is to be taken
      by the Employing Unit in conjunction with the GLSU to have work permits renewed
      prior to expiry.

      g.     Attendance records for DEL employees in units which have been given
      authority for self-administration of pay are to be submitted to the Lohnstelle, Soest
      in accordance with LEC Sp Svcs and local GLSU instructions.

6.     Category „A‟ - User Units. User Units are responsible for the line management
and supervision of LEC allocated to them in accordance with SI BF(G) 6200. Specifically,
they are responsible for:

      a.    The maintenance of attendance records and the timely submission of
      completed and certified records to the LEC Pay Bureau and GLSU.

      b.    The immediate reporting of absence and casualties caused by illness or
      accident to the GLSU.

      c.   Reporting matters requiring disciplinary action to the GLSU. Reports are to
      be made without delay, initially by telephone and confirmed in writing.

      d.   Restricting employees' duties to those contracted unless authorised by OC
      GLSU.

      e.   Ensuring that funding has been authorised and agreed for all additional
      expenditure, such as overtime, any allowance or bonus.

      f.    Forwarding queries from individual employees on pay and employment to
      the GLSU for clarification.

7.    Queries arising from these instructions are to be referred to GLSUs for clarification.

8.    Layout:

      a.    Section 1. General instructions for the recruitment, employment and
      administration of LEC.

      b.    Section 2. Special instructions for the employment of Directly Employed
      Labour (DEL) and Civilian Working Groups (CWG). This section contains items
      which are specific to DEL and CWG and are not covered under Section 1.

      c.    Section 3. Special instructions for the employment of Dependant
      employees. This section contains items which are specific to Dependants.

      d.     Section 4. Dependants Progress, Training and Development Directive.

SI BF(G)                                     2                                    AMDT 12
6200
 SECTION 1 – GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE RECRUITMENT, EMPLOYMENT AND
          ADMINISTRATION OF DEL, CWG AND DEPENDANT EMPLOYEES

                   SUB SECTION 1 - AUTHORITIES FOR EMPLOYMENT

1.001 Authorities. Authorities for the employment of Civil Labour by units in BFG are:

       a.     The civil labour complement approved by Budget Holders.

       b.     Temporary authorities issued by a Budget Holder.

LEC employed by BFG Units for other sponsored organisations or NATO units, e.g. HQ
LANDCENT, is to be employed in accordance with Memoranda of Understanding or
agreements between BFG and the authorities concerned.

1.002 Replacement Labour. Subject to the provisions shown below labour may be
employed as replacement (with fixed term contracts) in the following categories:

       a.    Personnel absent from work under the provisions of the mother protection
       law (Mutterschutzgesetz) or the Parental Leave Law (Bundeserziehungsgeldgesetz).

       b.     Personnel absent through sickness (on cessation of payments from BFG).

       c.     Personnel undergoing national service with the Bundeswehr, or national
       service required under legal obligations outside the Federal Republic of Germany.

       d.    Full or Part Time released Works Council members/Severely Handicapped
       Persons trustees.

1.003           Units are to bid for approval to recruit temporary replacement labour to their
Budget Holder. If approved, the Budget Holder is to issue an authority to the GLSU to
employ replacement labour with any caveats he may wish to impose regarding the type of
labour and scope of work etc. On return to work the regular employee is to resume
employment under his/her contracted terms and conditions. If the cessation of the
temporary contract relates to an event and not a definite date, the temporary replacement
is to be notified of the impending return of the regular employee and of the cessation of
the temporary contract. In such cases temporary replacement employees should be
informed as soon as possible but at lease two weeks (14 calendar days) is to be
observed.

1.004 Handover periods. Handover periods, may be granted by Budget Holders for
supervisory, clerical or administrative posts graded C5 (or equivalent) and above and for
personal assistants graded C4a. A maximum of five days is recommended.

1.005 Handover periods should not be required for industrial posts or clerical/
administrative post under direct supervision.

1.006 Outgoing employees are to complete their total leave entitlement prior to the
commencement of the handover period.


SI BF(G)                                     1-1                                    AMDT 12
6200
1.007 Temporary Changes of Duties. For DEL/CWG see paragraph 2.025. For
Dependant employees see paragraph 3.046.

1.008 Where OCs wish to place an employee into a higher graded post for the purpose of
assessing his ability, this may be effected at the same unit without additional pay for a
maximum period of three months without upgrading. It is most important that the decision
regarding either promotion or return to previous duties is made and actioned before the
end of the period specified above for DEL/CWG as NO action will result in automatic
upgrading. The cooperation of the Unit Works Council is required for DEL/CWG.

1.009 LEC Grading. The Forces are permitted to grade posts in accordance with the
prescribed parameters of CTA II and other relevant regulations. Gradings are based on
the duties allotted to the post and reflected in the individual employee's contract of
employment. LEC complements summarise posts and changes require LEC Grading
Board validation as well as budgetary confirmation that funding is available for any
proposed re-grading.

1.010 The grade for work carried out is decided by the OC GLSU. However. to ensure any
pan BFG issues are taken into account an LEC Grading Board consisting of each OC
GLSU and chaired by LEC Sp Svcs sits monthly (usually on the first Tue of each month
except Jan). The board is empowered to make the following decisions on evidence
submitted:

      a.     Recommend no change to current grade

      b.     Recommend an upgrading or downgrading upon evidence submitted

      c.     Request that a full Worksite Inspection be carried out on the post in
             question. Where this is the case the inspection report is to be staffed in
             accordance with instructions issued by LEC Sp Svcs, HQ UKSC

      d.     Where appropriate recommend the issue of an allowance

1.011 Unit applications for Job Grading. The Grading Board will require the following
documents in instruction to grade a post.

      a.     The proposed revised job description.

      b.     The Budget Holder‟s authority indicating the maximum grade allowed

      c.     A list of responsibilities/tasks to be added to and/or deleted from the existing
             contracted job description

      d.     The job Description of the employee‟s Line Manager

      e.     A wiring diagram showing Line Manager, his/her Manager and all personnel
             including the post in question, responsible to the Line Manager .




SI BF(G)                                    1-2                                    AMDT 12
6200
1.012 Individual Grade Review. Any employee is entitled, in accordance CTA II, Article
64, to ask for his/her grade to be reviewed. Upon receipt of such requests OC GLSU is to
determine whether the unit supports the employees‟ request. If this is the case action
should be taken in accordance with para 1.011 above. Where this is not the case OC
GLSU will initiate IR procedures with the Unit Works Council or Dependant
Representative, as required. Thereafter OC GLSU will:

      a.     Discuss the case with the Unit Works Council in respect of DEL/CWG or in
      the case of Dependants with the local representative.

      b.    Visit the employee‟s worksite in instruction to establish the grounds for the
      request and obtain the views of the individuals unit.

      c.     Grade the post in accordance with CTA II Tariff criteria.

1.012A In situations where it is discovered that the post holder is carrying out work of a
higher grade than that in which the employee is contracted OC GLSU is to advise the unit
accordingly. The unit must then decide whether to submit a case to include Budget
Holders comments to the LEC Grading Board in accordance with 1.011 above or remove
those duties that have been identified as attracting the higher grade.

1.013 Employee Grievance against Grade Review. Where an employee objects to the
results of his/her grade review they may initiate Grade Grievance Procedure. In most
cases this will necessitate in a Grievance Board being convened. However, before a
Grievance Board can sit a full Worksite Inspection and associated report will be required.
Normally the OC GLSU in whose area of responsibility the employee works will carry out
the Worksite Inspection. However, where the outcome of such an inspection may have a
bearing on other similar posts in other Garrisons areas LEC Sp SVCS, HQ UKSC may
nominate a neutral officer to conduct the inspection.

1.014 Where a Works Council or Dependant Representative exists, a member may be
present at the worksite inspection if the employee so wishes. If the employee is SHP the
Trustee of SHP may also attend if so requested by the employee.

1.015 The composition of the Grievance Board will comprise of equal numbers (normally
2) of LEC Sp Svcs Officers, and Unit Works Councillor/Trade Union officials or Dependant
Representatives. The employee, the inspecting officer, and a representative of the
employee‟s unit will be required as witnesses.

1.016 The Board is to discuss the grievance raised and is to formulate recommendations
to the HOA in writing within five working days after its conclusion. Thereafter the
HOA/Grievance Board Chairman is to take action as follows:

      a.     The Board Reaches a Unanimous Decision. Provided the HOA agrees with
      the decision he or she is to act according to the Boards recommendations informing
      the employee and UWC or DepEC accordingly. Should he or she not agree with
      the recommendations he or she is to forward his or her concerns to ACS LEC Sp
      Svcs who will promulgate the final outcome.


SI BF(G)                                    1-3                                  AMDT 12
6200
      b.     The Board Fails to Reach a Unanimous Decision but a Majority Decision is
      recorded.     The recommendations of each member are to be recorded and
      submitted to the HOA. After due consideration the HOA will make a decision
      informing the employee and UWC or DepEC accordingly. However, should the
      HOA not agree with the majority decision he is to forward his concerns to ACS LEC
      Sp Svcs who will promulgate the final outcome.

      c.     The Board Reaches a Split Decision. The recommendations of each
      member is to be recorded. The Grievance Board Chairman will forward details to
      the ACS LEC Sp Svcs notifying the HOA accordingly. The ACS LEC Sp Svcs will
      thereafter make a decision and promulgate the final outcome.
.
1.017 Unit Concern over Grading Board Recommendation. If after the promulgation of a
Grading Board decision/recommendation a unit wishes to make representation, the OC
GLSU to advise the unit to forward their concerns to the ACS LEC Sp Svcs within 10
working days. ACS LEC Sp Svcs will review the case and respond as appropriate to the
unit direct, with a copy to the OC GLSU.

1.018 New Contracts.        All new contracts of employment, as a result of
handover/takeover are to be reviewed by the OC GLSU to ensure that proposed job
descriptions are commensurate with the trade and grade level and that the Budget
Holders Authority for the post is available.

1.019 New Posts. Upon receipt of a proposed job description in respect of a new post,
OC GLSU in whose area the post is to be situated is to recommend a grade as
appropriate. In instruction to achieve commonality of grading pan BFG, the proposed job
description, recommended grade and any other supporting documentation is thereafter to
be circulated to other members of the LEC Grading Board for comment. If no comment is
received within 5 working days the grade recommendation of the OC GLSU stands.

1.020. Downgrading of Posts. Downgrading may be effected by serving the incumbent
notice of termination of employment and at the same time offering continued employment
in the lower grade. The Co-operation of the Unit Works Council is required for DEL/CWG.

1.021. Deletion of DEL/CWG Posts.        If a post is to be deleted co-operation with the
Unit Works Council at the appropriate level will be required.

1.022. Employees are not to be required to carry out duties, which regularly exceed the job
levels of their posts.

                            SUB SECTION 2 – RECRUITMENT

1.023 General. The recruitment of LEC for Army units (including Catering and Mess
Services Staff) and sponsored organisations is the responsibility of GLSUs, except in the
case of NAAFI and; for Dependants only, SCE. These organisations may request the
assistance of GLSUs in the recruitment of staff.




SI BF(G)                                     1-4                                  AMDT 12
6200
1.024 Vacant Posts/Advertising. A vacant post is one where someone has left or where
a new post has been created. To avoid allegations of favouritism, internal applicants are
not to be placed directly into such posts by upgrading exercises. All such posts must be
advertised. However, external applicants can be told that an internal applicant exists.
Advertising for LEC Posts is to be actioned by the GLSU. Subject to the exceptions in para
1.025a, all vacant posts are to be advertised as follows:

      a.     The post is to be advertised internally (In house publications, Sixth Sense,
      Station Bulletins, BFBS Forces text etc) for a minimum of 14 days within the
      commuting area. Longer or wider advertising is not precluded if redundancy
      provisions or recruiting difficulties require it.

      b.     The advertisement must state the start date of the post and the closing date
      for applications. Applicants are to be informed within 7 days of the closing date
      whether or not they have been short listed.

      c.   Applicants have no right to be informed why they have not been short listed.
      However, it is good practise to state reasons why in general terms.

      d.      The requirement to notify applicants within 7 days applies equally to
      situations where posts are being withdrawn or re-advertised. In the latter case the
      applicant should be informed if his/her application will automatically be considered
      for any new shortlist.

1.025 GLSUs do not, subject to any legal requirements of Garrison policy on wider
recruiting, have to advertise posts in the following circumstances:

      a.     Where Industrial Relations requirements clearly require a particular individual
      to be offered the post

      b.   Where the post needs to be filled urgently and Unit Works
      Council/Dependant Representative agree

      c.     Where the GLSU considers that vacancies almost always exist

1.026 Where a GLSU wishes to invoke para 1.025 b and c rather than advertise a post
they are to maintain a register and its existence is to be regularly advertised, from which
individuals will be called for interview. Personnel who are included on the register are
entitled to be told how many posts they have been considered for and the reason for
rejection. The inclusion on such a register does not imply any right or precedence for short
listing and applicants should be advised to respond to all advertisements they are
interested in.

1.027 Status of Employees. Definitions of the status of employees appears within SI BA
(G) 6200 and at the beginning of these instructions. When a DEL/CWG employee of any
nationality acquires dependant status by marriage to a member of the Forces or the
Civilian Component, as an exception, he or she is to continue in employment under the
terms of CTA II until the termination, for any reason, of his/her employment relationship.

1.028- 1.029 Spare

SI BF(G)                                    1-5                                  AMDT 12
6200
1.030 Free Travel Cost for Potential Employees. When it is necessary for a potential
employee to travel a long distance for an interview the OC GLSU has a legal requirement
to issue a travel warrant (form B Mov 11) for second class rail travel. Alternately the
potential employ may be re-imbursed road travel costs at the current rate in accordance
with CTA II, Appendix R. Costs are to be charged to the recruiting unit‟s UIN. Overnight
subsistence is not applicable.

1.031 In certain circumstances and in instruction to avoid the payment of travel costs,
potential candidates are to be made fully aware in writing together with the invitation to
attend an interview, that the costs arising in this context will not be borne by the Forces.”

                           SUB SECTION 3 - DOCUMENTATION

1.032 Requirements for Labour. Requirements for LEC staff to be paid for by Public
Funds are to be made to the GLSU. Requirements are to be in the format at Annex A to
this section or a locally approved substitute proforma in accordance with local procedures
and are to be authorised by the Budget Holder.

1.033 Engagements. GLSUs are responsible for the engagement procedures for LEC of
Category A and B units.

1.034 Security and Employment Vetting. LEC are to be security vetted and records
maintained in accordance with SI BF(G) 2115. GLSUs are responsible for forwarding the
necessary documentation to HQ 1 MI Bn (Vetting Section) via their local Sy Det. All
potential LEC are to complete the necessary security documentation and, in the case of
DEL/CWG, are to produce a police clearance certificate (polizeiliches Fuehrungszeugnis)
prior to formal engagement. Where a police clearance certificate or an appropriate
proforma indicate unspent convictions, details are to forwarded to LEC Sp Svcs for a
decision regarding the individuals‟ suitability for employment.

1.035 Passes. Civil Labour passes are to be issued in accordance with local
Garrison/Station procedures to all civilian employees who are required to work in areas
which have been designated as places into which entry is to be controlled.

1.036 Passes are to be issued in accordance with current security instructions and the
advice of the local Security Section is to be obtained in cases of doubt. Passes are
serially numbered and a register of issues and withdrawals is to be maintained. When an
employee is discharged the User Unit is to withdraw and cancel the pass. Periodic checks
are to be carried out by the OC User Unit of stocks of passes and records of issues and
withdrawals.

1.037 The control and issue of passes is not to be delegated to DEL/CWG employees.
Where difficulty is experienced in providing UK staff for this duty advice is to be obtained
from the local Security Section.

1.038 Photographs, where required, are to be obtained through Service sources. Where
these are not available, reimbursement of the cost is to be made through unit imprest
accounts.


SI BF(G)                                      1-6                                   AMDT 12
6200
1.039 Ex-employees who fail to return their passes are to be warned in writing that if they
do not surrender the pass recovery action will be taken through the German Civil Police. If
this does not produce results, the matter is to be referred to the relevant Service Liaison
Officer for further action.

1.040 Spare

1.041 Payment procedure. The computation and payment of wages/salaries is carried
out by German Pay Offices (Lohnstellen) for DEL/CWG and for Dependants by the
Central Control Cell (CCC), on the basis of pay information supplied by the LEC Pay
Bureau.

1.042 Attendance records. Attendance records (BFG Forms 24) are to be completed
and certified at unit level by an authorised person (see paragraph 1.148). On completion
two copies of BFG Forms 24 are to be forwarded to the LEC Pay Bureau and one to the
GLSU. Deadlines for receipt of attendance records will be published periodically by the
LEC Pay Bureau, but will normally be three working days after the last Sunday of a month.
 Instructions for the completion of attendance records are at Annex B to this section.
Local arrangements apply for DEL attendance records (except NCMS employees) at
Dulmen, Gutersloh, Herford, Hohne, Paderborn and selected RALSU units.

1.043 It is also admissible for units to use local produced proforma to support the BFG
Form 24. As an example a chargehand or shift supervisor will have the responsibility of
recording individuals daily attendance and passing it to the Line Manager responsible for
signing of the BFG Form 24. Such proforma are to be regularly audited and retained
along with unit copy of the BFG Form 24.

1.044 Personal records. A personal file is to be maintained for each employee by the
GLSU. Personal records are defined as:

      "Personal questionnaires, testimonials, medical reports, grading/classification
      documents and performance assessments, plus applications and written
      statements made by the employee."

Files are to be maintained in accordance with the Data Protection Act. Duplicate files are
not to be maintained other than those appertaining to attendance records and where
appropriate, contact details. Employment records of employees, including details of
annual leave, sickness, special and unpaid leave, absenteeism, trade grade etc., are to be
held on Resource Link by the GLSU in accordance with current legislation detailing the
storage of data on magnetic media.

1.045 Employees must be allowed access to their personal files on request. They may
nominate (in writing) a representative to inspect the contents of the file and the employee
or his representative may make a copy of the contents of the file. Personal files held
centrally by GLSU are to be made available on demand without undue delay.

1.046 Protectively marked material is not to be held on personal files.




SI BF(G)                                    1-7                                   AMDT 12
6200
1.047 Documents containing items which may be seen as an allegation against the
employee, or any disadvantageous/derogatory statement, may only be included in the
employee's personal file after the employee has been given the opportunity to comment
on the matter. In addition see Section 2 para 2.076.

1.048 Personnel files are to be forwarded to any new GLSU on change of job. They are
to be maintained by the GLSU for two years after the final termination of employment.
Dependant personnel files are to be archived at TNT Archive Services, Swadlincote,
Derbyshire.

               SUB SECTION 4 – ALLOWANCES AND BONUS AWARDS

Functional Allowances

1.049 Eligibility. Eligibility to a Functional Allowance may be viewed under two separate
sections:

      a.      Where an employee, for a limited proportion of his/her working time performs
      work at a higher level than his contracted grade, provided it is on a regular basis,
      he may be compensated by an allowance which represents the difference between
      the pay of his contracted grade and that of the higher grade. He will only receive
      the allowance for those hours during which this higher evaluated function is
      performed.

      b.     The higher graded duties recognised by this allowance may never normally
      exceed 50% of the hours worked, as this would indicate that the job is incorrectly
      graded. However, for CWG employees to retain flexibility of labour it may
      sometimes be necessary to temporarily exceed the 50% limit. Each case will
      require the authority of LEC Sp Svcs, HQ UKSC.

      c.      A Functional Allowance may also be considered for an employee who is
      contracted to one trade and grade, yet regularly performs unrelated work at the
      same level for part of his working time. (i.e. An electrician A4/5 who works for part
      of his time as a refrigerator mechanic, A4/5). This recognises diverse skill, even
      though the skills are of equal value. The allowance granted under these
      circumstances would normally be at a lower level than that granted in recognition of
      higher graded duties.

1.050 Functional allowances are not to be written into contracts of employment and the
contracted job description is not to refer to those duties which are compensated by the
allowance.

1.051 Submission of Application. Prior to the additional functions commencing all units
are to apply for authority to pay Functional Allowances by the submission of Annex D to
this section to their Budget Holder via the GLSU.




SI BF(G)                                   1-8                                   AMDT 12
6200
1.052 The OC GLSU is to carry out an inspection at the worksite and comment
accordingly. He should also confirm that the duties for which the allowance is claimed do
not form part of the employee‟s contacted job description and the amount claimed does
not equal, or exceed, the pay for the next higher grade. The Budget Holder is to confirm
financial agreement to the payment of the allowance. All applications for a Functional
Allowance are to be forwarded to LEC Sp Svcs, HQ UKSC for approval.

1.053 The allowance is to be for a set period, not exceeding one year and this is to be
notified to the employee in writing by the GLSU. The employee is also to be informed in
writing that if the conditions justifying the allowance cease, the allowance will be
withdrawn. A copy of the notification is to be signed by the employee and held in his
personal file.

1.054 The continuing need for the allowance is to be examined annually to ensure that
the conditions justifying the allowance remain extant. Applications for renewal of
authorities are to be submitted to Budget Holders stating why it is necessary for the
employee to continue to perform the extra function. The authority to extend Functional
Allowances is delegated to GLSU‟s. GLSU‟s are to examine the justifications for
Functional Allowance during Labour Support Inspections.

1.055 Stablehand Duties. An entitlement to a Functional Allowance for Stablehand
duties may exist where a driver is responsible for cleaning and maintaining vehicles in
addition to his own. Budget Holders may authorise the allowance, observing the
conditions at paras 1.050, 1.053 and 1.054. The recommended scale is as follows:

      a.     2 vehicles including own vehicle = 3%
      b.     3 vehicles including own vehicle = 4%
      c.     4 vehicles including own vehicle = 5%
      d.     5 vehicles including own vehicle = 6%

1.056 The allowance is to be reduced or withdrawn with effect from the date that the
number of additional vehicles decrease, or the duties cease to be required.

1.057 Ambulance Drivers - Aidman Allowance. This allowance is to be paid as a
monthly lump sum and restricted to DEL and CWG Ambulance Drivers, including charge
hands who are employed on ambulance driving duties. All drivers must be qualified and in
possession of a certificate of proficiency, either from the OC Unit or from an approved
source; the German Red Cross etc. Applications are to be supported by a copy of the
certificate of proficiency and are to be submitted in accordance with the procedures at
paras 1.052 to 1,055 above. No worksite inspection is required and the allowance will
remain in issue until the driver is no longer required to carry out the aidman duties.




SI BF(G)                                    1-9                                  AMDT 12
6200
Performance Allowances

1.058 General. A performance allowance may only be granted for outstanding work
performance of key employees. To qualify, work performance will normally need to be
quantifiable from productive output and the allowance will usually only apply to tradesmen.
 Isolated instances may however occur where semiskilled or unskilled employees, by
virtue of exceptional industry, may be considered for a performance allowance.

1.059 Performance allowances are not to be granted in an amount, which would raise the
gross wage of an employee to a level equal to, or above, the wages of employees of a
higher wage group in the same trade.

1.060 The views of the Works Council may be heard.

1.061 Each recipient of a performance allowance is to be informed in writing that the
allowance is granted for a specific period; no longer than 12 months and of the reasons
for the allowance. The employee is to be given a detailed description of the standard or
quantity of work he/she is required to maintain. He/she is also to be informed that if the
conditions justifying the allowance cease to exist, the allowance will be withdrawn.
Performance allowances are not to be written into employment contracts.

1.062 Submission of Applications. The procedure and method of submission is the
same as that for Functional allowances in paragraphs 1.052 to 1.055.

1.063 Reviews. The continuing need for the allowance is to be examined annually to
ensure that the conditions justifying the allowance remain extant. Applications for the
renewal of authorities are to be submitted to Budget Holders stating why it is necessary for
the employee to continue to perform the extra function. The authority to extend
Performance Allowances is delegated to GLSUs. GLSUs are to examine Functional
Allowance justifications during Labour Support Inspections. Where the circumstances
justifying an allowance continue a new authority is to be issued.

LEC Special Bonus Award (SBA) Scheme

1.064 Aim.      The LEC Special Bonus Award (SBA) scheme is designed to recognise
and reward instances of exceptional performance among the LEC workforce. The
payment of a bonus award is the acknowledgement, by management, of an extremely
well-performed specific assignment or exercise, rather than continuous good performance
by staff throughout the year.

1.065 Justification.         The successful completion of a task, by significantly exceeding
quality, quantity, time, or cost parameters, is the principal criterion for judging whether an
employee (either as an individual, or collectively as part of a team effort) merits a bonus
award. Alternatively or additionally, an award can be justified by determining whether
appreciable value has been gained for the business in relation to output and corporate
image.




SI BF(G)                                     1-10                                   AMDT 12
6200
1.066 Awards for Personal Development and Qualifications. An award may be
made in recognition of significant personal development, such as the achievement of a
professional qualification of national standing and which is relevant to the individual‟s role
in the Department. The activity should have involved a substantial personal commitment
and additional effort on the part of the individual concerned, e.g. where employees have
attended courses in their own time and at their own expense, and demonstrably enhanced
their value to the MoD. Applications for an award should not be made where the
individual concerned has received a high level of support from the Department towards
the attainment of qualifications, e.g. in terms of the payment of costs and time off to study.
 The recommending officer (normally the employee‟s line manager) and the budget holder
must be able to demonstrate that the achievement of the qualification supports the
business in a significant way in delivering its objectives. It is the responsibility of line
managers to determine whether the attainment justifies a bonus award, and to submit a
case accordingly. As a guide, the attainment of an NVQ Level 3 (or its equivalent) or
higher qualification could be considered for an award.

1.067 Fairness and equality.         It is the responsibility of line managers and budget
holders to ensure that recommendations for bonus awards meet the criteria laid down in
this instruction, and that the system works fairly. Managers are reminded that the
Department is committed to equal opportunities; they must therefore ensure that they
avoid discrimination when recommending awards. LEC employees should receive equal
reward (in terms of net pay) for comparable attainments; therefore recommending officers
need to take into account the different tax and social security deductions applicable to
DEL and Dependant pay. As a guide, for similar achievements, the gross amount for a
DEL would have to be twice that of a Dependant employee to ensure that both sets of
employees enjoy approximately the same „take home‟ award.

1.068 Value of the Bonus Award. Awards must be made on an individual basis, and
the amount recommended by the employee‟s line manager, and endorsed by the budget
holder, should reflect the significance attributed to the employee‟s achievement, and its
benefit to the Department. Individual awards are to be restricted to a maximum of €1,500
(take home value). Exceptionally, and for the most outstanding cases only, budget
holders may recommend a bonus award which exceeds this amount. Such applications
will require the personal endorsement of the Civil Secretary UKSC, as well as the Budget
Holder.

1.069 Recommendation and Approval. Applications for an LEC Special Bonus Award
should be initiated by the employee‟s line manager (recommending officer), and must be
endorsed at a level no lower than Col/B2 or equivalent (normally the budget holder).
Commanding Officers of the rank of Lt Col may also endorse applications for bonus
awards, provided they have the necessary budgetary authority. Applications for bonus
awards should be made using the flow chart at Annex F and the application form at
Appendix 1 to Annex F. Recommending officers are not to inform individuals that their
name has been put forward for a Special Bonus Award until the outcome of the
application is known.

1.070   Spare




SI BF(G)                                     1-11                                  AMDT 12
6200
Allowances for Difficult Conditions of Work (Severity Allowance)

1.071 Eligibility. Allowances which are payable for particularly difficult conditions of work
are listed in the CTA II, Appendix S. Before an allowance may be paid, units are to obtain
written confirmation from the GLSU that the conditions under which the employee works
justify payment of the allowance. On receipt of confirmation the unit is to obtain financial
authority from the Budget Holder.

1.072 The continuing justification to the allowance is to be confirmed at periodic Labour
Support Inspections.

1.073 The following points are of particular importance in assessing eligibility to severity
allowance:

       a.     Severity allowance is only to be paid for the exceptionally severe or difficult
       conditions specified in CTAII Appendix S.

       b.     Where duties involve more than one difficult condition, the allowances in
       respect of each separate condition may be cumulative. Details are contained in
       CTAII Appendix S. Allowances will normally only be paid for those hours during
       which the employee is subject to the difficult conditions.

       c.      The allowances in respect of climatic influences; persistent heavy rain,
       severe cold, snow, hail etc., will only be payable for those hours during which work
       is carried out in the open under particularly disagreeable, or abnormal, conditions.

       d.     Severity allowances do not apply to Watchmen or Fire fighters.

1.074 Allowance for Ammunition Workers (Danger Allowance). Danger Allowance is
payable for DEL/CWG employees engaged in handling or transporting ammunition or
explosives under the conditions at CTA II, Article 21 and Appendix S.

1.075 In recognition of the potential handling risks involved ammunition is categorised
under three headings:

       a.    Safe Ammunition. The only category of ammunition which may be
       considered "safe" is SAA. Civilian employees engaged in handling or transporting
       SAA exclusively, have no entitlement to any form of danger allowances.

       b.    Dangerous Ammunition. All ammunition other than SAA may be
       considered to bear an inherent explosion risk and is categorised as dangerous.

       c.     Unsafe Ammunition. Ammunition which represents a special risk in
       handling because of some abnormality and requires additional safety precautions in
       handling and transportation.




SI BF(G)                                     1-12                                   AMDT 12
6200
1.076 Danger allowances rates for DEL/CWG handling ammunition are to be found at:

      a.      CTA II Appendix S IV (1). All employees directly concerned with the receipt,
      despatch and storage of ammunition, irrespective of category, (other than in cases
      where SAA is handled exclusively). Drivers of vehicles used for transporting
      ammunition irrespective of category, (other than SAA) are to be paid the allowance
      for the period that ammunition is actually carried in the vehicle. No allowance is
      admissible for that part of the detail when ammunition is not part of the vehicle load,
      except where drivers are employed exclusively on ammunition transportation duties
      within an ammunition depot. The following activities also qualify:

             (1)  Ammunition maintenance tasks, such as oiling of packages or
             unboxed ammunition, which do not involve inspection, testing or repair.

             (2)    Unpacking or re-packing of ammunition, where this is carried out in a
             separate building, room or areas separated by a partition wall or traverse
             from the workshop, laboratory or inspection bay in which the process of
             ammunition inspection repair or testing is carried out.

      b.    CTA II Appendix S, IV (2). This applies to personnel employed in a
      Workshop, Laboratory or an inspection bay, who carry out the following tasks in
      connection, with inspection, testing and repair of all munitions, other than SAA:

             (1)   Receipt of the ammunition into the workshop, laboratory or the
             inspection bay.

             (2)   Unpacking the ammunition (except in the circumstances defined in
             sub paragraph c. below).

             (3)    Visual examination of ammunition.

      c.     CTA Appendix S IV (3). This is to apply to all personnel directly engaged in
      the destruction of all types of ammunition by demolition and burning, involving the
      following tasks:
              (1)   Unpacking the ammunition.

             (2)    Preparing the demolition pits.

             (3)    Placing the ammunition on the stack for burning or destruction,

             (4)    Feeding the ammunition into an incinerator.

             (5)    Preparing the demolition

             (6)    Checking the area for evidence of complete destruction.

      d.     Personnel directly engaged in handling or transporting "unsafe" ammunition.
      This rate is to apply to personnel directly engaged on tasks of abnormal risk which
      must be carried out under "one man risk conditions".


SI BF(G)                                   1-13                                   AMDT 12
6200
1.077 The conditions justifying the payment of Danger Allowances are to be confirmed in
writing by OC GLSU and payment approved by the Budget Holder prior to work being
carried out.

1.078 Units/Establishments are to maintain a record of the hours worked for which
allowances are claimed. It is to be certified by a Log Sp (Supply) representative and used
to support all allowance claim expenditure. OCs GLSUs are to check these records at
periodic Labour Support Inspections.

1.079 In large installations where employees are engaged on operations which qualify
them for payment of danger allowance a flat rate of allowance may be paid, based on the
average time spent on qualifying tasks during an average working month. The flat rate is
to be fixed by the OC Employing Unit, with advice from the OC GLSU and in consultation
with Unit Works Council.

1.080 Claims for drivers are to show the types of ammunition carried and are to be
verified by a Log Sp (Supply) representative.

1.081 Submission of Application. Prior to the additional functions commencing
Employing Units are to apply for authority to pay an allowance by the submission of Annex
E to this section to their Budget Holder via the GLSU.

1.082 The OC GLSU is to carry out an inspection at the Worksite and recommend
accordingly. If the allowance is validated his findings are to include a recommended level
of allowance. The OC GLSU is authorised to approve the allowance without reference to
HQ UKSC.

1.083 The allowance is to be for a set period, not exceeding one year and this is to be
notified to the employee in writing by the GLSU/Employing Unit. The employee is also to
be informed in writing that if the conditions justifying the allowance cease, the allowance
will be withdrawn. A copy of the notification is to be signed by the employee and held in
his personal file. All allowances are to reviewed annually during the course of Labour
Support

Tool Allowance

1.084 General. In trades where it not customary in Germany for an employee to provide
his own tools they are to be provided from Unit resources. Where no provision is made in
Equipment Tables for the items required application is to be made through normal
channels for special authority to hold the tools. Where these avenues of supply prove
fruitless and with prior authority from the Budget Holder, the employee can be asked to
provide his own tools and claim a Tool Allowance.

1.085 Claims for tool allowance are to be referred to the Budget Holder for payment in the
form at Annex E to this Section.




SI BF(G)                                    1-14                                  AMDT 12
6200
Chargehands and Leading Chargehands

1.086 Guide Scales. The allocation of Chargehand duties to employees requires the
prior authority of the Budget Holder. For guidance, a case to appoint a chargehand
(allocate chargehand duties) may normally exist where there is a requirement for the
supervision of twelve or more unskilled, semiskilled or skilled employees in one location.
However, where considered technically advisable chargehands may be appointed for
smaller groups of workers. Leading chargehands are to be employed only where it is
appropriate not to establish a foreman. The allocation and withdrawal of chargehand
duties is not subject to UWC co-operation, but the UWC should be informed. Special
provisions in the Appendices to CTA II are to be observed.

1.087 Remuneration and Grading. The allocation of chargehand duties is to be
remunerated by the payment of an allowance of 10% in accordance with CTA II, Article 57.
 For leading chargehands a further allowance of up to 10%, depending on the level and
extent of responsibility, is to be paid in accordance with the protocol note to CTA II, Article
62. The allocation of chargehand duties is not to be written into employment contracts.
Employees concerned who have accepted to perform the additional duties are to be
informed in writing of additional duties, the remuneration and the period during which they
are expected to perform such duties. For the period specified chargehands are to be
graded at least in the wage group of the highest graded employee supervised. If the
chargehand is not qualified, as specified in CTA II Articles 56 and 62, to be graded in the
wage group of the highest paid employee supervised the provisions of CTA 11 Article
57,2.b)(2) are to be applied. The temporary re-grading where necessary, of employees
performing chargehand duties is subject to the co-operation of the UWC. Employment
contract amendments in respect of the re-grading are to specify that the re-grading takes
place in accordance with the provisions of CTA II, Article 57 and are to specify a definite
period.


                 SUB SECTION 5 - TRAVEL AND MEAL ALLOWANCES

1.088 General. In order that employees on official duty travel are afforded the
necessary employee-related insurance cover, line managers are to formally approve all
instances of duty travel prior to the event and ensure that this approval is documented.

1.089 Employment Away From the Regular Place of Work.

       a.     Employees who are required to travel in the course of their duties may claim
       certain allowances and out of pocket expenses. Claims are to be made on BFG
       Form 382 in respect of DEL/CWG and Pay Bureau Form 3 in respect of
       Dependants. Forms are to be completed and distributed in accordance with Pay
       Bureau and Local GLSU Instructions and are to be certified correct by OC‟s
       Employing/User Units. Items of expenses that may be claimed are set out in CTA
       II, Appendix R and are applicable to both DEL and Dependants.

       b.     BFG Forms 382 are to be certified correct by a responsible officer in
       accordance with current instructions. The certifying officer is to print his name,
       rank/grade and appointment, or is to use a signature block stamp giving the same
       details.
SI BF(G)                                     1-15                                   AMDT 12
6200
1.090 Refund of Fares. Where Service transport is not available, travel will normally be
by rail for which railway warrants (Form B Mov 11) are to be issued. Travel by bus will be
refunded on production of the ticket.

1.091 Kilometre/Mileage Allowance. The nature of the duty journey or detachment, i.e.
the location, the distance involved and the number of employees undertaking the same
duty journey/detachment, will determine the mode of travel; this should always be by the
most economic means available at the time of the detachment. Where Service transport
is not available and where public transport is either not practicable or is more expensive
than the payment of kilometre/mileage allowance, an employee may be requested to use
their private motor vehicle for a duty journey. DEL employees are refunded kilometre
allowance under CTA II Appendix R Part II. Dependant employees are refunded MMA
under Service regulations. OC units are to authorise the use of private motor vehicles only
when it is essential and then prior to the start of the duty journey.

1.092 – 1.094 Spare

1.095 Travelling Time. Travelling time should normally be undertaken during normal
contract hours when the employee will continue to receive his/her regular earnings.
Travelling on Sunday„s, public holidays and work free days should only be undertaken
where absolutely essential. Employees who are instructed by line management to travel
on a Sunday, public holiday or work free Saturday may receive compensation of up to 4
hours basic pay, provided written line management authority accompanies any travel
claim. Employees who travel outside of their contract hours on a week-day or who choose
to travel on a Sunday, Public Holiday or work free Saturday will not be entitled to
compensation for travelling time. Exceptionally compensation for overtime hours,
night/Sunday/Public Holiday work hours will be paid to individuals employed as Drivers for
those hours worked (i.e. driving duties) which coincide with travelling time. This exception
will also apply to other employees who on line management instruction drive a car during
duty travel and are required to transport person, goods or items on behalf of the unit.

1.096 Day Allowance. CTAII, Appendix R, Part III & IV authorises the payment of the day
allowance for employees who are absent from their normal place of duty, provided that the
absence from duty station is for at least 8 hours per day

1.097 Travel/Subsistence Allowance - Duties of less than 15 kms. Under the terms of
CTA II, Appendix R, an employee may only claim allowances when he travels more than
15 kms from his place of work or from his place of residence.




SI BF(G)                                   1-16                                  AMDT 12
6200
1.098 Night Supplement. (CTA II Appendix R Part III paragraph 3 (b)). Where the actual
cost of an overnight stay exceeds the normal Night Allowance a supplementary allowance
is payable, within specified limits. It should be noted that the cost of the breakfast meal is
included in the Day allowance. Before any claims for the Supplementary Night Allowance
are accepted the officer signing BFG Form 382 should satisfy himself that breakfast is not
included in the hotel bill supporting the claim. If breakfast and any associated service
charge is included the amount, these are to be deducted. The hotel bill is to be attached
to BFG Form 382. Should the hotel bill, excluding breakfast, exceed the amount of
allowance plus any authorized supplement, the actual bill is to be reimbursed on
production of a receipted bill and upon the authorizing officer being satisfied that the bill
was necessarily incurred.

1.099 Travel Outside Federal Republic of Germany. The tariff provisions for duty travel
within Germany are also applicable outside the FRG. Where, however, increased
expenses are incurred for travel outside Germany a supplement to the normal day
allowance can be paid by LEC Support Services subject to the submission of receipted
bills. Where receipted bills cannot be produced a lower rate supplement may be paid.
Supplements are subject to a maximum ceiling and the rate payable is dependent upon
the country in which duty travel has been performed.

Nominations for Courses of Instructions.

1.100 If there is a training requirement and it cannot be provided internally by the
employing unit, the Line Manager is to forward the requirement to the LEC Sp Svcs
Training Wing. On receipt of the application the LEC Training Wing will:

       a.     Confirm whether the requirement can be met from the current course
       programme or can be provided as a bespoke one-off training episode using
       Training Wing resources.

       b.   Research and consult with other MOD/BFG training providers and make
       recommendations to the unit if appropriate.

       c.    Assist in finding external training if the employing unit has been unable to
       source a suitable provider.

       d.     Maintain a central record of all training requests, results, and expenditure.




SI BF(G)                                    1-17                                   AMDT 12
6200
Resources.

1.101 It is BFG‟s policy to provide as much of the required training „In-theatre‟ as possible
in order to minimise absences from the place of work and relieve pressures on training
and travel and subsistence (T&S) budgets. Resources for training are provided by both
MOD Centre, UKSC, and by other BFG employing organisations and MOD Agencies.
LECs may apply to attend the same course as UKBC staff of similar grade, including
those courses run in the UK, subject to the Budget Holder‟s and Line Manager‟s approval.

      a.      Cost of Training. Should costs arise for training provision these costs must
      be born by the employing organisation‟s budget. Exceptionally, however, OC LEC
      Training Wing has delegated authority to authorise training expenditure exclusively
      for UKSC units only (less T&S expenditure – see sub para „b‟ below). All other
      BFG employing units and MOD Agencies (other Land Forces units, SCE, DE,
      DE&S, ISS(G), et al), require the financial approval of the appropriate Budget
      Holder. Prior to submitting any application for training for which there is a cost,
      budget authority is to be obtained in the first instance. This requires a detailed
      justification in letter form to be submitted to the appropriate Budget Authority. Such
      requests should be submitted at least six weeks prior to the training requirement.

      b.       Associated T&S Costs. Irrespective of the source of training provision all
      T&S costs must be authorised in advance by the employing unit‟s Budget Manager.
       The approval of the Budget Manager is required prior to the placement of any LEC
      on training courses, study days, seminars etc, outside the regular duty station or
      when T&S costs are likely to be incurred. In all situations T&S costs are to be
      strictly controlled in accordance with current Departmental guidelines.

Procedure.

1.102 The approval of the Budget Manager is required prior to the placement of any LEC
on training courses, study days, seminars etc, outside the regular duty station or when
T&S costs are likely to be incurred. This approval is especially necessary when an LEC
has been nominated to attend a training course provided by a commercial provider either
in the UK or in the FRG. In all situations T&S costs are to be strictly controlled in
accordance with current Departmental guidelines.

Applications.

1.102. All Training Applications are to be submitted using the form at Annex C to this
Section.

      a.   For Training Courses at the LEC Training Wing. Unit Line Managers are to
      complete in full Part 1 of the application and forward it to the LEC Training Wing.
      The LEC Training Wing will complete Part 2 and return it to the unit for completion
      of T&S requirements at Part 3.

      b.     Upon completion at Part 3 the unit is to forward the application to the local
      GLSU for completion at Part 4. Where funding is required for the training, a copy
      of the Budget Holder/Managers financial approval is to be attached.


SI BF(G)                                    1-18                                  AMDT 12
6200
       Note: Part 2 is not required in respect of courses not being conducted at the LEC
       Training Wing.

       c. Part 4 is to be completed in full by the GLSU furnishing the appropriate Budget
       Holder/Manager with the total T&S cost. In addition the GLSU will determine
       whether co-determination procedures are necessary with the local Unit Works
       Council in accordance with Reference C. On completion the GLSU is to forward
       the application to the appropriate Budget Holder/Manager for completion at Part 6.
       Where travel by exceptional means is requested the application is to be forwarded
       to HQ UKSC, Log Sp (Tpt & Mov) for completion at Part 5 otherwise this part is to
       be ignored.

       d.    On completion of Part 6 the Budget Manager is to return the form to the
       employing unit in order that the LEC nominee can be informed and the necessary
       administrative details can be organised, such as travel and accommodation
       arrangements or otherwise as the case may be.

1.104. In situations where T&S, co-determination with the Unit Works Council is denied, or
non attendance on a training course for whatever reason, it is a unit responsibility to notify
the appropriate training Authority.

1.105 Prior approval by the Budget Holder is not required for courses undertaken by
works councillors under the Personnel Representation Law 1974 Articles 46(6) and 46(7),
CTA II Article 28(2) (3) and the paid educational leave laws of the Länder. The justification
and costs of such courses are to be examined by OC GLSU and any dubious applications
are to be forwarded to LEC Sp Svcs, HQ UKSC.




            SUB SECTION 6 - JUBILEE PAYMENTS AND CERTIFICATES OF SERVICE

1.106 General. It is BFG policy to recognise long service by awarding the following
Certificates of Service, Jubilee Payments and additional leave within 12 months following the
Jubilee date.

       a.       12 years. Certificate of Service and 2 additional days leave.

       b.       25 years. Certificate of Service, €350 and 3 additional days leave.

       c.       30 years. Certificate of Service and 3 additional days leave.

       d.       35 years. Certificate of Service, €700 and 5 additional days leave.

       e.       40 years. Certificate of Service, €850 and 5 additional days leave.

       f.       45 years. Certificate of Service, €1000 and 6 additional days leave.

1.107 Eligibility. Gaps between periods of service do not count as time served for this
purpose and neither does Military, UKBC or POW service. Service must be as an LEC with
BFG or SCE.

SI BF(G)                                       1-19                                    AMDT 12
6200
1.108 Periods of eligible service may be added together to achieve the requisite total.

1.109 Applications. GLSUs are to submit applications for certificates and letters on behalf of
employees in all Cat A and B units to LEC Sp Svcs, HQ UKSC. Other Agencies/Establishments
may apply for certificates and letters through GLSUs provided that the necessary information is
supplied within the required time frames.

1.110 Time Frames. GLSUs are required to submit quarterly, by 1 Feb, 1 May, 1 Aug and 1
Nov, nominal rolls of those LEC who will complete the requisite service during the next quarter,
i.e.; beginning 1 May, 1 Aug, 1 Nov and 1 Feb. Completed certificates and letters will be
returned to GLSUs in time for onward transmission to the Employing/User Unit before the
anniversary date.

1.111 Presentation. Certificates and letters of congratulation are to be presented on or near
the anniversary date by a military officer or civilian of equivalent status in circumstances and
with publicity appropriate to the occasion. It would be normal for a unit CO/OC to present a 12
year certificate and a Garrison Commander or other senior officer to present higher certificates.

1.112 Jubilee Payments. GLSUs/LEC Pay Bureau are to arrange payment with normal
monthly pay in the month in which the anniversary falls.

1.113 – 1.114 Spare.

 SUB SECTION 7 – TASKING OF BFG LOCALLY EMPLOYED CIVILIANS (LEC) OUTSIDE
             GERMANY (INCLUDING TO OPERATIONAL THEATRES)

General

1.115 LEC in BFG are generally recruited to carry out work associated with the “in Germany”
role of units and not with tasks outside the Host Country. The use of, for example LEC drivers
on regular freight runs in to and out of Germany fits in with this definition. However, the use of
LEC on tasks that start and finish outside Germany does not. Contractual arrangements, terms
and conditions of employment and insurance‟s are set up on this basis and as such the use of
LEC outside Germany should be avoided if possible.

1.116 There is however, no complete ban on the tasking of LEC outside Germany but the
principle to be followed is that LEC should be used where no suitable military or UKBC person
is available. In situations where it is still proposed to use LEC in a role outside Germany then
direction as indicated in the following paragraphs is to be followed. It should be noted that
different policies/risk exist for Directly Engaged Labour (DEL) and Dependants (Deps)

1.117 DEL.

       a.     Risks.      The following risks exist:

              (1)         Political. DEL are employed under German Law and the majority
              are German citizens. If the deployment is in support of an operation and/or to a
              country where it politically sensitive to the German Government or public opinion
              then the relationship between BFG and the Host Nation may be affected.

              (2)        Financial (Medical)    DEL pay into compulsory Health Insurance
              schemes. However, these schemes only cover medical bills for illness and
              accidents not associated with the workplace. If accident occurs at work or on the
SI BF(G)                                       1-20                                    AMDT 12
6200
            way to or from work, then they are covered and associated bills are paid by
            claims (NWE). The decision on whether an accident is work related or not is
            made by the Germany Health and Safety Agency – Unfallkasse des Bundes
            (UdB). They have stated that each case is treated on its merits but that, in the
            case of accidents abroad, they are likely to rule that even off duty accidents will
            count as being at work. This is because the individual will have been sent there
            by the employer. Additionally, if the accident occurs abroad then costs may be
            higher that those raised by German Hospitals. This is especially true in non-EU
            countries and particularly North America.

            (3)           Financial (Pensions/Compensation). DEL pay into compulsory
            Social Insurance schemes. These Schemes cover, pension (old age and
            disability), unemployment and care (if disabled). If the accident is work related
            then, regardless of any blame or lack of it, the relevant pension or care costs are
            paid by Claims (NWE)

            (4)         Top up Insurance.        As mentioned above hospital treatment outside
            Germany may be more expensive than in Germany. In the event that the UdB
            rule that an accident is not to be treated as an accident at work then the
            employee may incur higher medical bills that if he or she were treated in
            Germany. The compulsory Health Insurance schemes will not pay the excess.
            The cover the risk it is necessary to purchase “Top Up” health insurance as well
            as insurance to pay for repatriation if medically indicated.
            (5)         Accident risk.      The risk of accidents is greater in countries where
            Health and Safety standards are not as high as in the EU or North America.
            There are also many countries where individuals are at a greater risk of terrorist
            attack then in Germany.


      b.     Authority/Policy.        There are NATO SOFA and Constitutional restrictions on
      the operational deployment of LEC (especially) DEL/German citizens). In instruction to
      mitigate the political and financial risks to MOD, the following policy apples to any
      tasking of DEL outside Germany:

            (1)          EU countries.     There are no centralised controls on the tasking of
            DEL to EU countries. However, the Head of Establishment (or an appropriate
            officer not below the rank of Lt Col or C1) is to be satisfied that it is necessary to
            send a DEL: rather than a Military or UKBC. In addition the individual is to be
            reminded to purchase Top Up health and repatriation insurance. The cost of
            such insurance is to be met by the employing budget if the employee does not
            already have such insurance. The employee should also carry his/her AOK card
            (or equivalent) as proof of health and accident insurance. Before any
            deployment the following is to be passed to the GLSU

                        (a)    Budget Holder‟s Authority.

                        (b) Confirmation that the presence of LEC is essential to the
                        operation/deployment efficiency as annotated by the appropriate
                        officer.

                        (c)    A description of the duties to be undertaken. These should
                        make it clear that the individuals are to be employed only on
                        administrative tasks.
SI BF(G)                                     1-21                                      AMDT 12
6200
           (2)        Countries outside the EU – but not including operational Theatre.
           Head of establishment who wish to task DEL to countries other than the EU (but
           excluding operational theatres) are to submit case to the Civil Secretary UKSC
           via LEC Sp Svcs for each visit stating:

                      (a)   Why it is necessary to send a DEL rather than UKBC or military
                      person.

                      (b)   A description of the duties to be undertaken. These should
                      make is clear that individuals are to be employed only on
                      administrative tasks.

                      (c)    How medical cover is to be obtained, including confirmation
                      that Top Up health and repatriation insurance has been purchased
                      where necessary. The cost of such insurance are to be met by the
                      employing budget if the employee does not already have them.

                      (d)     Confirmation that all inoculation, visa (entry and exit), work
                      permits and political/diplomatic clearance requirements relevant to the
                      country(ies) in question and required by the relevant DCI will be
                      complied with. It should be borne in mind that requirements for
                      German or non-British passport holders might be different to those for
                      British citizens.

                      (e)    Confirmation that German Foreign Ministry and UK Foreign
                      Office Guidance to travellers have been, or will be, taken into account
                      when making travel, accommodation and any R & R arrangements.

           (3)         Operational Theatres. The risks of an accident or injury in an
           operational theatre are higher than elsewhere and it will not be possible to
           purchase Top Up health insurance. DEL are therefore not to be required to
           deploy to or visit operational theatres, either by the terms of their contract, by
           instruction or by persuasion. Permission to deploy may be given exceptionally by
           GOC UKSC but only for bona fide volunteers for an urgent normally one off task.
            Where Heads of Establishment feel that deployment is essential then a case
           may be made via the Civil Secretary, UKSC. However, submitting a case should
           not delay the making of alternative arrangements in the event that permission is
           not granted. The case should contain the following:

                      (a)    An explanation as to why it is necessary to send a DEL rather
                      than a UKBC or military person. This is to include a comment on why
                      the meeting/work cannot be carried out in a non-operational
                      environment near or binstructioning the theatre of operations.

                      (b)     Confirmation that BFLO(G) advice has been obtained to the
                      effect that there are likely to be political objections to the use of
                      German employees in the proposed role and theatre.

                      (c)     Confirmation, where appropriate, that the Operational
                      Command authority (usually Permanent Joint Headquarters (PJHQ))
                      has requested that the work be undertaken and that the individual can
                      legally be regarded as a member of the British Forces under any
SI BF(G)                                  1-22                                     AMDT 12
6200
                        extant Status of Forces Agreement (SOFA). In such cases the
                        Operational Command will be asked to take responsibility for the
                        financial risk. Where the individual is deployed in pursuit of UKSC or
                        departmental objectives rather that those of the operation - and SOFA
                        status cannot be granted – it should be confirmed that there are no
                        objections by the Operational Command Authority to the deployment
                        of the individual.

                        (d)     Confirmation that all inoculation, visa (entry and exit), work
                        permit and political/diplomatic clearance requirements relevant to the
                        country(ies) in question and required by the relevant DCI or mounting
                        instruction will be complied with. It should be borne in mind that
                        requirements for German or non-British passport holders might be
                        different to those of British citizens.

                        (e)    Confirmation that the individual will be subject to the same risk
                        reduction measures (training, equipment and inoculation advice) as
                        UKBC. Details of the UKBC requirement can be obtained from UKSC
                        CivSec (PM). The requirement is likely to distinguish between visits –
                        where the individual is always fully escorted – and deployments –
                        where the individual is allowed to be counted as part of a group
                        permitted by Theatre SOPs to escort itself.

                        (f)   Confirmation that the individual is a genuine volunteer and no
                        pressure has been brought on him or her to deploy.

                        (g)    Confirmation that the individual has agreed to abide by all
                        regulations in Theatre that restrict or control on and off duty conduct
                        by UKBC.

      c.      DEL Liability to Criminal or Civil Prosecution.       DEL/CWG are not subject to
      military law and therefore any investigation into criminal activity can only be carried out
      by local civilian police. This may well prove impossible once the employee has returned
      to Germany and the only disciplinary action possible will be dismissal. This may not be
      sufficient to deter serious fraud. Therefore, if it intended to give DEL any financial
      authority overseas then the Civil Secretary UKSC will require assurance that MOD
      requirements or guidelines on fraud prevention are still satisfied.

1.118 Deps

      a.     Policy.   The tasking of Deps outside Germany is also to be by exception even
      though the complexities are less that that for DEL. Tasking of Deps may only occur as
      follows:

                        (1) EU Nationals.         Before a Dep is deployed outside Germany,
                        the Head of Establishment (or an appropriate officer not below the
                        rank of Lt Col or C1) must satisfy himself/herself that the tasking is
                        necessary and that it cannot be undertaken by a UKBC or military
                        person. Subject to such assurance, Deps who are EU Nationals may
                        deploy to any EU country subject to the same documentation,
                        briefings and training as would apply to a UKBC and/or as described
                        in para 1.117b(2)(d) above. Such Deps are also to be reminded to
                        carry form E111 (or equivalent).
SI BF(G)                                      1-23                                    AMDT 12
6200
                          (2) Non-EU Nationals and any deployment to a non-EU country.
                          Where it is intended to task a non-EU National Dep or to deploy any
                          Dep to a non-EU country then clearance by the Civil Secretary via
                          LEC Sp Svcs will be required. Clearance requests for non-operational
                          areas should be in line with para 1.117b(2). For operational theatres
                          they should be in line with para 1.117b(3).

                          (3) Sick Pay. Occupational Sick Pay (OSP) for Deps normally
                          ceases after 10 weeks. However, in the event of an accident or injury
                          during Operational Theatre deployment then, other that in cases of
                          gross negligence, OSP provisions may be extended up to the time
                          and percentage limits that would apply to UKBC.

1.119 Pre-Deployment Briefing. Before leaving for the task, all LEC are to receive training in
accordance with any Pre-Deployment Training (PDT) policy issued by their Chain of Command
(e.g. J3, 1 (UK) Armd Div or J3, UKSC) Personnel are also to be briefed as follows:

       a.     The terms of any private health or insurance policies should be checked as these
       may be invalidated by deployment. Compensation by BFG for invalidated policies is not
       available.


       b.      Any medivac from outside Germany may require transit through a UK hospital
       until repatriation to Germany can be arranged. No guarantees can be made about how
       quickly this can be arranged.

       c.    In both Germany and the UK, victims of crime can sometimes receive
       compensation from the State (Criminal Injuries Compensation). Such compensation
       may not be available in many countries, compensation in lieu by BFG is not available.

       d.     Individuals are to be made aware that if they fail to return to Germany on the
       transport provided then they may be considered absent from work and may also be
       considered in illegal immigrant by the country concerned.

1.120 Conditions of Service. In addition, prior to any Pre-Deployment Briefing, LEC are to
advise on the conditions of service whilst deployed outside of Germany. Full details are
available from the GLSU.

    SUB SECTION 8 - PARTICIPATION OF LEC ON MILITARY EXERCISES AND FIELD
                            TRAINING IN GERMANY

1.121 Definitions.

       a.     Military Exercise with an official title.

       b.     Field training involving one or more units where the force is involved in tactical or
       operation training and involves living under declared field conditions outside the
       employment location.

1.122 Authority.      In all cases where units are considering deploying LEC on exercises and
field training in Germany requires the authority of OC GLSU. Applications are to be sent to the
OC GLSU and must contain:
SI BF(G)                                         1-24                                   AMDT 12
6200
       a.    Budget Holder‟s Authority.

       b.     Confirmation that the presence of LEC is essential to the operation/deployment
       efficiency as annotated by the appropriate officer.

       c.     A description of the duties to be undertaken. These should make it clear that the
       individuals are to be employed only on administrative tasks.

1.123 Participation. Participation in military exercises and field training in Germany may only
involve those employees whose working conditions include such tasks or volunteers.

1.124 Conditions of Service.

       a.      Discipline.   LEC accompanying units on exercises are not subject to military
       discipline. They should however, obey lawful instructions necessary to carry out tasks,
       which are within their contracted duties. Contravention of contracted duties or breaches
       of good instruction are to be dealt with in the same manner as if they had occurred
       under normal working conditions.

       b.      Rations.    For the period during which they are employed with units on
       exercise or on Operations, units are to draw Scale 1 rations for consumption by LEC
       free of charge.

       c.     Clothing.     The under mentioned articles may be issued on loan:

              (1)     1 suit combat.

              (2)     1 pair boots.

              (3)     1 bag sleeping combat.

              (4)     1 Sleeping mat.

              (5)     Suitable protective clothing.

       d.       Accommodation.      Employing/User units are to ensure that the
       accommodation provided on the exercise or field training is the equivalent to that made
       for military personnel or UKBC whichever is the greater.

       e.     Medical.      Prior to an exercise or field training in Germany arrangements are
       to be made with the German civil hospital nearest to the training area of the reception of
       sick DEL employees. Military ambulances may be used to transport such employees.

       f.     Pay and Allowances. Pay and allowances are in accordance with the
       provisions of the CTA II and Sections 1, 2 and 3 of this SI BF(G) for DEL, CWG and
       Deps.

       g.    Working time. The provisions of the Federal Law on Working Time are to be
       observed. The essential elements are:

              (1)      Drivers and Convoy Leaders shall not exceed 8 hours per day actual
              driving. A rest period of ½ hour is to be given after 4 hours continuous driving.
SI BF(G)                                      1-25                                     AMDT 12
6200
              (2)    For all employees the work performed may be extended to a maximum
              average of 12 hours per day, including standby time and breaks.

       h.     Recording of working time. Working time does not include mandatory breaks, or
       times during which the employee is stood down. Standby time is , however, working time
       and covers waiting time at the workplace and being available at a nominated location on
       call. For all LEC the Pay Bureau is to be notified by means of a BFG Form 24 that
       employees‟, working time has been set to 12 hours per day for the duration of the
       exercise.

1.125 British Territorial Army Training. Any employee who is a member of the British
      Territorial Army will be entitled to a maximum of 14 days unpaid time off to attend
      training. However, during this period all social contributions will be paid by the employer.

1.126 Spare

                                 SUB SECTION 9 - WELFARE

1.127 Protective Clothing. The employer is to provide protective clothing for LEC as required
to conform with German and UK Health and Safety regulations. Indents are to be submitted in
accordance with Material Regulations for the Army, through normal channels, annotated "FOR
USE BY LEC."

1.128 All stocks of protective clothing and equipment are to be held on unit charge and loaned
to employees against signature.

1.129 Laundering and cleaning of Protective clothing is to be carried out under Service
arrangements. Authority is not to be given for laundry or cleaning allowances to be issued to
individual employees, nor are units to accept liability for the upkeep at public expense of any
clothing not provided from official sources.

1.130 The provision of safety clothing is the responsibility of the Employing/User Unit. The
Safety Committee and the UWC may recommend what safety clothing should be used and
issued, the detail of which is a matter for co-operation, in the case of DEL/CWG with the UWC.
 This does not apply to safety equipment which is provided in accordance with legal provisions.

1.131 Claims for Compensation for Damage to Personal Property. Claims arising from
employees in respect of damage to their personal property in the course of their employment,
which after investigation are established to be the result of negligence by the MOD are to be
forwarded to the GLSU, together with a certified statement of how the damage was caused.
The Employing/User Unit is to obtain a certificate from the claimant to the effect that no
claim has been, or in the event of payment of compensation by the MOD, will be made to any
other agency.

1.132 GLSU is to check:

       a.    If any Health and Safety or factory regulation had been contravened and, if so, by
       whom.

       b.    Whether the unit had failed to issue any necessary instructions for the safety of
       employees.

SI BF(G)                                      1-26                                     AMDT 12
6200
       c.     If possible, the accuracy of the value of the claim.

       d.     Whether a physical injury was sustained as a result.

After checking the claim the OC GLSU is to forward it with any necessary comments and
recommendations to Area Claims Officer North West Europe, JHQ, BFPO 140.

1.133 The above procedure applies only to personal property damage claims and NOT to
claims for accident insurance benefits which are dealt with through Lohnstellen for DEL/CWG
and for Dependants, the Department of Social Security, Newcastle. Claims for general
damages by DEL/CWG; which under German law can only succeed if the employee
establishes in court that an accident was deliberately caused by the employer, are to be
referred to the Lohnstelle, Soest through GLSUs.

1.134 Claims which are not submitted within three months of the incident giving rise to the loss
or damage will be rejected unless there are exceptional or extenuating circumstances.

1.135 Losses to Personal Property. The safe custody of all personal property is primarily the
responsibility of the owner. Where lockable facilities are provided by the employer, they must
be used by the employee. This is to be made known through unit instructions.

1.136 Travel on Official Transport on Repayment. Employees may use existing military bus
facilities to travel between their home and place of work under the following conditions:

       a.     The Service bus facility must already exist for military purposes. Special
       provision of vehicles for civilian employees is not permitted.

       b.     The use of official transport will be on a fill up basis only.

       c.    Employees are to apply, through their Employing/User Unit, to the Transport Unit
       concerned for authority to use the bus facility.

       d.     The military bus route will not be altered for the benefit of civilian employees.

1.137 A weekly charge will be made, at rates to be established by HQ UKSC.

1.138 The GLSU is to arrange deductions from pay. Rebates will only be made for whole
weeks in which the transport is not used.

1.139 Rest Rooms. In accordance with good employer practice and the German Trade Code
(Gewerbeordnung) units are, where appropriate, to provide suitable rest room accommodation
for their LEC. The establishing of rest rooms does not attract an entitlement to additional
accommodation stores or other additional expenditure. Such rooms are not required to be
registered as encroachments.

1.140 Provision of Personal Aids for LEC. The provision of working aids, furniture etc., is
good employer practice and helps to reduce sick absence. More significantly, in the long term it
also serves to combat instances of job connected illness among DEL/CWG, for which any
pensions are paid by the Forces. These rules do not apply to the provision of spectacles,
specially made orthopaedic footwear or surgical aids.




SI BF(G)                                        1-27                                    AMDT 12
6200
      a.      Severely Handicapped Persons (SHPs). The preconditions for granting
      personal aids for Severely Handicapped Employees by the Hauptfürsorgestelle (HFS)
      Integrationsämter or Fürsorgestelle respectively are laid down in SGB IX. Irrespective of
      these legal provisions, Art 14 (3) SHP Law shall apply, according to which the employer
      has the prime responsibility for the provision of suitable equipment for such workplaces.
      The employer has special responsibilities for registered SHP of employees of equal
      status. Financial cover for the provision of prescribed work aids of furniture lies primarily
      with the employer with a possible contribution from the HFS. If no funds are available
      from the budget holder, the GLSU is to apply to the HFS to provide or fund any
      prescribed aids or furniture for SHPs.

      b.      DEL/CWG who are not registered SHP. The guidelines set out below are to be
      followed in the processing of applications for working aids for those employees who
      have an established medical requirement. Consideration should always be given to the
      provision of equipment by German authorities or insurance carriers before committing
      British funds.

             (1)    Application to the German Authorities. Where a specialist in industrial
             medicine or a doctor specialized in orthopaedic medicine prescribes the use of
             orthopaedic aids or furniture, the individual is to submit an application with the
             medical certificate through the Employing/User unit to the GLSU. The GLSU
             (assisted by LEC Sp Svcs) will establish whether or not such items can be
             funded or supplied by German Health Insurance Organisations or Pension
             Boards. If the required item can be funded by any of the organisations above,
             the employee is to be invited to apply to the particular organisation concerned.

             (2)      Provision and Accounting. If equipment is provided in whole or part by
             any German organisation, it is for the exclusive use of the employee concerned.
             It is the employee's responsibility to dispose of the item in accordance with the
             providing organisation's instructions.

             (3)    Provision from British Sources. If the GLSU is unable to obtain the
             necessary equipment from German Sources, Budget Holders may consider
             funding such items. However it should be noted that there is no legal
             requirement to do so. When equipment, prescribed by a specialist in industrial
             medicine or a doctor specialised in orthopaedic medicine, is obtained it is to be
             provisioned and controlled by Employing/User Units.

      c. For Dependants. The provision of working aids for Dependant Employees is
         through Service or locally purchased sources and is funded by Budget Holders.
         Dependants should apply through their Employing/User Unit. All applications are to
         be supported by a recent doctor's certificate and demanded through Service
         sources, where available. Where items are not available through Service sources,
         User units are to refer the matter to the GLSU. GLSUs are to investigate provision of
         the equipment in conjunction with LEC Sp Svcs where required. Provisioning and
         control are as at sub paragraph 1.140b(3).




SI BF(G)                                      1-28                                     AMDT 12
6200
     SUB SECTION 10 - LOSSES TO PUBLIC FUNDS CAUSED BY MISEMPLOYMENT
                               OR NEGLIGENCE

1.141 Misemployment. Misemployment is the performance of work by LEC on duties other
than those within the trade and grade authorised by a Budget Holder, or on work for which no
post has been authorised. Outline duties may be found in an employee's contracted job
description and Unit commanders may obtain advice on the scope of duties permitted for a post
from the OC GLSU.

1.142 To assist in the prevention of misemployment OCs GLSUs are empowered to carry out
spot checks of all types of labour. They are to be afforded all necessary facilities for this
purpose.

1.143 Misemployment is most frequently revealed where an employee requests a worksite
inspection of his post, or lays a plaint before a Labour Court alleging he has been incorrectly
graded. If either case is proved, the employee will be entitled to back payment for the period of
his misemployment. In such cases the resultant worksite report or court verdict is to be
forwarded through LEC Sp Svcs channels to the Budget Holder for consideration of further
action under paragraph 1.145.

1.144 Team Training and Sports Activities.     Team Training can make an important
contribution to the effectiveness of organisations. For this reason, such activities can be a
valuable use of time and resources and are not discouraged providing they fall within the
scope of regulations and the rules on regularity and propriety. Details as to what
constitutes team training and the procedures to be followed are contained at Annex G to
this Section.


1.145 Inquiries. Where there is evidence indicating misemployment, through deliberate
action or gross negligence which has caused a loss to public funds then the case is to be
brought to the attention of the Budget Holders by the OC GLSU through LEC Sp Svcs
channels. The Budget Holder is to notify the appropriate Garrison HQ without delay in
instruction that an inquiry may be convened as required by QRs/AGAIs.

1.146 If an Inquiry determines that a loss to public funds has occurred which has been caused
by a wrongful act or gross negligence, an instruction may be made for the person responsible,
if subject to military law, to pay a sum in compensation. Alternatively, a charge may be
preferred and disciplinary action taken against the person or persons concerned.

1.147 Matters which could be subject to an Inquiry include losses to public funds caused by:

       a.     Allowing employees to work unauthorised overtime.

       b.     Payment of unjustified claims.

       c.     Payment of unjustified allowances.

       d.     Employment of non-essential staff on duties attracting supplements.

       e.      Grossly negligent management of industrial relations procedures resulting in
       fruitless payments or unnecessary court cases.

      f.      Grossly negligent supervision of LEC attendance and attendance records.
SI BF(G)                                     1-29                                AMDT 12
6200
The list is not exhaustive.

1.148 OCs Employing Units are to ensure that where possible all documents concerning the
pay and grading of LEC are signed by a military officer, UKBC or LEC of officer status (C7).
Where this is impracticable and with prior authority of the OC, a Warrant Officer or SNCO, or a
UKBC not below the grade of Band E1 may be appointed to certify pay related documents. LEC
below the grade of C7 may exceptionally be authorised to certify BFG 24 (Attendance Record)
ONLY. The delegation of authority is to be given in writing and signed personally by the
OC/Head of Establishment acknowledges his/her liability for any losses arising from the
delegation. A copy of the authority is to be forwarded to the appropriate GLSU and retained by
them.

1.149 Where a LEC is authorised to certify pay related documents the OC, or an officer
appointed by him, is to check the pay accounting procedure, without warning and at irregular
intervals of no more than three months. A written record of the checks is to be maintained and
documents checked are to be countersigned.

1.150 Overpayments. The procedures to be adopted in preventing, reporting and
investigating losses to public funds due to accidental or payroll system generated
overpayments to LEC are as follows:

       a.    Notification of Absence. OCs of Cat A and B units are to report all cases of
       unexplained absence to GLSU immediately. OCs GLSU are to decide whether an
       overpayment is likely to result and, if so, report the matter to the Pay Bureau.

       b.     Where overpayments are discovered by Units the matter is to be immediately
       reported to the GLSU.

       c.    Investigation of Overpayments. The procedure for the investigation and
       recovery of overpayments is contained in JSP 462.

1.151 Write-off Action. Where recovery of an overpayment proves fruitless and further efforts
are considered either unlikely to succeed or no longer cost effective, the case is to be passed
to the appropriate Budget Holder for write-off action.

1.152 Nothing contained in this instruction relieves commanders of their responsibility to
prevent losses of public funds and to report any cases where a deliberate act or negligence is
suspected to have lead to a loss.

                     SUB SECTION 11 - HEALTH AND SAFETY MATTERS

1.153 Applicability of UK and Federal German Legislation. In accordance with the UK
Secretary of State for Defence's SHEF policy statement the British Forces will comply with
German Law, which includes Safety Law, in respect of activities undertaken on land which is
made available by the Federal authorities for the use of British Forces. The UK standards will
apply only where reasonably practicable. Reasonably practicable is to be taken to mean where
it does both conflict with German Law and where the cost of implementing UK law is not
disproportionate to the benefit obtained. In the event of doubt the SHEF Adviser UKSC is to be
consulted.




SI BF(G)                                     1-30                                    AMDT 12
6200
1.154 In accordance with the Federal Personnel Representation Law (FPRL) Art 81 (1) and (2)
the UWC is to monitor the implementation of Health and Safety regulations and Accident
Prevention regulations which concern employees.

1.155 Health and Safety Instructions. Full detail and instruction on Health and Safety
matters are contained with the BA(G) SHEF Manual issued by HQ UKSC. Provisions as the
effect LEC are included within this Manual.




SI BF(G)                                   1-31                                 AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                                                 ANNEX A TO
                                                                                                                 SECTION 1

                                                   BAG Form 349 (Rev Feb 95)

                            APPLICATION FOR LOCALLY ENGAGED CIVIL LABOUR

FROM:                 (Unit details)                                UIN: .....................

................................................                    BUDGET CODE: .............

................................................                    EMPLOYING OFFICER:

BFPO ...................................                            ...........................................................

                                                                    TEL NO: ...........................................

MANPOWER CATEGORY: DEL/CWG/DEP                                      JOB TITLE: .......................................

TRADE: .............................................                GRADE: ............................................

HOURS PER WEEK: ........................                            START DATE: ..................................

DURATION OF CONTRACT: Until ................................................ /Indefinite

REPLACEMENT FOR: .................................................................................... (Name)

SECURITY VETTING CATEGORY: ............................................................................
BUDGET HOLDER/MANAGER COMMENTS:




Approved/Not Approved

                  Signature of Budget Holder/Manager                ...................................................

                  Name & Rank                                       ...................................................

                  Appointment                                       ...................................................

        Date                                                        ...................................................
GLSU USE:




SI BF(G)                                                     1A-1                                                          AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)          1A-2           AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                ANNEX B TO
                                                                                SECTION 1

                DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES FOR THE BFG FORM 24
                            ATTENDANCE RECORD

1.       General. The BFG Form 24 Attendance Record and supporting documents provide
attendance data to effect the payment of LEC salary/wages by the last working day of a month.
 All attendance documentation is to be forwarded by unit line management for processing to the
LEC Pay Bureau (excluding DEL employees with the exception of NCMS employees at
Dulmen, Gutersloh, Herford, Hohne, Paderborn and selected RALSU units). and/or GLSU as
detailed below. Prompt, accurate and full input is required from units to maintain an efficient
service and to minimise the risk of overpayment and financial losses. This Annex provides
units with instructions on the completion and submission of DEL/CWG attendance information.
The English version of the BFG Form 24 should be used for all dependant employees.
However, it should be noted that these instructions apply equally to those completing
attendance records for dependants.

2.     Procedures. Employing/User Units will receive attendance record sheets for each
employee by the last day of the preceding month. The form will be pre-printed with fixed
personal and employment details. The field of the BFG Form 24 headed Art der Vergütung is
for Pay Bureau excluding DEL employees with the exception of NCMS employees at Dulmen,
Gutersloh, Herford, Hohne, Paderborn and selected RALSU units use only and is to be left
blank by units.

3.       Units are to record all occurrences which take place up to and including the last Sunday
of the month under the field headed Laufender Monat. Any residual information relating to the
remaining days of the month are to be entered on the next month's BFG Form 24 under the
section headed Nachtragsfeld des Vormonats. Units are responsible for completing and
certifying the fields of the form as follows:

       a.      Time Recording. Attendance records for those employees who work overtime,
       shift hours, night duties, Sunday and public holiday work, less than the normal daily
       hours or whose daily hours are subject to variation are to be accurately maintained by
       supervisors to show the time of arrival and departure to the nearest five minutes. In
       such cases the employee is to sign each entry in the Last column on the right had side
       of the BFG 24. Where an employee has not signed each entry it will result in BFG
       Form‟s 24 being returned to the unit.

       b.     Time recording is not required for those employees who work regular hours.




SI BF(G)                                      1B-1                                    AMDT 12
6200
       c.    Occurrences. The following occurrences are to be entered in the Vormittags
       Beginn column using the abbreviations listed:

       Full Description                              Abbreviation        Comment

       Unauthorised Absence – unpaid                        UA
       Cure Leave                                           CL           DEL only
       Child Rearing Leave                                  CR           DEL only
       Educational Leave                                    EL
       Dismissed                                            D
       Public Holiday                                       PH
       First day of a period of notice                      K
       Annual Leave                                         L
       Each day spent of manoeuvres                         M
       Under notice – not required to work                  N
       Rest day                                             RD
       Sick Self Certified                                  SSC           Dep only
       Sick Doctors Certificate                             SDC
       Sick certificate not provided by individual          SUC
       Special Leave (including illness of child)           SL           Insert Name of
                                                                         Child
       Unpaid Leave (child)                                 ULC          DEL only
       Ordinary Maternity Leave                             OML
       Additional Maternity Leave                           AML
       Parental Leave (treat as unpaid leave)               UL           Dep Only
       Paternity Leave                                      PL           Dep Only
       Pflegezeit                                           PZG          DEL Only
       Training Course                                      TC
       Time off In Lieu                                     TOIL
       No Time off In Lieu                                  No TOIL
       Unpaid Leave                                         UL
       Keeping in Touch (Maternity/adoption leave only)     KIT          Dep only
       LSA2 TO LSA 3 Cover Supervision                      COV3         SCE Dep
                                                                         only




SI BF(G)                                  1B-2                                 AMDT 12
6200
       Note 1.       Special leave should also be used to report special leave granted to
                     Dependants for caring for a sick child and for DEL who are granted
                     special leave by the GLSU when Krankenkasse payments are not in
                     issue.

       Note 2.       Unpaid leave should also be used to report parental leave granted to a
                     Dependant employee.

       Note 3        Units are to show the Sunday or Public Holiday for which time off was
                     granted.

       d.     Irregular Occurrences. Items not covered by paragraph 3c and explanatory
       notes are to be entered in the field headed Bemerkungen.

4.      Supporting Documentation. Employing and User Units are to forward all
documentation, with the exception of sickness certificates, in support of occurrences which
affect an individual's attendance to GLSUs without delay (e.g.: leave passes, confirmation of
pregnancy, letters of resignation, authorities for allowances etc.).

5.     Forecast Hours of Work. Copies of standby schedules, shift plans and notification of
the regular hours of work are to be forwarded to the Pay Bureau (excluding DEL employees at
Dulmen ) for pay calculation purposes.

6.      Sickness Reporting. Sickness Certificates are to be forwarded direct to the LEC Pay
Bureau (excluding DEL employees at Dulmen, Gutersloh, Herford and Paderborn) HQ UKSC.
When employees return from a period of sickness the unit is to inform the GLSU by phone who,
in turn, are to notify the LEC Pay Bureau.

7.      Leave. Paid leave is to be controlled by all Units in accordance with Standing
Instruction SI BF(G) 6200 Section 2 for DEL/CWG and Section 3 for Dependants. GLSUs will
periodically notify units of outstanding leave entitlements calculated from information submitted
on attendance records.

8.     Dismissals/Terminations. The attendance record of an employee who is dismissed or
terminates employment is to be forwarded to the Pay Bureau (excluding DEL employees at
Dulmen, Gutersloh, Herford and Paderborn) and GLSU on the working day following the day of
dismissal/termination at the latest. If the employee is dismissed or terminates in circumstances
which could cause an overpayment, the unit is to inform the Pay Bureau or GLSU immediately
by telephone or fax.

9.     Travel Expense Sheets. Claims are to be checked by the unit against attendance
records prior to submission to the Pay Bureau(excluding DEL employees at Dulmen,
Gutersloh, Herford and Paderborn); BFG Form 382 for DEL/CWG, Pay Bureau Form 03 for
Dependants. The existence of a claim in a particular month is to be signified by the annotation
RK in the Bemerkungen box of the BFG Form 24.

10.      Signatures. Entries on the BFG Form 24 are to be certified correct by a responsible
officer in accordance with current instructions. The attention of OCs is drawn to Standing
Instruction SI BF(G) 6200 Section 1, para 147: Losses to Public Funds Caused by
Misemployment or Negligence.




SI BF(G)                                      1B-3                                    AMDT 12
6200
11.     Submission of Attendance Records. Units are to dispatch attendance records to
reach the Pay Bureau (excluding DEL employees at Dulmen, , Gutersloh, Herford and
Paderborn) and GLSUs normally by three working days after the last Sunday in the month. A
schedule of receipt dates will be published periodically by the Pay Bureau. Attendance records
are to be dispatched as follows:

       A      Original and second copy:             LEC Pay Bureau
                                                    LEC Sp Svcs
                                                    HQ UKSC
                                                    BFPO 140

       b.    Third copy:                            Administering GLSU

12.           Civil Labour Clerks in units which have been given authority for self
administration of DEL pay in accordance with Pay Bureau and Local GLSU instructions will be
required to prepare attendance data by completing the Art der Vergütung field and for the
despatching of the original copy of BFG 24 to Lohnstelle Soest by the pre-arranged deadline.




SI BF(G)                                     1B-4                                  AMDT 12
6200
                                                                            ANNEX C TO
                                                                            SECTION 1

APPLICATION FOR ATTENDANCE ON EXTERNAL TRAINING COURSE, SEMINAR
INCLUDING COURSES AT THE LEC TRAINING WING – LOCALLY EMPLOYED
CIVILIANS (LEC)

THIS FORM SHOULD ALSO BE USED FOR MILITARY AND UKBC APPLYING FOR
TRAINING COURSE AT THE LEC TRAINING WING (PART 1 ONLY REQUIRED)

PART 1 (To be completed by the UCLO or Line Manager)

a.    Individual‟s details:

Unit…………………………………………BFPO………UIN…………………Budget
Code……………………….

Name…………………… Forename……….................Trade…………………                         Grade………         *
DEL/DEP

Role within the Unit/Department………………………………Contact Tel No:……………………………..

(If more than one employee please attached a nominal with all detail required at „a‟)

b.    Course/Training details:

Course/Training title……………………………………… Location………………………………………………
(for courses at the LEC Trg Wing, which are free of charge, please provide an alternate choice)

Start Date…………………………………………………End Date…………………………………………….

Reason for Training
Course/Seminar……………………………………………………………………………………….................
.

d.    Signature (UCLO or LM)……………………………………Name……………………………….

Appointment……………………………….Contact Tel No……………………………Date…………………

* Delete as appropriate

Notes. 1. For courses at the LEC Training Wing this application is to be forwarded for completion at
Part 2.
        2. For all other course proceed directly onto Part 3


PART 2 (to be completed by the LEC Training Wing)

a.   * It is herewith confirm that a vacancy has been allocated on the requested course in respect
of:
SI BF(G)                                    1C-1                                AMDT 12
6200
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

b.    * Unfortunately the requested training course is oversubscribed and as such a vacancy in
respect of ………………………………………………has been allocated on an alternative course as
follows:
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

c.       Course confirmation notification is attached.

d.       Please now take action by completing Part 3 and forward to your local GLSU.

e.       Signature……………………………………Name……………………………….

Appointment………………………………………………………….Date………………………………..




PART 3 (To be completed by the UCLO or Line Manager)

       a.     Course Provider………………………………….
       Cost(€)……………………(Including VAT)

Course Fees applicable *Yes/No
(if yes, application to be supported budgetary authority - Note 1)


b.     Travel and Subsistence costs (€) appropriate *yes/no. If yes - proposed travel
itinerary/costs:

Travel dates:         Out…………………………….                    Return…………………………………

Air:     From………………………….To………………………….*single/return Cost:………

Rail:    From………………………….To………………………….*single/return Cost:………

Car:     From………………………….To………………………….*own/hire/mil Cost:………

Tunnel:                  *Yes/No                                           Cost:………

Accommodation: *Hotel/Mess                 No. Nights…………………..                   Cost:………

Total (Travel/Accommodation)                                         Cost:………

c.  Signature (UCLO or
LM)……………………………………Name……………………………….

Appointment………………………………………………………….Date………………………………..
SI BF(G)                                      1C-2                              AMDT 12
6200
Notes: 1.        Applications for financial approval for LEC Training Courses and Seminars at cost, in respect of LEC employed in UKSC units
        must be authorised by OC LEC Training Wing or, in the case of an „agency, (e.g. Health service, DE etc) by the appropriate Budget
        Manager must be obtained in the first instance. This is by means of a letter of justification to the OC LEC Training Wing or
        appropriate Budget Manager. If approved financial authority will be provided. The letter of approval is to be attached to this form
        prior to it being forwarded to the GLSU for completion at Part 4.




PART 4 (to be completed by GLSU)

Day Allowance:               No of days/hours………..@ rate………………. Total…………

Night Allowance:             No of nights…………… @ rate………………. Total…………

Kilometre Allowance:                   Distance………………….@ rate………………. Total…………

*Travelling Time:            No of hours………………@ rate………………. Total………

Other ………………………………………………………………Total Allowances (€) :…………

Co-determination procedures have been initiated and concluded:                                                *YES/NO/NOT
APPLICABLE

Signature………………………                                                                 Name………………………………..

Appointment………………….                                                               Date………………


Notes         1.    In the case of DEL/CWG all course training is a matter of co-determination in accordance with FPRL 74. The OC
               GLSU is to initiate co-determination where required.
         2.    Course bookings/travel arrangements must not be made until financial authority has been received from the Budget
               Holder.
         3.    Travel must be by the most cost-effective means.
         4.    Civil air travel will only be authorised where there are no trooper flights available.
         5.    Mess accommodation/facilities should be used where available. Hotel accommodation should be booked via the Central Hotel
               Booking Service (CHBS) who offer discounted rates to MOD personnel.
         6.    Car Hire/use of own car will only be authorised where there is no suitable public transport or the use of car hire/own car is more
               cost effective.




PART 5 (to be completed by HQ UKSC Log Sp (Tpt & Mov) but only if necessary)

Application for movement by Air is *authorised/not authorised

Cost of movement…………… Application is to be made to……………………Using
reference……………………

Signature……………………
Name……………………Appointment……………………….Date…………………..


SI BF(G)                                                        1C-3                                                     AMDT 12
6200
PART 6 (to be completed by Budget Holder/Manager) -

*Agreed/Not Agreed                             RAC to be charged………………Total Expenditure Authorised
(€)…………………

Remarks……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
.

Signature……………………….Name…………………                                                       Appointment……………………                                Date…………

Note        1.   On completion of Part 5 this form is to be returned to the unit




Notes:

       1.         Training course costs for DEL/CWG may be recoverable from the employee if he/she leaves employment within a
                  specified period of up to three years. Where appropriate a contract to this effect is to be drawn up by OC GLSU and
                  signed by the employee prior to the commencement of the course.
       2.         Individuals are to be reminded that they must obtain and retain receipts for expenditure incurred as they may be required
                  to provide them as supporting evidence for claims and for audit purposes.
       3.         Travel Claim forms can be downloaded from the LEC Website under the heading Pay Bureau www.lecsupport.bfgnet.de.
       4.         Travelling Time is only applicable when there is no alternative other than to travel on a Saturday, Sunday or Public
                  Holiday
       5.         UKSC Budget Holders/Managers authorise T&S expenditure only at Part 6. OC LEC Trg Wg will authorise actual training
                  costs within the limit of his/her delegated authority on acceptance of the unit‟s justification.
       6.         For LEC employees of non-UKSC organisations (other Land Forces units, DE, DE&S, ISS(G), et al), budgetary approval
                  is required for training costs prior to submitting this application for completion by the GLSU at Part 4 and for T&S
                  expenditure at Part 6.




SI BF(G)                                                             1C-4                                                   AMDT 12
6200
                                                                    ANNEX D TO
                                                                     SECTION 1

To: ………………………………………………………………... (GLSU)
.
From ……………………………………………………………….. (Unit)

                           APPLICATION FOR GRANT OF
                      PERFORMANCE/FUNCTIONAL ALLOWANCE

                                        PART I

                                 UNIT SUBMISSION

1. Employee details

Name and initials of employee                     DEL/Dep



Job Title                                         Trade and grade



Pers No                                           EKZ/WPN


Allowance requested:
                         Performance*                 Functional*
                                (* delete as applicable)

2. Detailed Justification/Recommendation




SI BF(G)                                   1D-1                         AMDT 12
6200
3. For Performance/Functional Allowance only

a.    These duties occupy the employee for       % of the working time.
                   or
b.    The employee spends        (insert actual hours) performing these functions.

4. Details of recommending officer

Signature                                       Surname and Initials



                                            Unit/Branch/Department



Rank/grade and Appointment                 Tel Number             Date




                                     PART II
                             GLSU RECOMMENDATIONS

1. Comments




SI BF(G)                                 1D-2                                 AMDT 12
6200
           The Worksite has/has not* been inspected. (*Delete as applicable)

2. Percentage/ € :                          for the period


From                                        To

NOT TO EXCEED 12 MONTHS

4. Annual cost                  €

5. A copy of the contracted job description is attached.

GLSU stamp and date                             Signature of OC GLSU




                                                 Surname and initials




                                   PART III
                      CERTIFICATION BY BUDGET MANAGER

Comments




Signature of Budget manager                     Surname and Initials



                                            Unit/Branch/Department



       Tel Number                          Date




SI BF(G)                                 1D-3                                  AMDT 12
6200
                                        PART IV

           COMMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF LEC SP SVCS HQ UKSC
                      (FOR INITIAL APPLICATIONS ONLY)

1. Functional Allowance       The allowance meets/does not meet* the criteria laid down
in CTA II.

2. Performance Allowance It is confirmed that the allowance is paid for performance
over and above the level expected of the trade/grade.

3. The grant for this individual Functional Allowance does not exceed the pay of the next
higher grade.

4. The Allowance expires on

5. Comments




2. Payment is APPROVED/ NOT APPROVED*

(*delete as applicable)

Signature of LEC Sp Svcs officer                          Surname and Initials



                                                          Rank/grade and Appointment



LEC Sp Svcs Stamp and Date




SI BF(G)                                  1D-4                                   AMDT 12
6200
Distribution:

External:

Action:

GLSU
SCE (for SCE applications only)

Internal:

Action:

LEC Pay Bureau
File




SI BF(G)                          1D-5   AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)          1D-6           AMDT 12
6200
                                                                    ANNEX E TO
                                                                    SECTION 1
To:………………………………………………………………………. (GLSU)

From ……………………………………………………………….. (Unit)

                APPLICATION FOR GRANT OF AN ALLOWANCE FOR
                                 SEVERITY
                                   TOOL
                  CHARGE HAND AND LEADING CHARGEHAND

                                       PART I

                                 UNIT SUBMISSION

1. Employee details

Name and initials of employee                     DEL/Dep



Job Title                                         Trade and grade




Allowance requested:              Severity*  Tool *
                           Chargehand/Leading Chargehand*
                                (* delete as applicable)

2. Detailed Justification/Recommendation




SI BF(G)                                   1E-1                         AMDT 12
6200
3.
           a.   These duties occupy the employee for      % of the working time.
                         or
           b.   The employee spends (insert actual hours) performing these functions.

           c.   It is confirmed that the duties are not part of the contracted job description of
                another employee.

3. Details of recommending officer

Signature                                             Surname and Initials




                                                  Unit/Branch/Department



Rank/grade and Appointment                       Tel Number              Date




                                             PART II

                                 GLSU RECOMMENDATIONS

1. Comments




SI BF(G)                                       1E-2                                   AMDT 12
6200
2.         The worksite has/has not* been inspected. (*Delete as applicable)

3.         Percentage/ € recommended:                                  for the period


from:                                           to

NOT TO EXCEED 12 MONTHS


4.         Annual cost                    €

GLSU stamp and date                    Signature of OC GLSU




                                                Surname and initials




                                           PART III

                         CERTIFICATION BY BUDGET MANAGER
Comments




Signature of Budget manager                    Surname and Initials



                                                Unit/Branch/Department




SI BF(G)                                      1E-3                                  AMDT 12
6200
Tel Number                                    Date




Distribution:

The Budget Holder is to retain a copy of the application and forward a further copy to the
GLSU who are to produce additional copies for distribution as under

1 copy to Unit
GLSU file copies




SI BF(G)                                   1E-4                                  AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                      ANNEX F TO
                                                                                      SECTION 1




                 APPLYING FOR AN LEC SPECIAL BONUS AWARD (SBA)



                              Recommending Officer completes
                               Part A of the SBA (see note 1)




                                  GLSU confirms technical
                                                                                     Yes
                                 compliance of application at
                                    Part B (see note 2)




   Application returned to                                            Budget Holder‟s approval
   Recommending Officer                      No                        at Part C (see note 3)




                             LEC Sp Svcs final scrutiny and
                                                                               Yes
                               LEC Pay Bureau action at
                                  Part D (see note 4)




                                       Results
                                    forwarded to:




   Parent GLSU                                                  Recommending
                                                                   Officer




SI BF(G)                                            1F-1                                         AMDT 12
6200
Explanatory notes:

1.     The Recommending Officer (minimum grade Major or equivalent, except where
Captains are „in Command‟) usually the employee‟s Line Manager, must ensure that the
individual or team task/activity fully meets the criteria for the granting of a SBA.
Deductions from pay for tax and social security vary between DEL and Dependant
employees. In order to ensure that LEC employees receive equal reward (in terms of net
pay) for similar achievements, the gross award for a DEL needs to be twice that of a
Dependant employee. Recommending officers are not to advise individuals that their
name has been put forward for a Special Bonus Award until the outcome of the
application is known. Recommending officers should also retain sufficient, auditable
documentation supporting the SBA application, as these will be subject to audit during
Labour Support Technical Inspections.


2.      The employee‟s parent GLSU will carry out a technical check of the application, to
ensure it complies with the CTA II and any relevant supporting instructions. This will
include an assessment of whether a SBA is the correct method of rewarding the task or
activity in question, or whether the payment of an allowance (e.g. Functional Allowance) or
overtime would be more appropriate. „Rejected‟ applications will be returned to the
Recommending Officer, with an explanation.


3.     The Budget Holder‟s (minimum grade Col/B2 or equivalent, except for Lt Col in
Command) endorsement of the application (which should be supported by an official
stamp) indicates both his/her agreement to the Recommending Officer‟s proposal for a
SBA, and confirmation that funding is available to meet the cost of the award. In the most
exceptional cases only, budget holders may recommend a bonus which exceeds €1,500
(take home value); such applications will require the personal endorsement of the Civil
Secretary, UKSC. SBA payments must be met from within budget holders‟ existing LEC
budgets.

4.     LEC Sp Svcs will carry out a final check of the SBA application for completeness.
Following payment action by the LEC Pay Bureau, LEC Sp Svcs will distribute copies of
the application form in accordance with the flow chart.




SI BF(G)                                   1F-2                                 AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                   APPENDIX 1
                                                                                   TO ANNEX F
                                                                                    SECTION 1

                                   LEC Special Bonus Award

Part A.          Recommendation for a Special Bonus Award

The minimum (or equivalent) rank of the Recommending Officer should be that of a Major, except
where a Captain is „in Command‟.

Employee:

Name:                                    Pers. No:              Grade:


Unit:                                    EKZ/WPN:               GLSU:



Justification:

Details: (continue on separate sheet if necessary)




Amount Recommended:



Recommending Officer:

Name:                                         Rank:

Appointment and address:                      Signature/Date:




Part B.          GLSU Technical Validation
SI BF(G)                                      1F-1-1                                 AMDT 12
6200
Comments of GLSU (including details of any SBA approved within the last 24 months and
confirmation that there has been no breach of the CTA II or other legal provision):




Name:                                        Rank:

Appointment:                                 Signature/Date:



Part C.         Budget Holder‟s Approval

The minimum (or equivalent) rank of the Budget Holder should be that of Colonel/B2, except where
a Lt Col is in Command.

Comments of Budget Holder:




Name:                                        Rank:

Appointment:                                 Signature/Date & Stamp:




Part D.         LEC SP Svcs Final Scrutiny

Comments by LEC Sp Svcs:

Approved:                             Gross/Net*

Not approved:


Name: M. Morrisey                          Appointment: CPO (GAAP)

Signature:                                 Date:




SI BF(G)                                     1F-1-2                                  AMDT 12
6200
Part E         Pay Bureau Action:


Amount authorised                            Gross/Net*

                                                      PE
Payment to be made with                      salary   Allow

Signature of authorising officer


Payment actioned on




* Delete as appropriate




SI BF(G)                            1F-1-3                    AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY - BLANK




SI BF(G)     1F-1-4                AMDT 12
6200
                                                                       ANNEX G TO
                                                                       SECTION 1

TEAM TRAINING AND SPORTS ACTIVITIES

GENERAL

1.    Team Training can make an important contribution to the effectiveness of
organisations. For this reason, such activities can be a valuable use of time and
resources and are not discouraged providing they fall within the scope of regulations and
the rules on regularity and propriety.


2.    OCs GLSU and their staff, HQ SCE, Unit Civil Labour Officers and Line Managers
on what type of activity constitutes Team Training. The are also to ensure that LEC (DEL
and Dep) are aware of current Land Forces policy and regulations regarding team training


DEFINITIONS AND EXAMPLES


3.     There is a difference between activities that directly contribute towards team training,
skills or goals (classed as Team Training) and those which are less formal and solely
intended to enhance team spirit (classed as Unit Cohesiveness).


TEAM TRAINING


4.    Team Training is like any other training and must be based around learning and
designed to address clearly defined training needs in support of business objectives. Its
purpose should be to identify the most cost and time effective way of meeting a teams and
individuals learning and development needs combined with the needs of business to
improve the team relationships, skills or goals and/or effectiveness. If the purpose is not
established, public money will be wasted and give the perception that taxpayers‟ money
has not been used appropriately.


5.   Detailed principles and methods for Team Training can be found in various training
manuals but in summary Team Training, could cover:
     a. The theory of teams and how they work (N.B it is not necessary for trainees to be
     from the same team).
     b. Training an existing team to review, maintain and improve performance.
     c. Training an existing team to cope with change.
     d. Training a newly formed team to work together and understand their roles and
     responsibilities.
     e. Training a team to identify team members‟ individual role preferences e.g.
     learning and working styles and personalities.

SI BF(G)                                      1
                                             1G-1                                   AMDT 12
6200
6.    Team Training exercises qualify as a duty activity, but must meet legitimate training
needs designed to improve core or functional competencies and must fulfil all of the
following criteria:


     a. Clear, achievable and identifiable learning objectives (these may be for either the
        team as a whole and/or for each individual);
     b. Identifiable training or development needs; Identifiable links between core or
        functional competencies and business objectives;
     c. Detailed demonstration of core or functional competences it will
        improve/support and how this will be achieved;
     d. Demonstration of a clear benefit to the team and department as a whole;


UNIT COHESIVENESS


7. If a proposed activity does not address a training need/involve staff working together
and is solely designed to develop effective team spirit this is classed as „„unit
cohesiveness‟‟ Unit cohesiveness is more social in nature and not structured as a
formal Team Training event. Examples would be an evening gathering at a local
restaurant or a group attendance as spectators at a local sporting event.


PLANNING A TEAM TRAINING EVENT


8. As the majority of Team Training activities involve the use of public funds paid for
from the relevant Unit/Department budget, the preferred option is to use of in-house
providers.


9. It is MOD policy to encourage the maximum use of its facilities to meet defence
requirements. The taxpayer has a right to expect that all those facilities will be used
properly and to the full. Where it is practicable for the team‟s needs to be met using MOD
facilities, they should be used, though this depends on the nature of the event, the number
of people attending and availability of a suitable venue and distance from the duty station.
However, on-site facilities should not simply be dismissed on the grounds of perceived
disruptions that may or may not occur as these can easily be avoided or prevented
through internal management measures.


10. Team Training events should normally only be for 1 working day however, it is
acknowledged that some events exceed this duration. In any event where LEC are
involved 2 days is considered the maximum.




SI BF(G)                                    1
                                           1G-2                                  AMDT 12
6200
11. Team Training should not be used solely as a reward mechanism for staff or as a
means to boost staff morale.


REGULATORY AND PROPRIETY


12. Although there is no definitive list of activities deemed to be inappropriate for Team
Training, any activity that is not job-related, team-oriented or for which there is no clearly
defined management or training objectives or is considered hazardous cannot be
considered as an appropriate charge to public funds and no insurance cover would be
entertained. A list of these activities is contained at Appendix 1 to this Annex


13.   In situations where units are considering holding such events are advised:
       a.     The event will not be publicly funded.
       b.     Reimbursement of T&S costs is not appropriate.
       c.     The event should not take place during working hours or if so paid leave is to
              be taken and recorded.
       d.     That LEC are to be strongly advised to insure themselves against non-
              negligent injury. This can be achieved by taking out personal accident
              insurance at the individuals own expense.


14.   Details of such events are to be made known to the OC GLSU/HQ SCE at least 6
weeks prior to the event taking place.

15.     Accident insurance cover for works related accidents is, in respect of sports
activities by LEC, given under the following circumstances only:

       a.     Participation in sports activities organised by the employer which
              serve the purpose to alleviate the physical, mental and nerve
              strain caused by works activities:

            (1)    The sports activities must not be primarily competitive.

            (2)    Team games, e.g. soccer, rugby, basketball, volleyball, handball etc are
                   normally of a competitive nature and are, therefore, not covered.

            (3)    Sports activities organised by employees themselves are not sports
                   activities in the meaning of this management instruction.

16.    Any cases of doubt are to be referred to the OC GLSU/HQ SCE for advice prior to
sports activities being undertaken




SI BF(G)                                     1
                                            1G-3                                   AMDT 12
6200
FUNDING AND AFFORDABILITY


17. OC LEC Training Wing has delegated authority to authorise team training
expenditure exclusively for UKSC units only (less Travel & Subsistence (T&S) expenditure
– see Para 19 below). All other BFG employing units and MOD Agencies (other Land
Forces units, SCE, DE, DE&S, ISS(G), et al), require the financial approval of the
appropriate Budget Holder as per Part 4 of Appendix 2 to this Annex to this instruction.
Commercial Sponsorship is not to be sought for Team Training events.


18.    T&S is to be claimed individually via the appropriate unit budget. Details of T&S
costs where appropriate are to be included at Part 1 of Appendix 2.

VALUE FOR MONEY


19. Team Training should offer value for money taking into consideration the cost of the
training/activity, T&S and time away from the office/workplace.


20. Selection must be based on Value for Money criteria. It should demonstrate not only
the cost of accommodation, facilities and transport arrangements, but also take account of
the mix of quality, cost, resource use, fitness for purpose, timeliness and convenience to
judge whether or not, when taken together, they constitute good value for money.


21.    External facilities such as hotels, conference centres or activity centres should only
be considered where they are cost effective. Unless there are good reasons not to, the
Central Hotel Booking Service (CHBS) is to be used to book conference facilities and if
applicable accommodation. For Team Training events held in hotels, teams must ensure
that overnight accommodation is the most effective and economical option taking into
account the cost of travel, subsistence, saving of official time and practicality of the
journey. Overnight accommodation would not normally be necessary if the hotel is within
a reasonable commuting distance from the duty station and the event is conducted within
normal duty hours.


SCRUTINY AND ENDORSEMENT


22 All applications for team training are to be submitted as per Appendix 2 and should
be in accordance with the guidance in this instruction and are to be submitted to the LEC
Training Wing for consideration and approval. Where funding is required the application is
to be supported by a Business Case. Applications are to be submitted at least 2 months
in advance of the planned event and must include the following.
     a. Details of the activity.
     b. Clear aims and objectives and anticipated benefits.


SI BF(G)                                     1
                                            1G-4                                   AMDT 12
6200
     c. A description of and programme for the event/activity including a short risk
     assessment and reference to insurance cover.
     d. A list of attendees and a breakdown of the estimated cost.


23. On approval at Part 3, the SO2 Pol/Trg will forward the application to the
appropriate GLSU who will complete Part 3:
     a. Where required enter into co-determination procedures in accordance with the
     FPRL with the local unit works council in respect of DEL employees.

     b. Calculate T&S costs in accordance with current rates and forward the
     application to the appropriate Budget Manager/Holder for completion at Part 4.

     c. Assuming T&S approval is granted the Budget Manager is to return the
     application to the LEC Training Wing who will issue the go ahead for the training to
     take place by completing Part 5.


FREQUENCY/TIMING


24.    If required, normally only one Team Training event per financial year will be approved,
providing it fulfils the criteria set out in this instruction. Team Training should not automatically
be considered as an annual event as other solutions may be appropriate to meet the business
objective.


ATTENDANCE


25.     A key element of Team Training is inclusivity and, whilst it is appreciated that meeting
the needs of everyone is difficult, units/departments should ensure that the chosen activity is
one that all members of the unit or department will be comfortable with and will be able to
attend. If an inappropriate activity is selected, people could feel excluded and the value of the
activity will be lost.


26.   The participation in Team Training must be restricted to employees of the same
agency (or at least the same delegated employer).

27.    Care should be taken to ensure that due regard is given to the MOD Equality and
Diversity Policy.




SI BF(G)                                        1
                                               1G-5                                      AMDT 12
6200
RISK ASSESSMENTS
28.    Unit Team Leaders must satisfy themselves that appropriate Risk Assessments have
been undertaken and appropriate safety measures put in place prior to any event being
authorised.
SECURITY
29.    All staff are reminded not to publicise the presence of MOD and are reminded of their
responsibility not to make bookings using MOD or Service details and or web browsers and
host pages that require details personal or service, not to display site access passes and to
avoid talking publicly about matters that identify individuals as employees of the MOD.




SI BF(G)                                     1
                                            1G-6                                  AMDT 12
6200
                                                               APPENDIX 1 TO
                                                               ANNEX G TO
                                                               SECTION 1


ACTIVITIES NOT CONSIDERED AS APPROPRIATE FOR TEAM TRAINING

1.   The following activities are considered not appropriate and hazardous and as such do
not qualify for funding at public expense and the MOD will not be liable for any insurance
compensation claims received by LEC who have participated in such events that have taken
place under the guise of “Team Training” :
     a. Go-Karting, Paint balling, Quad Biking.
     b. Clay pigeon shooting, Archery, Golf.
     c. Commercial adventurous training mini breaks.
     d. Day at the Races.
     e. Brewery trips.
     f. „Dangerous sports, i.e. any activity that could potentially result in serious injury.
        Examples::
            (1)   Rock Climbing.
            (2)   White water rafting.
            (3)   Skiing/Snow Boarding etc.
            (4)   Water Skiing.
            (5)   Hang Gliding.
            (6)   Parachuting.
     g. Team games, of a competitive nature e.g. soccer, rugby, basketball etc.

     h. Entrance fees to cultural, sporting events or tourist attractions.

N.B This list is not exhaustive and each application will be judged on a case by case
basis. The purpose of this list is to illustrate activities which have already been
disqualified from public funding. If there is any doubt about the regularity or propriety
and/or if a case is considered novel or contentious it is to be referred to LEC Sp Svcs,
HQ UKSC.




SI BF(G)                                   1G-1-1                                 AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)          1G-1-2         AMDT 12
6200
                                                                         APPENDIX 2 TO
                                                                         ANNEX G TO
                                                                         SECTION 1

APPLICATION FOR AUTHORITY TO CONDUCT A TEAM TRAINING EVENT - LOCALLY
EMPLOYED CIVILIANS (LEC)

PART 1 (To be completed by the OC, UCLO or Line Manager)

a.     Unit details:

Unit…………………………………………BFPO………UIN……Budget Code……………………….

b.     Team Training Event Details:

Event Title………………………………………                       Location………………………………………………

Provider…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Objectives and anticipated benefits…………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Description of the event/programme (*)………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Risk Assessment (*)……………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

List of LEC attendees by type (DEL or Dep) (*)……………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(*) if space does not permit a separate sheet containing the required details should be attached.

Start Date…………………………………………                      End Date…………………………………………….
                        *
Event Fees applicable       Yes/No                     Cost (€)……………………(Including VAT)




SI BF(G)                                     1G-2-1                                   AMDT 12
6200
c.     Travel and Subsistence

Is service transport to be used *Yes/No

If no state method of
travel……………………………………………………………………………………………..

From………………………….To………………………….

Accommodation: *Hotel/Mess                  No. Nights…………………..             Cost:………

d.    Signature ……………………………………Name……………………………….

Appointment……………………………………… Date………………………………..


PART 2 (to be completed by LEC Trg Wing, BFPO 15)

1.    The team training is considered *appropriate/not appropriate.

2.    *Where requested funding for the training is agreed.

Signature …………………Name…………………………….Appointment
……………….Date………………..

PART 3 (to be completed by GLSU)

*Day Allowance:       No of days/hours………..@ rate……………….               Total…………

*Night Allowance:     No of nights…………… @ rate……………….                  Total…………

*Kilometre Allowance: Distance………………….@ rate……………….                    Total…………

*Travelling Time:     No of hours………………@ rate……………….                   Total………

Other ………………………………………………………………Total Allowances (€) :…………

Co-determination procedures have been initiated and concluded:        *YES/NO/NOT
APPLICABLE

Signature………………………Name…………………                          Appointment………………………
Date………………

PART 4 (to be completed by Budget Holder/Manager) - See notes 11 and 12

*Agreed/Not Agreed
 RAC to be charged………………Total Expenditure Authorised (€)…………………

Remarks…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Signature……………………Name………………                      Appointment…………………        Date……………….




SI BF(G)                                      1G-2-1                                AMDT 12
6200
PART 5 (To be completed by LEC Trg Wing) -
It is confirmed that all relevant procedures (Team Training costs,/travel and subsistence/co-
determination) have been carried out . The attendance of the named LEC included on the attached
nominal roll and costs have been recorded for audit purposes.

Signature……………… Name…………………Appointment…………………….Date………………….


Notes:

   7.      All applications for LEC Team Training whether at cost or not, must be processed by the unit to the LEC Training Wing in
           the first instance.
   8.      In the case of DEL/CWG all team training is a matter of co-determination in accordance with FPRL 74. The OC GLSU is to
           initiate co-determination where required.
   9.      Team training arrangements must not be made until financial authority has been received from the Budget Holder.
   10.     Travel must be by the most cost-effective means.
   11.     Mess accommodation/facilities should be used where available. Hotel accommodation should be booked via the Central
           Hotel
           Booking Service (CHBS) who offer discounted rates to MOD personnel.
   12.     Car Hire/use of own car will only be authorised where there is no suitable public transport or the use of car hire/own car is
           more cost effective.
   13.     On completion of Part 5 this form is to be returned to the unit and a copy retained by the LEC Training Wing
   14.     Individuals are to be reminded that they must obtain and retain receipts for expenditure incurred as they may be required to
           provide them as supporting evidence for claims and for audit purposes.
   15.     Travel Claim forms can be downloaded from the LEC Website under the heading Pay Bureau www.lecsupport.bfgnet.de.
   16.     Travelling Time is only applicable when there is no alternative other than to travel on a Saturday, Sunday or Public Holiday
   17.     UKSC budget Holders/Managers authorise T&S expenditure only at Part 4. OC LEC Trg Wg will authorise actual training
           costs within the limit of his/her delegated authority for UKSC units at Part 5.
   18.     For LEC employees of non-UKSC organisations (other Land Forces units, DE, DE&S, ISS(G), et al), budgetary approval is
           required for both training and associated T&S costs at Part 4.



* delete as appropriate




SI BF(G)                                                      1G-2-1                                                     AMDT 12
6200
                         SECTION 2 - INSTRUCTIONS FOR DEL/CWG

                              SUB SECTION 1 - RECRUITMENT

2.001 Works Permits. All non EC nationals are to be in possession of a valid work permit
before being accepted for employment as a DEL/CWG worker. Employers who disregard this
requirement risk the possibility of a substantial fine under Federal Law.

2.002 Individual employees are personally responsible for the renewal of their works permits.
The OC GLSU/Employing Unit is responsible for monitoring the continued validity of works
permit and warning the employee in a good time when his/her work permit is due to expire.
Where a work permit is due to expire the OC GLSU is to take immediate action to terminate
employment.

                            SUB SECTION 2 - DOCUMENTATION

2.003 Engagements. All engagements are subject to the terms and conditions of the CTA II
and are to be concluded by means of an employment contract between the GLSU/Employing
Unit for the United Kingdom and the employee concerned. Lohnstellen are to be initially
informed of an engagement by the submission on BFG Form 24. For out-of-Tariff employment,
such as domestics, GLSU advice is to be obtained. Engagements are also subject to the Units
Works Council cooperation procedures. See Sub Section 10.

2.004 Multiple Contracts. The employment of an individual on two separate contracts, in
different grades or trades is not permitted.

2.005 The employment of one individual on separate contracts of the same trade and grade
with BFG is permitted provided that the total weekly hours of work for the trade/grade laid down
in CTA II are not exceeded.

2.006 GLSUs are to closely monitor all cases where more than one contract is offered to one
employee and are to advise units accordingly.

2.007 Spare

2.008 Guidelines for the Completion of Contract Forms. Guidelines for the completion of
the contract form are as follows:

       a.     Part I:

              (1)     Item I to read: Between (GLSU/Employing Unit title and UIN/EKZ) acting
              for the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland represented by the
              Officer Commanding.

       b.     Part II:

              (1)    Item 10: Where an employee does not have bank or postal giro accounts,
              no entry is to be made. The employee is, however, to be advised to open an
              account as soon as possible and to provide details to the GLSU without delay. In
              very exceptional cases the employee may request GLSU to arrange alternative
              methods of payments.




SI BF(G)                                      2-1                                    AMDT 12
6200
           (2)    Item 14: The authorised grade/trade is to be inserted. Budget Holder‟s
           authority and UIN to be charged to be inserted. The grade is subject to
           confirmation by OC GLSU.

           (3)    Item 15: To be completed in consultation with User/Employing Unit. Job
           description requires GLSU confirmation that they fall within the terms of CTA II
           and current labour legislation.

           (4)    Item 17: For other than indefinite employment see paragraphs 12 to 14
           below.

           (5)     Item 18: The date to be entered is to be the first day of employment.
           Where this is the first working day of the month, but not the first calendar day,
           the first calendar day is entered.

           (6)    Item 19: Dates to be entered in accordance with CTA II, Article 5.
           Extensions are only permitted under the circumstances described in CTA II, Art
           5.2. In such cases the extension is to be agreed with the employee and notified
           using a contract amendment form.

           (7)    Item 20: In accordance with CTA II Art 8 the date of uninterrupted service
           with the Sending States‟ Forces is to be shown, regardless of previous trade and
           grade.

           (8)   Item 21: Location (municipality) of employee's permanent duty station to
           be entered. (Note: This is not necessarily the Employing/User Units location).

      c.   Part III: Completed by GLSU.

      d.   Part IV: Cancelled.

      e.   Part V:

           (1)   Item 39: text to be entered: “False statements made by the employee with
           regard to any part of this document may lead to the annulment of the
           employment relationship.

           “Falsche Angaben, die vom Arbeit-nehmer zu irgendeinem Eintrag in diesem
           Dokument gemachtwerden, koennen zur Nichtigkeit des
           Beschaeftigungsverhaeltnisses fuehren.”

           (2)     Item 43: Text to be entered: “The grading shown at item 14 is provisional
           until confirmed at item 30.”

           (3)    Item 45: Text to be entered: ”The employee is aware and agrees that the
           employment with the CWG under the provisions of Appendix „Z‟ CTA II includes
           the need for mobility between various work locations of his Employing/User Unit
           and the needs to participate in military exercises within the parameters laid down
           at item 15.”

           (4)       Items 40, 41, 42, 44 are to be brought to the attention of the employee.



SI BF(G)                                      2-2                                    AMDT 12
6200
2.009 Distribution of employment contract. After items 1 to 29 have been completed, all
copies are to be submitted to the OC GLSU, who is to:

       a.     Check all entries.

       b.     Examine item 14 in relation to item 15 and check that correct employment
       authority exists.

       c.     When satisfied with employment authority, job description and grade, sign Part III
       and forward all copies to Employing Unit for signature at items 48, 49 and 50.

       d.     Employing Unit returns all copies to GLSU after signatures.

       e.    GLSU, after signature at item 51, submit one copy to Lohnstelle, two copies to
       Employing Unit (who hands a copy to the employee) and retain one copy at GLSU.

2.010 Contract Amendments. Contracts may be amended by means of a contract
amendment form. The procedures described above apply. See paragraph 2.052.

2.011 Replacement Labour. The Employment Contract UKSC Form 652 is to be used for
contracting replacement labour. The period for which the contract is to run is to be entered at
para 17 of the form. This will normally be the date on which the contract ceases, e.g. “until the
return of the (named) incumbent of the post”. The reason for the limitation of the contract is to
be shown, e.g. sick replacement.

2.012 Employment Contracts Limited by date. It is not permissible to conclude fixed term
contracts without an objective reason with employees who have previously been employed with
the Forces (BFG) on a fixed term contract nor in an indefinite employment relationship. The
conclusion of such a contract is permissible for a maximum period of up to 2 years. Contracts
concluded for a period shorter than 2 years may be extended for no more than three times up
to maximum of 2 years.

2.013 End of Limited Contract. An employment contract limited by date shall end when the
agreed times expires. An employment contract limited by date shall end when the purpose has
been achieved, but no earlier than two weeks after the employee has received the employer‟s
written notification of the time when the purpose has been achieved.

2.014 Employment on Duties not covered by the CTA II. On initial engagement into an out
of tariff employment such as described in CTA II Art 2 an employee will be graded by the OC
GLSU who may wish to carry out an onsite or a worksite inspection.

2.015 Temporary Changes of Duty

       a.     DEL/CWG employees who are temporarily assigned to predominantly perform
       higher graded duties are to be upgraded after such duties have been performed for 30
       consecutive calendar days. Interruptions during this period of less than 2 weeks are to
       be disregarded. The time of the interruption does not count towards the period of 30
       calendar days.

       b.      Temporary assignments may be as replacements for incumbents of post
       (including military and civil service posts) who are temporarily absent or to temporarily fill
       vacancies pending the appointment of a permanent incumbent of a post.

       c.     Temporary assignments to posts normally filled by military or civil service
SI BF(G)                                        2-3                                      AMDT 12
6200
       personnel requires the grading of such post under the terms of the CTA II prior to the
       assignment taking place. It is, therefore, mandatory that line managers concerned
       identify which duties are to be undertaken by the DEL/CWG employee assigned to the
       post and submit an appropriate statement to the OC GLSU together with the application
       for the temporary upgrading. OC GLSU is to assess the grade in accordance with the
       provisions of CTA II. If the assessment results in a grading which is more than one
       grade higher than the one currently held by the employee, LEC Sp Svcs, HQ UKSC is to
       be consulted in instruction to confirm the assessment.

       d.     The temporary upgrading is to be documented by an amendment to the current
       contract of employment. The amendment is to identify the duties to be undertaken, the
       grade assessed and duration of the temporary upgrading. Furthermore it is to state that
       the temporary upgrading is granted under the provisions of Article 53.1, CTA II.

       e.      Immediately after the period of temporary upgrading expires employees affected
       are to return to their previous employment and grade. If the expiry date depends on an
       event, (e.g., arrival of a regular incumbent) Lohnstelle Soest is to be informed in good
       time in instruction to avoid overpayments.

       f.     Care is to be taken that provisions of Article 75 (1) 2, FPRL are met.

2.016 Temporary replacements involving periods in excess of 30 days represent additional
costs and require the authority of the Budget Holder.

2.017 Temporary replacements of up to 30 days by existing employees may be authorised by
OCs Employing Units.

2.018 Where an OC wishes to place an employee into higher graded post in accordance with
the provisions of CTA II, Art 53.2 to assess his suitability for upgrading, he may do so, without
additional pay, for a period of three months for wage earners and three months for salaried
employees. Such an agreement should be documented in writing. The agreement is to be
signed by the employee and the Head of Agency, and is subject to cooperation with Unit Works
Council prior to commencement.

2.019 Commencement of Work. Commencement need not to be delayed pending final
completion of the employment contract, provided that authorised manpower cover exists and
security vetting has been successfully completed. The employee is, however, not to be given
any binding offer with regard to grade and job description except by the GLSU. It should also
be noted that the contract of employment commences the date on which the employee starts
work and not the date upon which he /she signs their contract.

2.020 Action before Expiry of Probationary Period. In cases where it is found necessary to
dismiss an employee during the probationary period, notice must be served in accordance with
the provisions of Art 43 CTA II and Art 79(3) FPRL.

2.021 Agreements not covered by Employment Contracts. No verbal or written
agreements are to be made by Employing or User Unit management which are beyond the
scope of the employment contract or formerly approved works agreement. This relates
particularly to transport, working and break timings where informal arrangements may become
a feature of the employment through custom and practice.




SI BF(G)                                       2-4                                     AMDT 12
6200
2.021a         Employment beyond the age of 65. Continued employment for persons
over the age of 65 is permitted in their current contract subject to co-determination with
the appropriate Works Council as outlined in FPRL Article 75 ( 5 ). However, it must be
noted that where an employee is employed on an „indefinite‟ contract, continued
employment beyond the age of 65 is also to be on indefinite conditions. Such
employment beyond the normal retirement age is exceptional and specific authority must
be obtained from LEC Sp Svcs, HQ UKSC well in advance of the retirement date. A full
justification must be provided by the user/employing unit as part of the application for
authority.

              SUB SECTION 3 - TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT

2.022. General. Terms and conditions of work for DEL/CWG employees are contained in the
Collective Tariff Agreement (CTA II), its amendments and supplementary agreements.
Contracts of employment are to be concluded on the basis of the CTA II unless separate
agreement is given by LEC Sp Svcs, HQ UKSC to enter into an out of tariff agreement. All
queries on the interpretation of the CTA II are to be addressed to the GLSU.

Hours of Work

2.023. Regular Weekly Hours of Work. Regular Weekly Hours of Work are to be arranged
by the GLSU/Employing Unit within the terms of the CTA II. Daily working hours and the
distribution of hours and breaks are to be agreed in co-determination with the Unit Works
Council. Once agreed, the hours of work are to be prominently displayed in the form of a
Works Agreement for the information of all employees. An example of a Works Agreement is at
Annex D to this section.

2.023a. Entitlement to reduction of working time. In accordance with the provisions of the
law on part-time work an employee who has been employed for more than 6 months is entitled
to ask that his/her contractually agreed working time be reduced. The employee must make
his/her claim for a reduction in working time and the statement as to the extent of the reduction
at least three months before it is due to commence. The employer must inform the employee in
writing of the decision on the reduction in working time one month in advance of the desired
commencement at the latest. If the employer has not rejected the reduction in working time or
the desired division of the working time within this time frame the working time shall be reduced
to the extent desired by the employee. The same applies to the division of the reduced working
time applied for by the employee. In all cases of employees asking for their working time to
be reduced the written advice of the OC GLSU is to be obtained immediately.

2.024. Regular weekly and daily hours of work are to be notified to the Lohnstelle through the
GLSU. Notification is by means of the form at Annex D to this section.

2.025. Any increase or reductions to hours of work are to be notified to employee at least one
week (H Tariff 1 month) prior to the change. Co-determination of the change is required with
the Unit Works Council. Work required outside normal hours without the above notification of
change will be overtime. Any requirement to work less hours will be without loss of pay.

2.026 The regular weekly hours of work are laid down at Art 9 CTA II and variations are
detailed in the CTA II appendices.

2.027 The working week is normally five days, but in certain trades may be set at six days.
The working week is calculated from 0000hrs Monday to 2400hrs Sunday.


SI BF(G)                                       2-5                                    AMDT 12
6200
2.028 Extended Hours of Work. The regular hours of work may be extended for certain
types of employment. Where that is effected the additional hours are paid at normal hourly rate
and not overtime rates. Once set, however, the extended hours become a feature of the
contract and must be paid whether or not the additional hours are worked. The advice of OC
GLSU is to be sought where it is proposed set extended hours.

2.029 Overtime. Overtime hours are those worked in excess of the regular weekly working
hours at the request management. Overtime attracts an hourly basic compensation, plus
overtime supplements. The hourly basis compensation may be replaced by Time Off In Lieu
(TOIL) within a set period dependant upon tariff provisions, but the supplements must be paid.
The Budget Holder‟s authority is therefore to be obtained before any overtime is instruction
even if (TOIL) is to be given.

2.030 Employees are to be informed before overtime is worked whether it is to be
compensated by additional pay or TOIL.

2.031 When planned overtime is required, the matter is to be codetermined with the UWC.
The OC GLSU/employing Unit is to provide a written authority to the UWC showing the number
of employees and grades involved and the reasons for the overtime. A copy is to be forwarded
to the GLSU. Overtime of up to two hours which is unplanned and required at short notice for a
single requirement is a management right of direction (Direktionsrecht) and does not require
UWC participation however, the UWC is to be informed in retrospect and at the earliest
opportunity, when such overtime has been worked.

Work on Sundays and Public Holidays

2.032 General. Work on Sundays and public holidays attracts additional supplements and is
to be restricted to essential tasks only.

2.033 Where Sunday and Public Holiday work is a feature of employment; mess staff, nurses,
drivers, watchmen etc. a clause to the effect is to be included in the employment contract and
the employee is to be advised of this commitment on engagement.

2.034 Sunday Work. An employee who works at least one Sunday each month will be
regarded as a regular Sunday worker and will be paid a Sunday supplement in accordance with
CTA II Art 20. Irregular or occasional Sunday working will attract a higher rate of supplement.

2.035 Employees nominated for regular Sunday work are to be given one month‟s notice in a
duty roster.

2.036 A compensating day off is to be given for every Sunday worked.

2.037 Work on German Public Holidays. Employment on German Public Holidays is to be
restricted to essential tasks only. The following days are defined as or to be treated as holidays
for DEL/CWG and actual dates are notified annually in General Routine Instructions:

       a.     New Years Day                Whit Monday
              Good Friday                  German Unity Day (3 Oct)
              Easter Monday                Christmas Eve from 1200 hrs
              1 May                        Christmas Day
              Ascension Day                Boxing Day

       b.     In North Rhine Westphalia the following additional holidays are observed:

SI BF(G)                                       2-6                                     AMDT 12
6200
               Corpus Christi
               All Saints (1 Nov)

        c.     In Schleswig Holstein the following holidays will only be observed in communities
        with predominantly Protestant or Roman Catholic communities, as applicable:

               Reuniformation Day
               Corpus Christi

        d.    In Bavaria the following holidays in addition to those at sub para 'a' above

              Heilige Drei Könige
              Corpus Christi
              Mariä Himmelfahrt
              All Saints

2.038 Public Holiday work is to be compensated by time off in Lieu (TOIL) in the same or the
following week. Work of 4 hours or less may not be compensated by TOIL.

2.039 Where moveable holidays fall on a Sunday, employees required to work will be entitled
to a day off for the public holiday plus a day off for the Sunday. Supplements will be paid at the
Public Holiday rate.

Leave

2.040 Entitlement. The leave entitlement for DEL/CWG is at Art 33 CTA II. The leave year is
the calendar year and OC‟s of Employing/User Units are to ensure that, where possible
employees take their leave allocation by 31 December each year.

2.041 Leave Carried Forward. Transfer of leave to the following leave year may be permitted
only where urgent operational or personal reasons such as illness prevent the taking of leave
by 31 December. In such cases leave must be applied for before 31 December and is to
commence before 31 March of the following year unless the employee is prevented by
unfitness for work in which case the leave is to be commenced within two months of the
establishment of fitness for work. The authority of OC GLSU/OC Cat B Unit is required in all
circumstances where Leave is to be Carried Forward.

2.041a Transfer of Leave. Employees transferring between BFG Agencies remain employed
with the same employer i.e. the Crown, and cannot therefore be legally required to take their
leave prior to the transfer to another Agency.

2.042 Leave may, in exceptional circumstances have to be compensated by cash payment, for
example, when a notice period is insufficient to cover the leave entitlement. The Budget Holder
is to be informed in all cases. It is not permissible to make payments in lieu of leave in cases of
transferring to another agency because the employee's employment relationship does not end.




SI BF(G)                                        2-7                                     AMDT 12
6200
Withdrawal of Driving Licences From Drivers

2.043 Continued Employment. Where a driving licence is withdrawn by the civil authorities
pending trial a driver may be temporarily employed in non driving duties not above his grade.
When a licence is suspended by a court and the period of suspension exceeds the employee‟s
notice period then he is to be discharged.

Sickness

2.044 Notification of Sickness. When an employee is absent from work through sickness he
is required to provide the User/Employing Unit with:

        a.     Immediate notice of his unfitness to work.

        b.      A medical certificate from a doctor on the 4th day if the sickness continues
        beyond the 3rd day. It should however, be noted that in some GLSU areas, upon
        agreement with Unit Works Councils, Medical Certificates are required for the first day
        of the sickness.

        c.     Supplementary certificates covering any ongoing period of sickness.

2.045 Second Opinion. When, during a period of sickness, there are justified doubts over an
employee‟s actual state of health, management may require the employee to submit to an
examination by a doctor of mutual trust to confirm the employee‟s unfitness for work in
accordance with CTA II Art 29.4d. Applications for second opinion examinations are to be
made to GLSU‟s. Bills are to be processed through Med Channels.

Death

2.046 Notification. On the death of an employee the User/Employment Unit is to endorse the
employee‟s attendance record with the date of death and forward it to the LEC Sp Svcs and the
LEC Pay Bureau, HQ UKSC. The GLSU is to be informed by telephone, followed as soon as
possible by a short report in the format of Annex E to this section. A BFG Form 126 is to be
raised to notify the termination of employment.

2.047 Death on Duty Away from the Duty Station. The employer is responsible for returning
the body of a deceased employee to his/her home where death occurs on duty away from the
duty station. In these circumstances Service transport may be used to transport the coffin. No
claim for reimbursement can be accepted if the next of kin wish to make private arrangements
to move the body.

2.048 Disposal of property on Death. Where a deceased employee leaves personal effects
in MOD property the local Amtsgericht is to be approached to take custody and deal with
disposal of the effects.




SI BF(G)                                       2-8                                    AMDT 12
6200
Travel to or through Countries to which Special regulations Apply

2.049 DEL/CWG are required to give prior notice to their Head of Establishment of any
intention to travel or go through any of the countries listed in Annex C to this section.

2.050 Travel in or through countries listed includes the use of any air, sea or rail facilities
operated by that country anywhere (See SI BF(G) 2110 (Travel to Foreign Countries to which
Special regulations Apply)). The following action is required:

       a.     A notice in the form at Annex C to this section is to be permanently displayed on
       the Unit Civilian staff notice board.

       b.    The notice is to be drawn to the attention of all new employees and annually
       between Dec and Apr to all employees.

       c.      Heads of establishments/branches who are informed by an employee of an
       intention to travel to or through the listed countries are to pass this information under
       RESTRICTED - STAFF cover, together with full employment details of the employee to
       their local Security Section.

       d.     GLSU‟s are to check that the above procedure is being followed when making
       routine labour support inspections.

SUB SECTION 4 - TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR ALTERATION OF EMPLOYMENT
                                CONDITIONS

2.051 Termination of Contract. Heads of Agency intending to issue any notice of termination
of employment or alteration of employment conditions, are to obtain, GLSU‟s advice prior to any
action being taken. Subject to GLSU confirmation that the notice is legally justifiable the
following action is to be taken:

       a.      Head of Agency is to ask the employee who is to be served with notice if he/she
       is registered as Severely Handicapped Person or has applied for such registration, if the
       answer is „yes‟ action is to be taken as per paragraph 2.060 below.

       b.      Notice is to be served in accordance with CTA II, Art 47.1. The notice is to be
       signed by Head of Agency or his authorised deputy and the original is to be handed to
       the employee. In cases where the Head of Agency has temporarily handed over power
       of attorney, that statement/notification is to be attached to the letter of termination. A
       receipt or witnessed statement of receipt is to be obtained. Any other form of
       transmission should be cleared with the GLSU. Cooperation procedures in accordance
       with FPRL Arts 72 and 79 are to be completed prior to the issue of notices. Note BFG
       Form 126 is not to be used as a notice.

       c.      BFG Form 126 is to be completed by GLSU/Employing Units with particular
       attention being paid to the accuracy of termination dates and reasons for termination.
       Any request for replacement labour on the form is to be accompanied by Budget
       Holder‟s authority. Completed copies of BFG Form 126 are to be returned to the GLSU
       for distribution.

       d.     If a revised termination of employment becomes necessary during a notice
       period, this also requires the issue of a new BFG Form 126.

SI BF(G)                                       2-9                                    AMDT 12
6200
       e.     The reasons for termination is to be cleared with GLSU‟s whenever it is intended
       to agree to shortened notice period or to transfer employees to another unit

       f.      Employing Units (Category „B‟) are to inform GLSUs of the issue of notices by
       telephone or Fax and confirm in writing and GLSUs in turn are to inform the Pay Bureau
       by the fastest possible means in instruction to avoid overpayment.

2.051a Alteration of Employment Conditions. Alteration of employment conditions
consists of termination of the current employment relationship and the immediate continuation
of the employment relationship under the revised conditions. The letter of termination of
employment must contain an offer to continue employment under the revised conditions, which
are identified in the letter. Co-operation with the UWC as detailed above is required.

2.052 Notice Periods. Notice periods for DEL/CWG are contained in Art 44, CTA II.

2.053 Employment during notice period. Wherever possible employees are to continue to
work in their post during notice periods. If this is impracticable employees may be tasked by
the GLSU/Employing Unit with other work within their contracted duties at their contracted duty
location or within the commuting area. In the latter case travel allowances as specified in CTA
II, Appendix R are to be granted. Employees who cannot be employed during the notice period
for whatever reason will nevertheless continue to be paid during the notice period. For such
employees BFG Form 24 is to be submitted to GLSU as if the employee has worked. Leave
due to the employee is to be taken during the notice period. Exceptionally and with the Budget
Holder‟s approval pay in lieu of leave may be granted for urgent operational reasons. GLSU
confirmation and early notification is required in such cases.

2.054 Extraordinary Notice of Termination of Employment. In cases of dismissal by
extraordinary notice of termination of employment, including dismissal without a notice period,
it is essential that action is taken as soon as the reasons for the extraordinary notice have been
established. Notice is to be received by the employee concerned within two weeks of the date
on which the person authorised to serve notice (Head of Agency or his authorised deputy) had
knowledge of the reasons for the extraordinary notice. The form and wording is outlined at
Annex A to this section. The hearing procedures in accordance with FPRL, Art 79 (3) must be
completed prior to the issue of extraordinary notice. In cases where the Head of Agency has
temporarily handed over power of attorney, that statement/notification is to be attached to the
letter of termination. All cases of this nature are to be referred to OC GLSUs prior to the issue
of notice.

2.055 In addition to the extraordinary notice, the OC GLSU/ Employing Unit may issue an
alternative ordinary notice in case a labour court finds the extraordinary notice invalid. The text
of the alternative ordinary notice is at Appx 1 to Annex A to this section. The issue of the
alternative ordinary notice requires co-operation procedure in accordance with Art 72 FPRL.
This co-operation procedure is to be initiated separately, but at the same time as the hearing
procedures, in accordance with Art 79 (3) FPRL. The co-operation procedures must be
completed prior to the issue of the alternative ordinary notice.

2.056 Involvement of Unit Works Councils. Works Councils are to be consulted on
dismissals as described in Sub Section 10. Co-operation procedures must be completed prior
to the issue of notices. Co-operation procedures and hearing procedures are to be initiated
using the Form at Annex B to this section.




SI BF(G)                                       2-10                                     AMDT 12
6200
2.057 Reasons for termination of employment. Letters of notice of termination of
employment must contain the reasons for the issue of the notice. Reasons are to be clearly
detailed with events, dates, times, previous written warnings. General statements such as
“frequent unexcused absence”, or “repeated unsatisfactory work”, are unlikely to withstand
legal scrutiny and are not to be used.

2.058 BFG Form 126 is to contain the specific reasons for the termination of employment
relationships. The reasons must be clearly stated. The OC GLSU is to scrutinise all entries
and confirm the reasons for termination.

2.059 Examples:

       a.     Death of the employee.

       b.     At own request to take up employment in the private sector.

       c.     Transfer to ..... (name of new Employing Unit).

       d.     Health reasons - on medical advice.

       e.     Annulment contract to take employment in private sector.

       f.     Retirement/Early Retirement.

       g.     Redundancy as a result of ........ (measure).

       h.     End of definite contract.

       j.     Extraordinary notice for ..... (reasons).

Note: Where an employee terminates employment with the agreement of the Head of Agency,
in instruction to take up employment with another Unit, the following entry is to be made:

       “Resigned in instruction to take up employment with (unit). Previous service may be
       calculated as if the employee had not resigned.”

2.060 Severely Handicapped Persons (SHP). Additional actions are required by law in
accordance with the Severely Handicapped Persons Law, before an employee who is
registered as Severely Handicapped may be served notice of termination. Before notice is
given the Employing Unit is to provide details of the case to OC GLSU who is to apply to the
Integrationsämt or Hauptfursorgestelle, through the Lohnstelle, for approval to discharge the
employee. GLSUs are not to approach the Integrationsämt or Hauptfursorgestelle direct.
Negotiations over the dismissal of SHP can be protracted while the German Authorities seek to
ensure that no possible alternative exists. Units must seek GLSU advice before discharging
SHP.

2.061 Maternity Protection. The employment and discharge of expectant mothers is
governed by the provisions of the Mother Protection law (Mutterschutzgesetz) copies of which
are held by GLSUs. In units employing more than three females DEL employees a copy of the
Mother Protection Law, in German, is to be prominently displayed where all employees can see
it.




SI BF(G)                                       2-11                                 AMDT 12
6200
2.062 Dismissal is normally forbidden during pregnancy and four months after confinement.
However, where discharge becomes necessary the GLSU is to prepare a case for the
Lohnstelle to submit to the appropriate German Authority, The Gewerbeaufsichtsamt, whose
prior approval must be obtained before notice of dismissal may be served to an employee
protected by Mother Protection Law.

2.063 Testimonials. Testimonials are to be provided to employees on request in accordance
with the provisions of the CTA II by Heads of Agency or their authorised deputies. The following
rules apply:

       a.      It must show the nature and duration of the employment.

       b.     If requested by the employee, it must contain a statement about the work
       performance, conduct and reasons for termination of employment.

       c.     It must not contain any statement which may be detrimental to the employee in
       obtaining future employment or being disadvantageous to his future professional career.

       d.      Translations of testimonials are to be carried out by a qualified translator.

                              SUB SECTION 5 - REDUNDANCIES

2.064 Obligation to Report Mass Dismissals. Mass dismissals as specified in the provision
of Art 17 of the Dismissal Protection Law are to be notified to the relevant Federal Labour
Exchange Office by GLSUs. Heads of Agency are to notify the GLSU of any intended Mass
dismissals as early as possible but no later than six weeks prior to the date on which dismissals
are due to take place.

2.065 Notification to Land Labour Exchanges. In accordance with Art 8 of the Law to
Promote Employment, employers are obliged to notify the Land Labour Exchange
(Landesarbeitsamt) of certain changes in manpower complements which are expected to result
in dismissal or reductions in pay of employees. The notification changes are:

       a.     Dismissal of more than 5 employees in Agencies/Employing Units employing 21
       to 59 employees.

       b.     Dismissal of 10% or 25, whichever is the least, in Agencies/Employing Units with
       60 to 499 employees.

       c.    Dismissal of 30 employees or more in Agencies/Employing Units normally
       employing more than 500 employees.

2.066 The notification is to be in letter form and is to contain the following information:

       a.      The number of employees regularly employed.

       b.    Number of employees to be dismissed or reduced including name, age and
       occupation.

       c.    Number of severely handicapped persons affected, including name, age and
       occupation. (Art 13, paragraph 6 of Severely Handicapped Persons law refers).

       d.      Estimated date of dismissals and/or reductions.

SI BF(G)                                        2-12                                     AMDT 12
6200
       e.     Reasons for the dismissals/reductions.

       f.     Unit Works Council comments are to be attached to the notification.

2.067 Notification action is to be through LEC Sp Svcs HQ UKSC.

                              SUB SECTION 6 - ALLOWANCES

Work on Rotating Shifts

2.068 Definition. Work on rotating shifts for DEL is defined in CTA II, Article 14 and attracts a
special allowance in accordance with CTA II, Article 21, paragraph 3.

2.069 Contracts. An entry is to be made on the employment contract to the effect that the
employee is engaged on duties that qualify for payment of shift allowance in accordance with
CTA II, Article 21. This is to be checked by the OC GLSU on engagement.

2.070 Exclusions. Shift allowances are not applicable to Watchmen, Dog Handlers and
Firemen. Reference is to be made to the relevant appendix of CTA II under which these
employees are engaged.

Out-of-Tariff Allowances

2.071 Conditions. Out of Tariff allowances may be considered where a need is identified to
pay DEL/CWG employees a rate above the wage scales contained in CTA II.

   a. Units are first to obtain an agreement from their Budget Holder before forwarding
      applications to GLSUs. GLSUs are to process cases, with recommendations, to CPO
      GAAP, LEC Sp Svcs HQ UKSC.

   b. Where an allowance is authorised it will be subject to absorption or revocation, details of
      which are to be specified in the authority. Employees are to be informed of the details of
      absorption or revocation upon being granted the allowance.

CPO GAAP will notify the Lohnstelle of the authority to pay OoT allowances and the conditions
of payment.

                        SUB SECTION 7 - DISCIPLINE/GRIEVANCES
Warnings

2.072 General. GLSU advice should be sought in all cases considered to warrant disciplinary
action. It may be necessary to issue an employee with a warning for a shortcoming which,
amongst others, may be:

       a.      Non compliance with lawful instructions and instructions in relation to contractual
       duties.

       b.      Unsatisfactory work performance; (Note: This must be provable in relation to
       quality/quantity of work).

       c.     Absence from work without excuses, bad timekeeping.

       d.     Disturbance of the peace within the Agency.

SI BF(G)                                      2-13                                     AMDT 12
6200
       e.     Drunkenness during working hours/drinking of alcohol during working hours.

       Note: This list is not exhaustive.

2.073 Depending on the severity or frequency of the transgression, warnings are to be issued
as follows:

       a.     Rebuke - (not recorded)

       b.     Verbal warnings - issued by Line Management/Unit Civil Labour Officer after
       consultation with Head of Agency (record as to the date of the event to be held by Head
       of Agency; record not to be held in personal file).

       c.     Written warning. May only be given by the Head of Agency

       d.     Final written warning containing the statement that in the event of recurrence
       notice of termination of employment will be issued.

2.074 Procedure. Prior to the issue of written warnings and prior to the initiation of
cooperation on procedures (where applicable) the employee concerned is to be heard by the
Head of Agency or his deputy in the presence of another member of staff or preferably the
individuals‟ Unit Civil Labour Officer or Line managers. At the request of the employee, a Unit
Works Councillor, work colleague or friend may also be present. Warnings should be issued
within a period of 14 calendar days following the completion of cooperation procedures with the
Works Council, or within a period of 14 calendar days after the completion of investigations by
the Head of Agency in cases of non co operable warnings. Warnings are to be issued
personally by the Head of Agency or his deputy only and are to be witnessed by another
member of staff or the Unit Civil Labour Officer or Line Manager and at the wish of the
employee, a Unit Works Counsellor, work colleague or friend.

2.075 DEL/CWG warnings are subject to cooperation with the Works Council if they relate to
violations of instruction and peace within the agency. Warnings issued for shortcomings in
contractual duties are not subject to Works Council cooperation. With the specific written
agreement of the employee concerned a copy of the written warning may be handed to the Unit
Works Council against a written receipt.

2.076 Written warnings are to be included in employee‟s personal file together with any
statements of the Works Council and the employee. Warnings are to be destroyed as follows:

       a.     First written warning after one year.

       b.     Final Written Warning after two years if no further written warnings for similar
              shortcomings are issued within this period. If further similar warnings are issued,
              warnings remain extant until the last warning expires.

2.077 Medical Absences. Warnings are not normally to be issued for absences due to
medically certified unfitness for work. GLSU advice is to be sought in the case of prolonged or
frequent medical absences.




SI BF(G)                                      2-14                                    AMDT 12
6200
2.077a Criminal Activity. In the event that a DEL is suspected of involvement in a criminal
matter, LEC Sp Svcs, HQUKSC are to be consulted immediately by telephone or Email. This is
to be before any other military unit is informed.

Grievance Procedure

2.078 Gradings. An employee who disputes his grading may, in accordance with CTA II Art
64, have his grading reviewed. See Section 1 para 1.013 – 1.016.

                            SUB SECTION 8 - CWG MATTERS
CWG Employment

2.079 General. CWG employees are employed under conditions of CTA II and the special
provisions of Appendix Z.

2.080 Uniform Working Clothing. Uniform Working Clothing is provided for use by CWG
employees during working hours. HQ UKSC is responsible for controlling standards of uniform
dress and care of clothing and equipment. Clothing scales are at Mat Regs, Volume 3,
Pamphlet 6.

2.081 Spare

Movement of CWG

2.082 Where members of the CWG are required to report to an assembly point prior to being
transported out of the duty Garrison/Station for work, working time starts from leaving
the assembly point and ends on return.

2.083 – 2.088 Spare
                               SUB SECTION 9 - WELFARE

Accommodation and Meals - DEL

2.089 Authority. DEL are not normally to be allowed to live in MOD premises unless prior
authority has been granted by HQ UKSC. The following conditions apply:

      a.      Application is to be made to Estate Branch, HQ UKSC through staff channels
      stating why accommodation is required, the type of accommodation available and listing
      the minimum accommodation stores required. Authority for DEL to occupy hostel
      accommodation specifically provided for civilians is delegated to Garrison Commanders.

      b.      Charges for accommodation, including utilities, are assessed by the German
      authorities through GLSUs. Charges are to be deducted at source and BFG Forms 24
      are to be endorsed “Living in.“

      c.     H Tariff employees are to be charged for meals and accommodation at the
      special rates laid down in CTA II Appendix H.




Canteens
SI BF(G)                                   2-15                                  AMDT 12
6200
2.090 General. Where civilian facilities are inadequate or expensive, units may provide
canteen accommodation within their establishments to supply a midday meal at reasonable
prices. The canteen is to be managed by a canteen committee consisting of DEL/CWG
employees. Catering may be arranged internally, or outside contractors may be used. Where
contractors are to be used prior authority is to be sought from LEC Sp Svcs HQ UKSC.

2.091 Responsibilities of OC Employing Unit. OCs Employing/User Units are not to accept
any responsibility for trading activities of a canteen. They are responsible for obtaining
authority for any encroachment action in accordance with current instructions and retain all
domestic rights regarding entry, inspection and overall control of buildings, fixtures, fittings,
utilities and accommodation stores. Details of facilities which may be provided to aid in the
running of the canteen; at the discretion of an OC, are at Annex F to this section.

2.092 Canteen Association. The canteen is to be formally set up and registered with the
German Authorities as a Canteen Association. The Association consists of DEL/CWG
members of the unit and any other units who are to use the canteen. The Association is
required to elect an executive board to manage the canteen and draw up Articles of the
Association in accordance with provisions of the Civil Code. A model for Articles of an
Association are at Annex G to this Section.

2.093 Works Council Involvement. The Unit Works Council has the right of Co-
determination in all matters pertaining to the administration of the canteen. Any queries on
industrial relations matters are to be addressed to the OC GLSU.

              SUB SECTION 10 - EMPLOYEE RELATIONS/WORKS COUNCIL

2.094 General. In accordance with the Federal Personnel Representation Law 1974 (FPRL
1974) DEL/CWG employees have the right to be represented by the Works Councils. The full
scope of the FPRL is modified by the provisions of Art 56 of the Supplementary Agreement to
NATO Status of Forces Agreement and its “Protocol of Signature”. The text of these documents
can be found at Annex H to this section.

2.095 Definitions.

       a.     Agency. A unit or group of units designated as an agency by HQ UKSC.

       b.    Unit Works Council (UWC). A Works Council representing the employees of an
       agency.

       c.     Highest Level Works Council (HLWC). A Works Council at HQ UKSC level
       representing all DEL/CWG employees of UKSC agencies.

2.096 Eligibility. The basic qualification for an agency to elect a UWC is that it must regularly
employ five or more employees who are eligible to vote, three of whom must be eligible for
office. Where an agency has dispersed work sites which cannot reasonably be represented by
a single works council and where agreed by a ballot of employees, a separate works council
may be elected for each work location.

2.097 An agency which regularly employ less than five employees with voting rights is to be
represented by the Works Council of a neighbouring Agency. The allocation is made by the
next higher level of authority in agreement with the HLWC

2.098 Elections. Works Council elections are conducted by an Electoral Committee
SI BF(G)                                      2-16                                    AMDT 12
6200
consisting of three employees of the Agency who are eligible to vote. Elections are held every
four years. The Head of Agency is obliged to provide any necessary assistance, but is not to
interfere in the election process. If the Head of Agency has reason to believe that the election
has not been conducted correctly (e.g. interference in the nomination of candidates,
irregularities in secret ballot proceedings etc). He is to refer the matter to the OC GLSU. The
OC GLSU will advise whether the elections may be challenged in accordance with Art 25 FPRL.

2.099 Once the Works Council has been elected, it internally elects a Chairman and other post
holders. The Head of Agency must be informed in writing of the composition of the Works
Council.

2.100 If no Works Council exists in an Agency and no electoral committee has been formed by
the employees, the Head of Agency is required to convene a personnel assembly to elect an
electoral committee (Art 21 FPRL). This is to take place at least six weeks prior to the date of
the Works Council elections. Should the personnel assembly fail to elect an electoral
committee the Head of Agency is to nominate the committee (Art 22 FPRL). Advice on this
should be sought from the OC GLSU. Demands by employees or a trade union for the election
of a Works Council outside the legally prescribed time frame must also be referred to the OC
GLSU for advice.

2.101 Spare.

2.102 Accommodation and Office Equipment. To enable the Works Council to operate
effectively the Law requires employers to provide adequate facilities. Works Councils are to be
provided with accommodation and office equipment, compatible with their needs. This may
include computers, typewriters, telephones and, where appropriate office staff. As a general
rule provisions should be to the same standard as offices occupied by members of the forces

2.103 Functions of Works Councils. The UWC provide the interface between employer and
employee on all matters affecting the well being of the employees of the Agency and must be
afforded the opportunity to carry out their duties. (Art 68 FPRL). In addition to negotiating
management proposals UWCs are under remit to represent their members interests to
management. Some examples are:

       a.      Proposing action to benefit the Agency and employees.

       b.    Monitoring the unit‟s compliance with legal and regulatory decrees in favour of
       employees.

       c.    Hearing any employee‟s proposals and grievance and, if these seem well -
       founded, seeking to implement or remedy them by negotiations with the Head of Agency.

       d.     The progress and vocational development of severely handicapped persons and
       others who are in particular need of assistance.

       e.    Proposing action for the vocational advancement of severely handicapped
       persons

       f.    The incorporation of foreign employees into the Agency and fostering
       understanding between them and German employees.

       g.      Where applicable co-operating closely with the youth representation to further
       the interest of juvenile employees.


SI BF(G)                                      2-17                                   AMDT 12
6200
2.104 Negotiations. The Law requires the Head of Agency and the Works Council to: “Work
together in a spirit of mutual trust for the well being of the employees and the accomplishment
of the task of the agency.” Within this framework certain proposed actions which impact upon
employees are subject to “co-determination” and others are limited to co-operation. A further
category requires the works council to be heard. Definitions are as follows:

       a.    Co-determination. This requires the parties to reach mutual agreement to a
       proposed course of action prior to its implementation.

       b.    Cooperation. A proposed course of action is to be thoroughly discussed with the
       Works Council prior to its implementation.

       c.    Be Heard. The Works Council is to be given the opportunity to comment on the
       proposal.

2.105 Time Frames. Under terms of the FPRL Co-operation and co-determination procedures
are regulated by rigid time frames. Failure to conform to the timetable may in valuate the
negotiating procedures and result in additional expense. The receipt of all communications
from Works Councils is therefore to be recorded on the document concerned by date and time
and all time frames detailed in FPRL are to be strictly observed. Matters subject to co-
determination are listed at Annex H and those subject to cooperation at Annex I.

2.106 Matters which are to be heard are less formally regulated, but remain a prerequisite to
certain proposed actions. The UWC is to be heard prior to the issue of extraordinary notice of
termination of employment, including instant dismissal, and prior to the issue of notices to wage
earners during the probationary period. (See Art 79 (3) (FPRL)). The UWC is also to be heard
prior to the submission to Higher Formation/Budget Holder of any application to amend LEC
complements.

2.107 Limitations. The rights of Works Councils under the FPRL are limited by the NATO
Status Forces Agreement. Accordingly, members of a Works Council have no right of access to
security classified information and may not enter restricted or secure areas within the agency,
except under conditions where they would normally be granted access.

2.108 In exceptional circumstances the right of co-determination may be restricted to co-
operation. This might apply when the right to co-determination conflicts with military security
interests which are particularly worthy of protection. In such circumstances the matters may,
with the authority of the highest service authority (GOC UKSC), be restricted to co-operation.
Heads of Agency must refer any such cases to their GLSU for processing to LEC Sp Svcs HQ
UKSC before applying the limitation. If agreement is given, the Highest Service Authority will
provide the Head of Agency with written authority detailing the reasons and extent of the
restriction which must be conveyed to the Works Council. Where the reasons cannot be
disclosed the authority must be supported by a formal declaration to this effect from the
president of the Federal Labour Court.

2.108a Works Agreements. Where a UWC agrees to enter into a written agreement with the
OC User Unit, Works Agreements may be drawn up between the Head of Agency and the UWC
in accordance with the provisions of Art 74 of FPRL. The example at Annex D should be
modified according to the requirements of the unit and the UWC and provided any functions
and additions are agreed by both and permissible in accordance with the law.




SI BF(G)                                      2-18                                    AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                                           ANNEX A TO
                                                                                                           SECTION 2

                    EXTRAORDINARY NOTICE OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
                                      FORM OF LETTERS
                       (GERMAN TEXT IN BRACKETS UNDER ENGLISH TEXT)


Address:                                                Head of Agency ...................................
(Adresse)
                                                        Date: ....................................................


Dear ................................................
(Sehr geehrte(r) Frau/Herr ...)

EXTRAORDINARY NOTICE OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
(AUSSERORDENTLICHE KÜNDIGUNG DES BESCHÄFTIGUNGSVERHÄLTNISSES)

1.          You are hereby informed, for the extraordinary reasons stated below, that your contract
of employment will be terminated with immediate effect, your last day of employment being
................................ /with effect from .............................. (*).

(1.          Wir teilen Ihnen hierdurch mit, daß wir Ihr Beschäftigungsverhältnis aus den nachstehenden
wichtigen Gründen mit sofortiger Wirkung beendigen. Ihr Letzter Beschaeftigingstag ist der
........................................... /zum ......................................... (Datum) beendigen) (*).


2.        Reasons:
          (Gründe:)


3.    The Unit Works Council has been heard/has cooperated (*) with regard to this notice
and has agreed to it/has objected to the issue of the notice with the letter attached (*).

(3.     Die Betriebsvertretung ist angehört worden/hat mitgewirkt bezüglich dieser Kündigung und hat
ihr zugestimmt/hat ihr widersprochen mit dem anliegenden Schreiben.)




                                                        Signature
                                                        (Head of Agency)


(*) Delete as appropriate




SI BF(G)                                                 2A-1                                                        AMDT 12
6200
(Note: Letters of extraordinary notice of termination of employment should ideally be
handed over to the employee concerned personally by the Head of Agency or his deputy
in the presence of a witness. If it necessary to send such letters by mail, this should be
effected by recorded delivery, as the day of receipt of the letter by the employee is legally
the day of the notice given.)


(*) Nichtzutreffendes streichen

(Anmerkung: Idealerweise sollte eine ausserordintliche Kündigung dem Beschäftigen in
nGegenwart eines Zeugen vom Dienstellenleiter oder seinem Stellvertreter persönlich
übergeben werden. Falls die Zustellung auf dem Postwege erfinstructionlich ist, sollte
dies per Einschreiben mit Rückschein erfolgen, da der Tag, an dem der Beschäftigte das
Kündigungsschreiben erhält, rechtlichgesehen als Tag der Kündigung gilt.




SI BF(G)                                    2A-2                                   AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                                       APPENDIX 1 TO
                                                                                                       ANNEX A TO
                                                                                                       SECTION 2


             ALTERNATIVE ORDINARY NOTICE OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
                       IN ADDITION TO EXTRAORDINARY NOTICE OF
                             TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

FORM OF LETTER:


Address:                                                     Head of Agency .........................................
(Adresse)
                                                             Date ..........................................................

Dear ..............................................
(Sehr geehrte(r) Frau/Herr...)


NOTICE OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
(KÜNDIGUNG IHRES BESCHÄFTIGUNGSVERHÄLTNISSES)

1.     For reasons of legal safety you are hereby served with ordinary notice of
termination of employment to be effective on ... should any one labour court consider the
extraordinary notice served to you with the letter dated .... to be ineffective in law.

(1.    Aus Gründen der Rechtssicherheit kündigen wir Ihnen hiermit Ihr Beschäftigungsverhältnis
mit ordentlicher Kündigung zum ..., falls ein Arbeitsgericht die Ihnen mit Schreiben vom ...
ausgesprochene außerordentliche Kündigung als unwirksam ansehen sollte.)

2.        Reasons: ....
          (Gründe: ...)

3.     The Unit Works Council has agreed to this notice/has objected to the issue of this
notice with the letter attached (*).

(3.    Die Betriebsvertretung hat dieser Kündigung zugestimmt/hat dem Ausspruch der Kündigung
widersprochen mit dem anliegenden Schreiben.)



                                                      Signature: ..........................................................

                                                      Head of Agency .................................................

(*) Delete as appropriate
(*) Nichtzutreffendes streichen




SI BF(G)                                                     2A1-1                                                      AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)          2A1-2          AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                                                      ANNEX B TO
                                                                                                                      SECTION 2
Officer Commanding
Der Leiter der Dienststelle

To: Unit Works Council
An die Betriebsvertretung

ACTION IN A PERSONNEL MATTER (COOPERATION OF THE UWC VIDE FPRL ARTs
75 AND 79)
MASSNAHME IN EINER PERSONALANGELEGENHEIT (MITWIRKUNG DER BV
GEMÄß 75 UND 79 BPERSVG)
Herr/Frau*

(Name, Christian Name)
...............................................................................................................................................
..........
(Name, Vorname)

(Post Code, Domicile, Street & No)
......................................................................................................................................…….
(PLZ, Wohnort, Strasse u. Hausnr.)

(DOB)
......................................................................................................................................……
(Geb. Datum.)

(Employed as & Grade)
......................................................................................................................................……
(Beschäftigt als und Eingruppierung)

Disabled                                                                   ..............        Yes* .............               No*
(Schwerbehindert)                                                                                (Ja*)                            (Nein*)

** It is proposed
(** Es ist beadsichtigt)

a.        to engage the a/n person wef*
          ..................................................................................    (Date)
          (die o.g. Person einzustellen zum*)                                                    (Datum)

b.        to delegate to the a/n person the responsibilities of a*
          .............................................................................................................................
          (der o.g. Person folgende Tätigkeit zu übertragen*)

          .............................. (Trade, Grade)                    wef .....................................            (Date)
                                 (Tätigkeit. Eingrupp.)                    zum                                                  (Datum)

                                                                                                                                 pto/ ..
                                                                                                                       bitte wenden/ ..

SI BF(G)                                                            2B-1                                                       AMDT 12
6200
c.    to re-grade the a/n person wef*
      .............................................................................................. (Date)
      (die o.g. Person umzugruppierieren zum*)                                                       (Datum)

      to    .................................................................................... (Trade, Grade)
       (nach)(Tätigkeit, Eingrupp.)


d.    to transfer/detach* the a/n person wef*
      ............................................................................................   (Date)
      (die o.g. Person zu versetzen/abzuordnen* zum*)                                                (Datum)

      to      ........................................................................................     (Unit)
      (zur, zum)                                                                                     (Dienststelle)

e.    to continue employment of the a/n person vide CTA II, Art 46, paragraph 1b*
      (die o.g. Person gemäß 46, Ziff. 1b) (TVAL II weiterzubeschäftigen*)

      from ................................ (Date) to ...................................(Date)
      (von)                                 (Datum) (bis)                             (Datum)

      as        ..................................................................................... (Trade, Grade)
      (als)                                                                                           (Tätigkeit, Eingrupp.)

f.    to serve notice of dismissal to the a/n person wef*
      ..........................................................................................................(Date)
      (der o.g. Person zu kündigen zum*)                                                              (Datum)

      ordinary notice, instantly*
      (fristgemäß, fristlos*)

Reason for action:
(Begründung der Maßnahme:)

                                                                                           Officer Commanding
                                                                                           (Dienststellenleiter)

*     Delete if inapplicable
      (Nichtzutreffendes streichen)

**    In case of intended engagements insert Proposed trade, grade and Sub Group
      (Bei Einstellungen die geplanten Positionen einsetzen)

bei   .............................                                   den        ............................. 1

Die Betriebsvertretung
(The Unit Works Council of)



SI BF(G)                                                       2B-2                                                      AMDT 12
6200
An den Dienststellenleiter
(To: Officer Commanding)


STELLUNGSNAHME DER BETRIEBSVERTRETUNG
(COMMENT OF THE UNIT WORKS COUNCIL)

Die beabsichtigte Maßnahm wird von der Betriebsvertretung gebilligt*
(The Unit Works Council agree with the proposed action.*)

Die Betriebsvertretung ersucht um Erörterung der beabsichtigten Maßnahme gemäß
Paragraph 72 Ziffer (1) BPersVg.*
(The Unit Works Council request a discussion about the proposed action in accordance
with FPRL Article 72, paragraph (1)*)

Stempel
(Stamp)
                                       (Vorsitzender(r) der Betriebsvertretung)
                                       Chairman of the Unit Works Council


Ergebnis der Erörterung:
(Result of the discussion:)




* Nichtzutreffendes streichen
(* Delete if inapplicable)




SI BF(G)                                  2B-3                                    AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)          2B-4           AMDT 12
6200
                                                                              ANNEX C TO
                                                                              SECTION 2

                              NOTICE BOARD INFORMATION

To:    All DEL/CWG/Dependant employees of the British Army in Germany.

Subject:      SECURITY

1.      You are employed by the British Army in Germany and as such may be of interest
to the intelligence and security services of the Countries to which Special Security
Regulations Apply (CSSRA). It is important to note the fact that a Foreign Intelligence
Service may make an approach in the guise of a national from a "friendly" country. It is
essential to protect our interests, and also your interests, as far as possible, and for this
reason you are required to notify your Head of Establishment (HoE)/Commander, in
writing, of your intention to travel to or through any of the CSSRA countries listed below.
This also applies if you intend to use any aircraft, ship or train of any of these countries:


       Belarus
       China (including Tibet, Macao and Hong Kong Special Administrative Region)
       Egypt (only applies to personnel travelling within Egypt on duty (including officially
       sponsored expeditions and adventure training))
       Iran
       North Korea
       Russia
       Syria




2.     This measure does not constitute a general prohibition to travel to or through a
CSSRA country, nor is it intended to restrict your personal liberty. All information will be
treated in the strictest of confidence, applying the “need to know” principles of
confidentiality and source protection.




SI BF(G)                                     2C-1                                   AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)          2C-2           AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                                               ANNEX D TO
                                                                                                               SECTION 2

                   (MODEL NOTIFICATION) - (MODEL WORKS AGREEMENT)
                      (NOTIFICATION OF REGULAR HOURS OF WORK)*

     (MUSTER EINER BEKANNTMACHUNG) - (MUSTER EINER DIENSTVEREINBARUNG)
              (BEKANNTMACHUNG DER REGEL MÄSSIGEN ARBEITZEIT)*


Unit                    ....................................................................................
[Dienststelle]

1.     In agreement with the Works Council under Article 75(3) 1 PRL*/POS Paragraph 6* the
regular hours of work for unit employees have been fixed as follows:

[Mit Zustimmung der Betriebsvertretung gemäß Artikel 75(3) 1 BPersVG*/UP Paragraph 6 wird die
regelmäßige Arbeitzeit für Beschäftigte der Dienststelle wie folgt festgelegt:]

2.      General [Allgemein]

        a.       Monday to Thursday                       0730-1215 and 1300-1700 hrs
                 Friday                                         0730-1230 hrs

                 Montag bis Donnerstag                    0730-1215 und 1300-1700
                 Freitag                                         0730-1230

        b.       Deviations [Abweichungen]

        Insert hours of work similar as in sub paragraph 2a above or shift plan for:
        [Zeiten ähnlich wie in Ziffer 2a oben oder Schichtplan einsetzen fur:]

                 (1)    Driver [Kraftfahrer]

                        (a)        Staff car drivers [Personenwagenfahrer]

                        (b)        Lorry drivers [LKW Fahrer]

                        (c)        Bus drivers [Busfahrer]

                        (d)        Ambulance drivers [Ambulanzfahrer]

                 (2)    Kitchen Personnel [Küchenpersonal]

                        (a)        Shift 1 [Schicht 1]

                        (b)        Shift 2 [Schicht 2]




SI BF(G)                                                      2D-1                                                 AMDT 12
6200
                 (3)        Canteen Personnel [Kantinenpersonal]

                 (4)        Watchman [Wachpersonal]

                            (a)         Shift 1 [Schicht 1]

                            (b)         Shift 2 [Schicht 2]

                            (c)         Shift 3 [Schicht 3]

                 (5)        Others [Andere]

3.    This regulation is effective from ................................ and may be changed anytime in
accordance with the provisions of Art. 9 para 4 CTA II in co-determination/cooperation with the
Works Council.

[Diese Anordnung tritt am ................................................. in Kraft and kann jederzeit nach den
Bestimmungen des Para 9, Absatz 4 TV AL II unter Mitbestimmung der Betriebsvertretung geändert
werden].




Date             ..............................................
[Datum]


___________________________                                       _________________________
Signature                                                               Signature
Chairman Unit Works Council                                             OC Unit
[Unterschrift des                                                       [Unterschrift des
Vorsitzenden Betriebsvertretung]                                        Dienststellenleiters]


* Delete as applicable [Nichtzutreffendes streichen]


Distribution [Verteiler]:

GLSU
Pay Bureau
Notice Board [Anschlagbrett]




SI BF(G)                                                            2D-2                                AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                                                      ANNEX E TO
                                                                                                                      SECTION 2


                                                                                               From GLSU…………..
                                                                                               Employing Unit (Cat B)
                                                                                               ……………………………

To: LEC Sp Svcs
HQ UKSC
BFPO 140                                                                                       Date………………………


NOTIFICATION OF DEATH OF EMPLOYEE


1.    a.      Full Name: ..................................................................................................

      b.      Trade/Grade: ..............................................................................................

      c.      Employing Unit: ..........................................................................................

      d.      Name, address and relationship of Next of Kin: .........................................

              .....................................................................................................................

              .....................................................................................................................

              .....................................................................................................................

      e.      Date of Birth: ............................................……………................................

      f.      Date of Death: ………….............................................................................

      g.      Record of Service with Sending Forces: ....................................................

              .....................................................................................................................

              .....................................................................................................................

              .....................................................................................................................

      h.      Cause of Death: ………..............................................................................

      j.      Place of Death: …………............................................................................


2.    NOTIFIED PA TO COMD UKSC on: .........................................................…...



                                    SIGNATURE: .............................................…........................

SI BF(G)                                                        2E-1                                                           AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)          2E-2           AMDT 12
6200
                                                                              ANNEX F TO
                                                                              SECTION 2

           FACILITIES WHICH MAY BE PROVIDED FROM ARMY RESOURCES
                     FOR CANTEENS FOR CIVILIAN EMPLOYEES

1.     Provision of Accommodation.

       a.      Where available, accommodation may be allocated free of charge at the
       discretion of OCs Employing/User Units in consultation with Station/Garrison
       Commanders.

       b.     Any proposed new Works Services require MOD authority. Particulars of the
       proposed new services are to be submitted through the usual channels. Paragraph
       78(4) PRL is to be observed.

2.     Furniture and Cooking Apparatus.

       a.      Furniture and cooking apparatus scaled on the basis at Appendix 1 to this Annex
       is to be provided from MOD resources.

       b.     These items are maintained by the MOD, but all losses and damage other than
       fair wear and tear are to be paid for by the Association.

3.      Cooking Utensils, Crockery and Cutlery. Those items are normally provided by the
Canteen association. Where, however, cooking utensils, crockery and cutlery from MOD
sources are already in use they are to remain on loan to the Association on signature. Losses
are to be paid for by the Association, but the articles will not be replaced. Items rendered
unserviceable by fair wear and tear breakages are to be withdrawn, but replacements will not
be issued.

4.       DEL. DEL may be used in civilian canteens only where it is included in unit
establishments for that purpose. The Secretary/Treasurer may spend up to one hour per day of
official working time in connection with the running of the canteen.

5.      Cleaning Materials. All cleaning materials are to be provided by the Association which
is to be responsible for the cleaning of the canteen.

6.      Fuel, Light and Water. Fuel, light and water for the internal heating, cooking and
lighting are to be provided free. Officers Commanding/Heads of Establishments are to ensure
that these services are kept within reasonable limits.




SI BF(G)                                     2F-1                                  AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)          2F-2           AMDT 12
6200
                                                                        APPENDIX 1 TO
                                                                        ANNEX F TO
                                                                        SECTION 2

        ACCOMMODATION STORES FOR CANTEENS FOR CIVILIAN EMPLOYEES

Scale

1.      Tables (7105-99-120-3803) -     One table for every 4 canteen users

2.      Chairs (7110-99-120-3770) or
               (7105-99-120-3771) -     4 Chairs to every table

3.     The scale of the furnishings is to be based on the Services Accommodation Code, JSP
315, or the capacity of the canteen, whichever is the lesser.

4.      GRO 9/71 refers.




SI BF(G)                                  2F1-1                                  AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)          2F1-2          AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                    ANNEX G TO
                                                                                    SECTION 2

                         MODEL CHARTER FOR CIVILIAN CANTEENS

1.      The (Name of the Association) e.V., hereinafter referred to as the "Association" shall run
a canteen for Civilian Employees employed with (Name of Unit), hereinafter referred to as "the
Unit" in (Location), and for the Civilian Employees with ............... (in case of other units being
attached). The canteen shall be a welfare facility of the unit in the meaning of Art 75 para (3)
item 5 of the PRL. The management of the canteen is therefore subject to co-determination by
the unit's works council.

Any decision taken by the organs of the association shall not be put into effect and acted upon
unless and until written consent is given by the OC Unit and the unit works council and the
provisions of Para 69 and 70 PRL will apply analogously.

The Executive Committee of the Association shall consist of members of the unit and of
members of other units using the canteen, if applicable. The number of the executive
committee members shall not exceed seven.

2.     The Association shall, under the general supervision of the OC Unit, be responsible for
the running of the canteen in all respects and shall, in particular, comply with the following
conditions:

       a.     The Association shall be registered with the appropriate Amtsgericht and shall
       have full responsibility for all business transactions arising from the institution.

       b.     The Association shall be the employer of all staff directly engaged by them (as
       regards employees allotted by the OC Unit, see paragraph 3 below).

       c.      The Association shall be held responsible for all liabilities arising from the normal
       trading activities of the canteen; this shall include loss of or damage to property provided
       by the unit, furniture and fittings, kitchen apparatus, cooking utensils, crockery and
       cutlery (excluding loss or damage through fair wear and tear), the payment of taxes and
       any other rates due to the German Authorities, wages and salaries to the employees
       directly employed by the Association.

       d.      The Association shall at all times ensure that the canteen accommodation is
       used solely for the purpose for which it has been allotted, that the standard of
       cleanliness meets the requirements of the unit and business hours agreed are kept. The
       Association shall ensure that the prices charged in the canteen are calculated not higher
       than necessary for the gross profit to cover the running expenses (Personnel costs,
       cleaning, general business requirements). Any small profit made may be used for social
       purposes. Appropriate guidelines shall be laid down by the Executive Committee of the
       Association in agreements with Unit Works Council.

       e.     The Association shall be responsible for the keeping of Accounts and Records in
       accordance with German Law. The Accounts shall be audited by an accredited firm of
       Auditors annually. The Auditor's Report and the Account shall be made available to the
       OC Unit and the Unit Works Council for perusal and then published for general
       information.




SI BF(G)                                        2G-1                                      AMDT 12
6200
3.       The OC Unit shall authorise in accordance with current regulations and instructions the
issue of the canteen accommodation, furniture and fittings, kitchen apparatus and utensils in
accordance with the scale laid down in Appendix 1 to Annex H to these Instructions, and civilian
staff for work in the canteen. Such staff shall be employees of the unit and will be paid by the
British Authorities; their day to day control will be the responsibility of the Association who will
ensure that they are employed only in the grades and trades and for the hours of work agreed
between the OC Unit and the Unit Works Council.

4.      The OC Unit may at all times use the rights laid down in the Articles of the Association
and exercise the rights of supervision accorded to him by the Commander UKSC, if
necessitated by the running of the canteen. In particular the OC Unit shall ensure that the
Canteen accommodation furniture etc be put only to such use as is appropriate for the welfare
of the employees of the unit; he may also at any time inspect the Canteen, particularly in
respect of cleanliness.

5.     Validity of the agreement. This agreement will come into force on (date) and may be
terminated from either side by one month's notice to the end of a calendar month.



Place ......................................................... Date ...................................................




Signature                                                                               Signature
Chairman of the Association                                                             OC Unit




SI BF(G)                                                            2G-2                                                   AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                                   APPENDIX 1 TO
                                                                                                   ANNEX G TO
                                                                                                   SECTION 2

                                          ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
                                                 (SAMPLE)

Name and Seat of the Association

1.     The Association shall be called " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e.V." and shall be
entered under this name into the Register of Association. The seat of the
Association is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Place) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Purpose of the Association

2.      The purpose of the Association is to provide a welfare service for employees.
(Paragraph 75(3)5 PRL is part of the articles of the association). To this end a canteen shall be
established with the possible issue of a meal at reduced prices. No profit shall be made. Any
small profit that may have accrued is to be used for social purposes to the benefit of the
employees.

Membership

3.      Any employees of (Name of Unit) or (possible other Units using the Canteen) can
become members of the Association. Applications for membership have to be submitted in
writing. The whole Board of the Association decides on the acceptance. Appeal against
rejection of an application is permissible. When joining the Association the member accepts
the Articles and the decisions of the organs as binding.

         a.       Termination of Membership. The membership terminates:

                  by withdrawal which is to be submitted in writing to the Board
                  by termination of employment with the Unit
                  by expulsion.

         b.      Expulsion. A member may be expelled for behaviour detrimental to the
         Association or offending the Articles. At least three members of the Association who are
         not members of the Board must submit an application for expulsion. The member
         concerned must be given the opportunity for justification during the expulsion procedure.
          The whole Board will decide on applications for expulsion. Appeal against the decision
         of the Board is permissible. The rights and duties of the member concerned will be
         suspended until a final decision on the expulsion is reached.

         c.     Membership Fee. A non-recurring payment, the amount of which to be
         assessed by the General Assembly, will be charged, which will be refunded when the
         member leaves the Association.
         (Note: Membership may or may not be charged).




SI BF(G)                                                  2G1-1                                                AMDT 12
6200
Organs of the Association

4.    The General Assembly
      The Board
      The Examining Body

      a.    The General Assembly. The General Assembly is the highest Organ of the
      Association. The duties of the General Assembly are:

             (1)    Hearing the Annual Report.

             (2)    Relieving of the members of the Board.

             (3)    Election of the Board and the Audit Board.

             (4)    Decision on applications.

             (5)    Dissolution of the Association.

      At least once per annum, and however not later than 31 March of the current year, an
      ordinary General Assembly of members shall be convened. The General Assembly
      consists of the members of the Association.

      The convening instruction for the General Assembly must be issued at least three
      weeks before the meeting, stating the agenda.

      Applications have to be submitted in writing to the Board not less than 1 week before the
      General Assembly. Every member of the Association is entitled to apply.

      An extraordinary General Assembly shall be called by the Board, if one fourth of all
      members of the Association demand this putting on the agenda the item the discussion
      of which was requested.

      The General Assembly constitutes a quorum if at least 50% of all members are present.
      If there is no quorum at the General Assembly the Board shall be obliged to convene
      another General Assembly within three weeks. That Assembly shall then be regarded
      as constituting a quorum, regardless of the number of members present.

      The General Assembly shall adopt its resolutions by simple majority votes by the
      members present. A tie means that an application is rejected. Amendment of the
      Articles of Association shall require a majority vote of three quarters of those present.

      The chairman and his deputy are to sign and publicise the minutes taken at the General
      Assembly. These minutes are to contain at least the voting results and the subsequent
      wording of the resolutions. The minutes are to be complemented by an attendance list
      which requires the personal signature of each participant. There is no requirement for
      publication of the attendance list.




SI BF(G)                                     2G1-2                                     AMDT 12
6200
      b.     The Board. The Board looks after the interests of the Association. It manages
      the Association in keeping with the decisions of the General Assembly. Its particular
      concern is:

             to make sure that the Articles are observed and to realise the decisions taken by
             the General Assembly.
             to assess the canteen prices.
             to control the running of the canteen.
             to employ the canteen staff.
             to convene the General Assembly.

      The Board shall lay down its own standing instructions. It shall meet at least six times
      per annum. In agreement with the OC Unit, the assembly may be held during working
      hours. The Board shall be composed of:

             one chairman.                          one secretary and
             one deputy chairman.                   four members

      The chairman or the deputy chairman together with the secretary are the legal
      representatives of the Association within the purview of paragraph 26 of the German
      Civil Code. Law-bound declarations of intent require the signatures of both. This does
      not apply to normal current business.

      The term of office shall be . . . . years. However, paragraph 27 German Civil Code will
      apply.

      If one of the members leaves the Board prematurely, a new member is to be elected
      after his departure.

      Any person who draws financial benefit from their work for the canteen can not become
      members of the Board. Works councillors are eligible to be members of the Board.

      c.      Examining Body. The duty of the Examining Board is to audit the book-keeping
      of the Association and the canteen. It is entitled to do this at any time - at least twice per
      annum - making out a protocol for each auditing. The Board, the Works Council and the
      General Assembly have to be informed of the results.

      The examining Body is composed of three members who must not be members of the
      Board. They elect from their midst the chairman.

      The term of office shall be . . . . . . . years.
      If one of the members leaves this Body prematurely, a member is to be elected.




SI BF(G)                                     2G1-3                                      AMDT 12
6200
Mode of Election

5.      The General Assembly must constitute a quorum in instruction to carry out the election
of the Board and of the Examining Body.

The election is secret and is done by voting-papers at separate ballots. One after the other
shall be elected as follows:

         the chairman.
         the deputy chairman.
         the secretary.
         the four members.
         the Examining Body.

Elected is who receives more than half the votes of the members present. If no candidate
receives this majority, a further ballot shall be held. Elected is then who receives the most
votes. In the case of a tie, a second ballot shall be held if necessary. Should the result be tied
again, the decision will be made by lot.

Dissolution of the Association

6.       The Association shall automatically dissolve:

         a.        with the disbandment or re-location of the unit.

         b.        by three quarter majority decision of the General Assembly.

If the General Assembly does not appoint special liquidators then these duties will have to
taken on by the chairman and his deputy. The liquidators shall wind up all current business of
the Association and sell the inventory. The remaining assets will be put at the OC's disposal
who is obliged to use this capital in conjunction with the Unit Works Council for welfare
purposes for the staff. Should further welfare facilities not be required, then the remaining
assets are to be handed over to . . . . . . . . . . . . . for social purposes.

Business Year

7.       The calendar year shall be the business year of the Association.

Entry into Effect

8.       The Articles shall enter into effect on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date at the inaugural meeting on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


...................................................................
                                 (Signatures)




SI BF(G)                                                    2G1-4                                                    AMDT 12
6200
                                                                               ANNEX H TO
                                                                               SECTION 2

                       MATTERS SUBJECT TO CO-DETERMINATION

1.     Co-determination procedures are regulated by the provisions of the Federal Personnel
Representation Law (FPRL) Art 69. The complete and authoritative list of items that are subject
to co-determination with Works Councils are contained in FPRL Arts 75 and 76. The areas
covered include:

       a.    Transfer to another agency; transfer within the agency if this means a change in
       working location.

       b.     Continued employment beyond retirement age.

       c.     Instruction which restrict the freedom of choice of domicile.

       d.    Refusal or revocation of permission to take up subsidiary (secondary)
       employment.

       e.     Grant of loans, advance payments and other social grants.

       f.     The allocation and withdrawal of accommodation at the disposal of the agency
       and the terms and conditions of use.

       g.     The allocation of and the use of land at the disposal of the agency.

       h.      Beginning and end of the daily working hours and breaks as well as the
       distribution of working hours over the individual working days.

       j.     Time and place of payment of salaries and wages.

       k.     The drawing up of the leave plan and the determination of individual employees,
       periods of recreational leave if no agreement can be reached between head of Agency
       and employees concerned.

       l.      The establishment, management and dissolution of social facilities, regardless of
       their legal form, maintained exclusively for civilian labour.

       m.     Performance of vocational training for salaried employees and wage earners.

       n.    Selection of personnel to attend courses to further the education of salaried
       employees and wage earners.

       o.     The contents of personal questionnaires for salaried employees and wage
       earners.

       p.    Guidelines for the assessment of work performance of salaried employees and
       wage earners.
       q.    Measures for the prevention of work related accidents and health hazards.




SI BF(G)                                      2H-1                                   AMDT 12
6200
      r.    Principles for the evaluation of recognised proposals within the framework of a
      proposal system for the agency.

      s.     Dispensing with the advertising of posts which are to be filled.

      t.    Instructions to regulate the instruction in the agency and the conduct of
      employees.

      u.     Layout of the workplace.

      v.     Introduction and application of technical facilities designed to control the conduct
      and the work performance of employees.

      w.     General questions concerning the further education of employees.

      x.     Guidelines for the selection of personnel on the occasion of engagements,
      transfers, re-grading and notices of termination of employment.

      y.     Claims for compensation against an employee.




SI BF(G)                                     2H-2                                     AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                APPENDIX 1 TO
                                                                                ANNEX H TO
                                                                                SECTION 2

                           PROTOCOL OF SIGNATURE
      RE ARTICLE 56, PARAGRAPH 9 TO THE SUPPLEMENTARY AGREEMENT TO
          THE NATO STATUS OF FORCES AGREEMENT DATED 3 AUG 1959
              IN THE VERSION RESULTING FROM THE AMENDMENTS
                       DATED 21 OCT 1971 AND 18 MAY 1981

1.      The individual administrative units and establishments (Betriebe) of a force or of a civilian
component as set up in the territory of the Federal Republic of Germany and defined by the
force concerned shall be agencies within the meaning of the Federal Personnel Representation
Law (Personalvertretungsgesetz) of 15 Mar 74 (Bundesgesetzblatt Teil 1 page 693) referred to in this
Section as "the Law". Those headquarters which are administratively immediately subordinate
to the highest subordinate shall be the intermediate authorities. The highest service authority
shall be the headquarters of a force, designated by the sending State concerned, exercising
final authority over matters that are subject to works council participation.

2.      In the case of duty travel performed by the members of a works council
(Betriebsvertretung), travelling expenses shall be paid pursuant to the tariff provisions governing
travelling expenses for salaried civilian employees of the force but at not less than the second
highest rate.

3.     In discussions with the works council, the head of the agency may be represented by a
person holding a responsible position in the management of the agency and authorised to
negotiate with the works council to the same extent as the head of the agency.

4.      Application of those provisions of the Law which govern eligibility for works council
office, and relate to length of employment with an agency, may be waived if so agreed by the
majority of employees of a given agency and the head of such agency.

5.      The head of the agency shall not be required to submit to the members of the works
council to the committee referred to in Art. 93 of the Law and to the conciliation committee
such documents as are classified for security reasons. For the same reasons, and in
accordance with special directives issued by the highest service authority of the force, a
member of the works council may be restricted in his right of access to agencies of the force;
the same shall apply to other persons who, according to the provisions of the Law, may
participate in the meetings of the works council.




SI BF(G)                                       2H1-1                                     AMDT 12
6200
6.     a.     The rights of the co-determination provided for in the Law shall be applicable with
       respect to:

               the implementation of vocational training schemes established by the force
               concerned, and the management of welfare facilities maintained exclusively for
               civilian labour.

       They shall also be applicable with respect to:

               the establishment of the beginning and end of daily work hours and breaks.
               the determination of the time and place of payment of earnings, and the drawing
               up of the leave plan.

               the extent that in a given case no compelling reasons exist making the exercise
               of those rights incompatible with the fulfilment of the defence responsibilities of
               the force; in the case of disagreement as to whether such reasons exist, the
               highest service authority shall decide on the matter and transmit a written
               statement of its decision to the chairman of the works council involved.

       b.    In other cases of co-determination provided for in the Law as well as in those
       cases where the rights of co-determination are not applicable by virtue of the second
       sentence of sub-para a. above, the co-operation procedure shall apply.

       c.      The conciliatory committee envisaged in the co-determination procedure shall
       consist of two members, one to be appointed by the highest service authority and one by
       the appropriate works council of that authority, as well as an impartial chairman to be
       agreed upon by both sides. If no agreement can be reached on the chairman, the
       appointment shall be made by the Secretary General of the North Atlantic Treaty
       Organisation. The highest service authority may insist upon the members of the
       conciliatory committee being cleared to handle classified material.

7.      Insofar as it is incompatible with the fulfilment of the defence responsibilities of the force,
the head of the agency shall not be required to submit to the works council for its cooperation
any draft of administrative instructions prior to their being issued. In the case of investigations
into accidents the works council shall be called in unless regulations regarding military security
or discipline exclude the presence of works council members.

8.     The works council shall co-operate in all measures concerning medical and health
service for the employees, except in the appointment of medical doctors.

9.      Where the Law provides for court decisions, the German Labour Courts shall decide
cases in accordance with the procedure provided for in German law (Beschlussverfahren), and
the Federal Republic shall act in the proceedings in the name of a force or a civilian component
at their request.

10.   At the request of a force or a civilian component, the agency designated by the Federal
Republic shall apply for the institution of a criminal prosecution in respect of a breach of
secrecy (Verletzung der Schweigepflicht) in accordance with Article 203, paragraph 2, sub
paragraph 3, and Article 353B, paragraph 1, sub paragraph 3, of the Penal Code.




SI BF(G)                                        2H1-2                                      AMDT 12
6200
Explanatory Note

The provisions applicable prior to the coming into force of this agreement shall continue to
apply to proceedings instituted before the entry into force of this Agreement, to obtain
protection against dismissal as well as to other actions for a declaratory judgement or for
damages or specific performances arising out of the contract of employment.




SI BF(G)                                     2H1-3                                    AMDT 12
6200
SI BF(G)   2H1-4   AMDT 12
6200
                                                                               ANNEX I TO
                                                                               SECTION 2

                          MATTERS SUBJECT TO COOPERATION

1.    Cooperation procedures are regulated by the provisions of the Federal Personnel
Representation Law (FPRL) Art 72. The complete list of items subject to cooperation with
Works Councils is contained in FPRL Arts 75-79

       a.     Engagement of employees.

       b.       Allocation of higher graded/lower graded duties, upgrading, downgrading and
       initial grading.

       c.     Detachment of more than three months.

       d.     Drawing up of social plans.

       e.      Establishment, management and dissolution of welfare facilities regardless of
       their legal from not exclusively maintained for civilian labour.

       f.       The layout of the workplace in cases where members of both the force or the
       civilian component and civilian labour are employed at the same worksite (facility) or in
       the same programme and where the number of civilian labour involved is not prominent.

       g.      Contents of personnel questionnaires (vetting forms) concerning matters of
       military security.

       h.     Measure to increase the work performance or to ease the working process.

       i.     Introduction of basically new working methods.




SI BF(G)                                      2I-1                                  AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)           2I-2          AMDT 12
6200
   SECTION 3 - SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE EMPLOYMENT OF DEPENDANTS

                  SUB SECTION 1 - SCOPE AND GENERAL CONDITIONS

Scope

3.001 This section contains instructions for the administration of Locally Engaged Civilians
which affect the employment of Dependant employees only.

General Conditions

3.002 Dependants of Service personnel and UK Based Civilians serving in Germany may be
engaged locally for any Locally Engaged Civilian (LEC) vacancy, providing they are in
possession of a BFG Form 113 (Civilian Identity Card).

3.003 In instruction to comply with the Host Nation Legislation and in accordance with the
NATO Status of Forces Agreement, spouses of military and UK based civilians who are German
Nationals may only be employed by BFG as DEL employees. Other dependants with a
residence history outside the UK as an adult and before becoming a dependant may also be
affected and should check with the GLSU.

3.004 A Dependant may be employed in the same establishment as the head of family or other
relative, but not in the same section, office or department, or under the supervisory control
of the head of family or any other relative. Where no alternative source of suitable labour is
available OC units may apply for exemption to this ruling to LEC Sp Svcs HQ UKSC, through
their GLSU.

3.005 Dependant Pay, Terms and Conditions of Employment are, in accordance with a
Treasury Directive, based on those of the Host Nation Labour Support, in our case Directly
Employed Labour (DEL) and the Collective Tariff Agreement. Certain provisions do however,
follow those prescribed by UK Social Legislation such as Maternity provisions and
Occupational/Statutory Sickness payments. As with DEL salary/wages in respect of Dependant
employees are reviewed annually by the Civil Secretary. The provisions of the Federal
Personnel Representation Law (FPRL) and other German Industrial Relation Labour Laws do
not apply to Dependant Employees. The contracts and employment relationship of dependants
are governed by English Law. Dependant employees are members of the Civilian Component
as defined in the NATO Status of Forces Agreement (SOFA).

3.006 These instructions apply to Dependants of 16 years of age and over, however, a single
Dependant who reaches the age of 25 is not to be employed or continue in employment as a
Dependant employee unless they produce an authorisation of extension of their Dependant
status and authority for employment issued by J1, HQ UKSC. In other circumstances the
continuance in employment on the loss of NATO SOFA status (e.g. where a individual decides
to remain in Germany and work and live on the German economy) is not an automatic
occurrence. All requests to re-employ an individual as a DEL on the loss of dependant status
in these situations are to be submitted by senior line management through the local GLSU to
DCS (Sec), HQ UKSC for approval stating the business reasons behind this exceptional
measure. Only in the most compelling cases will exceptions be made.




SI BF(G)                                      3-1                                    AMDT 12
6200
Income Tax

3.007 Dependant employees will not be liable for UK Income Tax provided they remain outside
the UK for a full Tax year apart from short return visits. Full details are contained in HM
Revenue and Customs Inland Revenue Board Order, Section 28/5 of the Income Tax (Earnings
and Pensions) Act 2003. Where Dependant employees do receive a tax bill due to an early
posting back to the UK then the matter should be referred to LEC Sp Svcs, HQ UKSC for
consideration and advice.


3.008 Spare
                    SUB SECTION 2 - EMPLOYMENT OF DEPENDANTS

Authority to Employ

3.009 A Dependant may only be engaged for employment with the prior authority of a Budget
Holder or his delegated representative.

3.010 Spare.

LEC Vacancies

3.011 When a vacancy occurs in a LEC post for which budgetary authority is given, the Unit is
to apply direct to GLSU for recruitment. There is no restriction in the employment of
Dependants other than the normal criteria of the selection of the most suitable and available job
applicant. The GLSU is to maintain a register of Dependant job applicants including those
currently in employment who have expressed a desire for alternative employment.

              SUB SECTION 3 - DOCUMENTATION, PAY AND ALLOWANCES

Engagements

3.012 All Dependant employee engagements are to be concluded by means of an
Employment Contract for Dependant Employment with British Forces Germany. The contract
must specifically state:

       a.     That the employee is a locally recruited member of the civilian component.

       b.     The employment contract and relationship governed by English Law.

       c.     Any overpayment of salary, wages or expenses or under-collection of pay-
       related deductions, which may arise, will be recovered from future salary/wages.

       d.     Where the employment contract is on a part-time basis the actual days and
       hours worked per week are to be stated.

Dual Employments

3.012a Dual employment where the total hours exceed the 48 per week, as laid down in the
Working Times Directive are not permitted.




SI BF(G)                                      3-2                                     AMDT 12
6200
Continued Employment Over 65 Years of Age

3.012b Continued employment for dependants over 65 of age may be permitted in their current
contract. However, where a dependant employee wishes to continue in employment beyond
the age of 65 years, authority is to be sought from LEC Sp Svcs, HQ UKSC.

Security

3.013 GLSUs are responsible for initiating Security Vetting in accordance with SI BF(G) 2115
and arranging for the completion of the MOD Form 134 in duplicate on engagement and MOD
Form 135 on leaving employment, drawing attention to the employee's obligations under the
Official Secrets Act. One copy is to be retained in the employee's personal file, the other copy
is to be given to the employee.

3.014 Employing/User Units are to ensure that the GLSU is aware of any appointment that
must be filled by a Dependant who will have access to a classified area or information graded
Confidential or above. Dependants are not to take up employment in a vetted post until written
proof of vetting has been received by the GLSU, or unless specific exemption is given by J2
Branch HQ UKSC.

3.015 No aliens or former aliens are to be employed in posts which require the holder to have
access to classified information graded CONFIDENTIAL and above without prior authority from
J2 HQ UKSC. Aliens, in this context, are defined as Dependants who have dual nationality
and/or whose nationality at birth was other than British.

Probationary Period

3.016 All initial engagements are subject to a probationary period. The probationary period for
all employment is three months. At the discretion of the OC GLSU the probation period may be
extended when an employee is legitimately absent from work through sickness, special leave
etc, by a period equivalent to the period of absence.

       a.     Probation periods are to be observed where an individual transfers from one post
       to another upon promotion.

       b.      Probation periods are to be observed where an individual takes up employment
       after a break in service of more than three months whether it is a lower or equivalent
       graded position.

       c.     Probation periods are not admissible where an individual transfers without a
       break in service to another post which is of an equivalent or lower grade.

       d.      At the discretion of OC GLSU, Casual/Zero Hour staff (Bank Staff, Standby Bus
       Escorts etc) who transfer to regular hours may be required to complete a new probation
       period.

3.017 Notice of termination can be given up to the last day of the probationary period. If
employment is terminated during the probationary period, 2 weeks notice should be given by
the employer and by the employee.

3.018 There is no ban on dependant employees applying for alternate employment during
probation. However, in such situations the employee should be advised that the fact that they
are in probation might count against them in the short listing or selection process.


SI BF(G)                                       3-3                                    AMDT 12
6200
3.018A        Probation Report. The probationary period is an important and vulnerable time,
during which an employee is required to learn new skills in an unfamiliar environment. At
the commencement of employment, in order to aid the dependant employee‟s transition
into their new post Line Management should give them as much assistance as possible.
To aid line management in providing this assistance they should be provided with a
„Dependant Employee Probation Form‟ a copy of which is included at Annex G. This form
is to be completed at the 4, 8 and 12 week periods and returned to the GLSU. If
however, at the end of the 8 week period the work performance of the employee is
causing some concern the OC GLSU is to be notified immediately as action may have to
be taken to terminate the employment within the probationary period.

Notice

3.019 A minimum of four weeks Notice of Termination to the end of a calendar month will be
expected from the dependant employee thereby affording as little turbulence as possible and
allowing sufficient time for the closing of pay accounts and calculation of final payment of
salary/wages. The GLSU/Employing Unit will be obliged to give the same notice to those
dependant employees who have been in employment for a period of 6 months or less. Where
the employment is in excess of 6 months the employers will be required to give 2 months notice
to the end of a calendar month. After 4 completed years of employment notification of
termination by the employer will be in accordance with provisions afforded to the DEL
workforce.

Exception to the above are as follows:

         a.       Line management agreement by both parties.

         b.      There is a short notice posting of Head of Household or other reason and at the
         discretion of OC GLSU.

         c.       Resignation is due to domestic distress.

         d.       Resignation is due to health reasons (a medical certificate will be required).

         e.      In the case of Dependants leaving a post to take up a job within the same agency
         on promotion the notice period may be reduced to 21 days provided written notification
         of the intended application for promotion has been given to the individuals current line
         manager and with agreement from OC GLSU.

         f.     Where a dependant leaves employment to take up a job within the same agency
         without a change in grade the 4 week notice period is to be observed unless there is an
         agreement to waiver between the losing and gaining unit.

3.020 The 4 week notice period will not apply where the appointment is terminated by
management during the probationary period, or on the grounds of inefficiency, neglect of duty,
misconduct or medical unfitness for further duty or serious breach of security. It is to be noted
that pregnancy and pregnancy related reasons are not valid grounds for termination of contract.




SI BF(G)                                           3-4                                     AMDT 12
6200
Capability/Disciplinary Policy, Rules and Procedures

3.021 Separate Procedures exist for the handling of Capability and Disciplinary cases was
issued by LEC Sp Svcs, HQ UKSC on 30 Jun 09. These procedures are held by the
GLSU/HOA of Category „B‟ Units and are to be strictly adhered to at all times.

Grievances regarding gradings.

3.022 Grievances against grading issues are to be dealt with in accordance with 1.013-16 of
section one to these instructions. However, in the case of Dependant grading grievances, there
will be no UWC involvement, in all other respects the procedures applicable to DEL/CWG are
to be applied.

Grievances against terms and conditions of service.

3.023 Matters of general policy may be referred by individuals to OC GLSU or, through their
Dependant Representative, to the Dependants Employee Council. Alternatively, the individual
may lodge a formal complaint to the Deputy Garrison Commander and, if necessary, thereafter
to the GOC, HQ UKSC who is the final arbiter.

Complaints of Harassment and Bullying.

3.024 The MOD is committed to providing a working environment free from harassment,
humiliation or behaviour which create feelings of unease or distress, such as sexist, racist or
sectarian language and unwelcome remarks. Every individual has the right to complain about
bullying and harassment, in whatever form, should it occur in the workplace.

       a.       The Law. Harassment can be unlawful under various statutes. It may also lead
       to civil claims for personal injury, negligence or breach of contract; or criminal
       prosecution for assault. Harassment at work may also be a criminal offence under the
       Public Instruction Act and Protection from Harassment Act 1997.

       b.     Complaints will be investigated and dealt with seriously, sensitively, and quickly.
       The procedure used is that defined with JSP 763 – The MOD Harassment Complaints
       Procedures. The aim is to resolve complaints informally and, if possible, at the lowest
       feasible level but where this is not possible the complainant has a right to raise a formal
       complaint. Individuals will also be protected against victimisation or retaliation for
       making or assisting in a complaint made in good faith.

       c.      Complaints against DEL Employees. In cases where a dependant lodges a
       complaint of Bullying/Harassment against a DEL employee the line manager is to seek
       direction on how to proceed from LEC Sp Svcs

3.025 Spare




SI BF(G)                                       3-5                                     AMDT 12
6200
Security Instructions for Certain Foreign Travel and Contact

3.026 Dependant employees are required to obtain prior approval through their units/ branch
security officer (USO/BSO) SI BF(G) 2110 (Travel to Foreign Countries to which Special
Regulations Apply), for travel to or through the following countries:


     Belarus
     China (including Tibet, Macao and Hong Kong Special Administrative Region)
     Egypt (only applies to personnel travellong within Egypt on duty (including officially
     sponsored expeditions and adventure training)
     Iran, North Korea, Russia and Syria




Note: Additions/deletions to the above listed countries are notified direct to USOs/BSOs
through the chain of command.

3.027 Travelling in or through the countries listed above includes the use of any air, sea or rail
facilities operated by that country anywhere.

3.028 Dependant employees who are in possession of a PV(S) or higher security clearance
are to complete Annex A to SI BF(G) 2110 (3 copies) and forward them through their employing
unit to reach J2 Security, HQ UKSC at least six weeks before travel and before making firm
travel commitments. Briefing/debriefings are to be carried out by the USO/BSO unless
otherwise directed by J2 Security, HQ UKSC. A copy of the briefing/debriefing certificate is to
be retained by the unit/branch.

3.029 Contact. Regardless of their vetting status, all Dependant employees are to:

       a.     Request permission prior to making planned contact with nationals of the
       countries listed above.

       b.     Submit a report using the format at Appendix 1 to SI BF(G) 2110 after the contact
       and forward it to J2 Security, HQ UKSC through their employing officer. Where the
       contact has not been foreseen, it should be reported using the same procedure.

Termination, Retention and Disposal of Records

3.030 On termination of employment the GLSU is to:

       a.      Ensure that a forwarding address is obtained from all Dependant employees and
       details are forwarded to the Pay Bureau.

       b.      Issue Dependants with BFG Form 126, Notice of Termination. If the Dependant
       is leaving BFG the phrase "Termination of Contract due to Family Posting" is to be
       inserted as the reason for termination.

       c.      Retain all personal documents for a period of two calendar years, except where
       the employee has been involved in an industrial accident when details of the incident are
       to be retained for a period of 12 years. (See paragraph 3.114). Thereafter Dependant
       personnel files are to be sent to TNT Archive Services, where a Dependant is re-
SI BF(G)                                       3-6                                      AMDT 12
6200
      employed in BFG, documents are to be forwarded to the receiving GLSU/HQ SCE on
      request.

Payment Procedure and Responsibilities

3.031 Rates of pay for Dependant employees are published by LEC Sp Svcs, HQ UKSC and
are held by GLSUs. Where a rate for a particular grade is not included in Dependant pay
scales, application is to be made to LEC Sp Svcs, HQ UKSC. In addition:

      a.   Partial Monthly pay for full time employees is calculated on the basis of the
      number of working days worked in any given month.

      b.      Pay for Dependant employees is prepared by the Pay Bureau from input details
      provided by Employing and User Units on BFG Form 24. Payment will be in Euros and
      will be credited to individual bank accounts by the last working day of the month.

      c.       If an employee is posted at short notice, the Pay Bureau can arrange for their
      final pay to be sent to their UK address providing notification of resignation is received
      before the pay has gone to the bank. The User Unit must inform the GLSU immediately
      of all resignations in instruction for the GLSU to advise the LEC Pay Bureau.

3.032 Overpayments.

      a.      Any overpayment of salary/wages, expenses or under-collection of pay-related
      deductions issued by mistake will be recovered in full or by monthly deductions from future
      salary/wages. Consideration will be given to the amount of the overpayment and the period
      over which the overpayment occurred when taking recovery action.

      b.      Dependant employees who have an outstanding overpayment on cessation of
      employment will have the balance recovered either from final salary/wages or from any
      gratuity payment that they may be due. Where monies remain outstanding after final
      payments have been issued the individual will be required to reimburse the "Authority" as
      soon as notified.

      c.       It is the responsibility of the individual to advise LEC Pay Bureau immediately if they
      receive a payment to which they know (or suspect that) they are not entitled to receive. This
      is particularly important if an overpayment occurs or error is so obvious that to retain it of fail
      to expose it could constitute obvious bad faith. Dependant Employees are to immediately
      question payments that may be erroneous, it will prevent them from building up and thus
      avoid the personal inconvenience that recovery action might cause. The pay slip notifies
      the employee of the payments and deductions made; it is the employees‟ responsibility
      to carry out basic checks on their entitlements and on what they are being paid. Not
      all employees check their salary each month, even though they have a means to do
      so. Nevertheless, the responsibility for identifying straightforward errors rests with
      the Employee. It is not acceptable that the employee received the monies in good faith
      simply on the grounds that they were not aware of the mistake.

Pay Statements

3.033 The Pay Bureau produces individual pay statements for Dependant employees. These
will be forwarded to each unit for distribution to employees.




SI BF(G)                                         3-7                                         AMDT 12
6200
Earnings Related National Insurance Contributions (ERNIC)

3.034 Subject to the level of earnings and number of hours worked all Dependants are liable to
pay ERNIC. The procedures are as follows:

       a.     The LEC Pay Bureau is responsible for the deduction of earnings related
       National Insurance Contributions and the maintenance of the appropriate records.
       The GLSU is to ensure that the HM Revenue & Customs CA3625 is completed by
       the dependant employee before or on the day employment commences. If the
       employee has never been issued with a National Insurance number a photocopy of
       their Birth Certificate has to be sent with the Form CA3625 to the HM Revenue &
       Customs. If the employee can not provide a photocopy of their birth certificate then
       a photocopy of their passport will be accepted. After completion and certification
       the form is to be forwarded to HM Revenue & Customs, NI Contributions Office,
       International Services, Benton Park, Newcastle Upon Tyne, NE98 1ZZ

       b.     Dependant employees unable to produce a National Insurance number are
       allocated a provisional number by the Dependant Pay System. This allows for HM
       Revenue & Customs to trace or set up a National Insurance account.

       c.     On receipt of CA3625, HM Revenue & Customs will trace or set up a National
       Insurance account for the employee. All relevant information is forwarded to the Pay
       Bureau which in turn will amend individual records as necessary. The Pay Bureau will
       forward all relevant records to the HM Revenue & Customs at the end of the contribution
       year.

3.035 Dependants are not subject to German Social Security provisions, they are "employed
earners" under the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 and Social Security
(Contributions) Regulations 2001, as amended and are liable to pay contributions when their
Dependant employment earnings exceed a minimum amount. Contribution rates are issued by
the LEC Pay Bureau and can be obtained from the local GLSU/HQ SCE. The categories of
employee contribution which affect Dependant employees are listed below:

       a.   Category 'A'. This is the standard rate payable by all single or married
       Dependants. It gives entitlement to various benefits and the State Pension Scheme.

       b.     Category 'B'. This is the reduced rate and applies in general to those who were
       married women or widows on 5 April 1977 and had the right to pay reduced
       contributions at 5 April 1978. However, entitlement ceases if since April 1978 there
       have been two consecutive tax years in which no National Insurance contributions were
       paid, and the employee was not self-employed. It does not provide entry to the State
       Pension Scheme or access to the major benefits of Category 'A'. A valid Certificate of
       Election must be produced by the employee before being able to pay contributions
       under this category. This certificate is to be retained in the employee‟s personal file
       once LEC Pay Bureau Action is complete. It is to be returned to the employee on
       termination of employment.

       c.      Category 'C'. This is the contribution rate for those employees who are over the
       minimum state retirement age on production of a valid age exemption certificate which is
       to be forwarded to the LEC Pay Bureau.



SI BF(G)                                     3-8                                    AMDT 12
6200
3.036 Unless an employee produces a valid certificate of election (CF 383) on engagement
category 'A' rates are to be applied. Claims to the reduced 'B' rate without a certificate are to
be forwarded to HM Revenue & Customs for confirmation.

3.037 Employees may elect to change their „B' rate to „A', but once revoked it cannot be
reinstated.

Incremental Pay Dates and Previous Experience

3.038 Previous Experience (Dependant, DEL or CWG) will not be recognised where an
individual was terminated for disciplinary reasons or the individual has resigned in instruction to
avoid dismissal.

3.038A Exceptionally in cases of a family posting within Germany where the Dependant gains
employment in the same tariff, at an equivalent or higher grade he/she is to be placed in the
same incremental step as that previously reached. If the employment is in a lower grade the
employee is to be placed at the incremental step that least exceeds their previous salary. In
cases where the dependant gains employment at a higher grade the date of the new
engagement will become the incremental date. In cases where the new employment is at an
equivalent or lower grade the time already served will count towards further step advancement.
However, this provision is only applicable:

       a.     If there is a change of Agency.

       b.     Breaks in service do not exceed six months.

3.038B Where a dependant is made redundant and then re-employed within three months, in
the same grade, they will retain the salary step previously reached. The time already served
will count toward further step advancement. If the dependant gains employment in a higher
grade sub par 3.043a applies. In a lower grade sub para 3.043b applies.

3.039 Prior Experience may be recognised in the following circumstances:

       a.    If documentary evidence of previous employment is provided, giving evidence of
       employment period and tasks performed.

       b.     The amount of prior experience granted in these situations will be decided
              upon at the end of the probationary period.

3.039a Applications for prior relevant experience recognition are to be made to the OC GLSU
Each case will be considered on its merits and no appeal will be possible. To enable a
balanced decision, applications must be supported and endorsed by Line Management and the
following should be considered before applying:

       a.      Other than Crown Service. Few individuals should expect to get full recognition
       (time for time) of prior experience.

       b.    Service some time ago or in an employment that is similar rather than identical
       may be considered but will only receive a proportional credit.

       c.     Any recognition will take into account any distortion resulting from other prior
       experience/re-grading rules.


SI BF(G)                                        3-9                                     AMDT 12
6200
       d.     An up to date CV and copies of evidence (i.e. Formal Qualifications, pay slips
       references etc) used to support the application must be attached to the application form.
        This application for is contained at Annex H to this Section.

       e.     Lack of supporting evidence will result in a lower calculation of previous
       experience or the application being rejected.

3.040 There is no requirement for dependant employees to revert to incremental step one
during their probationary period in situations such as promotion sideways move (as described
at paragraph 3.016c) or on an in-theatre posting resulting in a change of employment. Where
there is a break in service and/or where previous service outside DEL rules has been
authorised, the effective date will be the day after the completion of the probationary period. In
cases where retrospective claims are made for backdated previous the effective date will be
from:

       a.   A maximum of six months prior to the retrospective claim or

       b. The day after the completion of the probationary period.

Claims will not be accepted after termination of employment.

3.041 Increments are to be paid from the date on which they became due. Incremental dates
are not to be deferred as a result of unpaid absence.

3.042 Incremental scales apply to Dependant engaged in C, CFM, CDV, K LEN and PWS
trades/professions. Increments are not transferable from one trade/profession to another e.g.
a nurse will not qualify for increments if he/she takes up employment as a clerk and vice versa.

3.043 The following will apply to changes of grading in the same job or a move to a new job
without a break in service:

       a.      In the case of an upgrading (i.e.: move to a higher grade in the same Tariff with
       no break in service) an employee who is in receipt of a step increment is to be placed in
       the same incremental step in the higher grade as that held in the lower grade. The date
       of the upgrading will then become the incremental date.

       b.      When an employee is downgraded, for whatever reason, except voluntary, they
       are to be placed on the step increment in the lower grade that equals or least reduces
       the pay rate in the original grade. The date of the downgrading will then become the
       incremental date.

       c.     If a downgraded employee is subsequently upgraded within 36 months of the
       downgrading, without an interruption of employment, the employee is to be placed at the
       incremental step previously reached in the higher graded appointment. The waiting
       period already served in the higher grade will count toward further step advancement.

       d.      Where re-grading occurs across a tariff (e.g. from A (industrial) to C (non
       industrial)Tariff) with no break in service the employee is to be placed on a rate of pay
       which equals or least exceeds the previous rate of pay

       e.     Exceptionally in cases of a family posting, where a Dependant changes from one
       employing agency to another (by mutual agreement) without a break in service and in
       the same grade they will retain the salary step previously reached. The time already
       served in the salary step will count towards further step advancement. If the

SI BF(G)                                       3-10                                    AMDT 12
6200
       employment is in a lower grade the Dependant will be placed at the incremental step
       that equals or least exceeds their previous salary. If the employment is in a higher
       grade, sub para 3.043a applies.

3.044 If any doubt exists as to what constitutes previous service or assessment of incremental
points, individual case details are to be submitted to LEC Sp Svcs, HQ UKSC, for a ruling.

Automatic Upgrading

3.045 After set qualifying periods of experience, trainee Data Typists, Telephone Operators
and Teletypists are to be upgraded from Salary Group C3 to C4. New employees with written
proof of previous experience in these activities amounting to the required qualifying periods are
to be graded C4 (C-DV2 and C-FM2) on engagement. Qualifying periods are:

       a.     Data Typist - Six months.

       b.     Telephone Operators and Teletypists - 12 months.

Upgrading is to be effective from the beginning of the pay period in which the qualifying period
is completed. If a step increment coincides with the upgrading, then the step increment is to be
retained in the new grade.

3.046 Temporary Changes of Duty

       a.     Dependant employees who are temporarily assigned to predominantly perform
       higher graded duties are to be upgraded after such duties have been performed for 30
       consecutive calendar days. Interruptions during this period of less than 2 weeks are to
       be disregarded. The time of the interruption does not count towards the period of 30
       calendar days.

       b.      Temporary assignments may be as replacements for incumbents of posts
       including military and civil service posts who are temporarily absent or to temporarily fill
       vacancies pending the appointment of a permanent incumbent of a post.

       c.      Dependant temporary assignments to posts normally filled by military or civil
       service personnel requires the grading of such post under the terms of the CTA II prior
       to the assignment taking place. It is, therefore, mandatory that line managers
       concerned identify which duties are to be undertaken by the dependant employee
       assigned to the post and submit an appropriate statement to the OC GLSU together with
       the application for the temporary upgrading. OC GLSU is to assess the grade in
       accordance with the provisions of CTA II. If the assessment results in a grading which
       is more than one grade higher than the one currently held by the employee, LEC Sp
       Svcs, HQ UKSC is to be consulted in instruction to confirm the assessment.

       d.     The temporary upgrading is to be documented by an amendment to the current
       contract of employment. The amendment is to identify the duties to be undertaken, the
       grade assessed and duration of the temporary upgrading. Furthermore, and as with
       DEL employees, it is to state that the temporary upgrading is granted under the
       provisions of Article 53.1, CTA II.

       e.      Immediately after the period of temporary upgrading expires dependant
       employees affected are to return to their previous employment and grade. If the expiry
       date depends on an event, (e.g. arrival of a regular incumbent) The LEC Pay Bureau is
       to be informed in good time in instruction to avoid overpayments.
SI BF(G)                                       3-11                                      AMDT 12
6200
Allowances

3.047 Allowances for Dependant employees are awarded and administered in accordance
with Section 1, Sub Section 4 of this instruction. The following exceptions apply:

       a.     Shift Allowance. The following Shift Allowances will apply:

              (1)   Rotating Shifts. Where an employee's shift changes more than once a
              month, and where the shift alternates between three different shifts; one of which
              must contain night work, the employee will be eligible to a Rotating Shift
              Allowance. This allowance is not payable to 'P & 'Z' Tariff workers.

              (2)    Alternating Shifts. Where an employee's shift changes more than once
              a month, they will be eligible to an alternating shift allowance. This allowance is
              not payable to managers in the 'H' Tariff or 'P' & 'Z' Tariff employees.

       b.     Standby/On Call. Standby and On Call payments can be paid where employees
       are required to be available for work at short notice outside their normal working hours.
       Applications are to include comments of the OC GLSU and stipulate whether the
       standby duties are required to be at the place of work (Standby) or at the place of
       residence (On Call).

Time Limits on Claims

3.048 Claims which refer to the past periods can be raised by either party in accordance with
the time-limits prescribed as follows:

       a.     Claims for incorrect computation of earnings - 12 months.

       b.     Other claims including travel and subsistence - 3 months.

       c.     No claims will be admissible 3 months after the termination of employment.

Certificates of Service

3.049 It is BFG policy to recognise service by awarding Certificates of Service. The details of
the certificates are contained in Section 1, Sub Section 6 of this instruction.

Gratuities

3.050 A Gratuity will normally be paid 2-3 months after the end of employment to
Dependant employees of the British Forces Germany, subject to the criteria set out at
Paragraph 4a below, when they resign or are dismissed on grounds of redundancy or their
definite contract ends. There are also certain other circumstances whereby an individual
may claim their gratuity and these are set out in Paragraph 4c below.

3.050A         Dependant employees who take up employment as a DEL must claim, if
they are eligible, their gratuity at the end of their Dependant employment.

3.050B        The Gratuity claim form is be issued by the relative GLSU/HQ SCE to all
Dependant employees on termination of employment with the Agency. If the individual
wishes to claim a gratuity, the claim form is to be forwarded to LEC Pay Bureau for
SI BF(G)                                      3-12                                     AMDT 12
6200
processing.

3.050C        a.   Eligibility. To qualify for a gratuity a Dependant must:

                   (1)    Have completed two or more years continuous Dependant
                   service with BFG.

                   (2)   Have completed the 4 week notice period unless otherwise
                   agreed with the line manager. In these circumstances, the
                   termination reason should be given as per drop down menu RLink
                   e.g. Own Request(Y).

                   (3)   Have been unable to complete the 4 week notice period
                   because their resignation is due to:

                          (a)    The posting, on short notice, of the Head of Household.

                          (b)    Domestic distress.

                          (c)     Incapacity for health reasons (a medical certificate to
                          this effect will be required).

                   (4)     If changing jobs, have been re-employed by a
                   different GLSU or (in the case of SCE employees) at a SCE location
                   within the catchment area of a different GLSU. In both cases there
                   must have been a gap in their period of employment of at least one
                   working day.

                   [Note: GLSU catchment areas have been put in for SCE as they are
                   the Agency therefore technically individuals should not receive a
                   gratuity if posted e.g. from a school in Rheindahlen to one in
                   Paderborn – see para b. (4) below. This now allows individuals to
                   claim. Normal eligibility rules will apply.]

              b.   Employees will not be eligible for the payment of a gratuity if:

                   (1)   They have not completed the 4 week notice period, except in
                   circumstances described in paragraph 3.050C a (3) above.

                   (2)   They have been dismissed for disciplinary reasons or on
                   grounds of inefficiency.

                   (3)    They have resigned to avoid dismissal.

                   (4)   When, on change of jobs, they remain employed with the same
                   GLSU or, (in the case of SCE employees) at SCE locations within the
                   catchment area of the same GLSU e.g. Hohne/Fallingbostel/Celle

                   (5)   If the gap between employment with different Agencies is less
                   than one day.


SI BF(G)                                  3-13                                    AMDT 12
6200
             c.    A Dependant who has to resign because of the in-theatre transfer of
             the Head of Household; is declared redundant or whose definite contract
             ends but will remain in theatre, may:

                    (1)   Transfer his/her reckonable service towards a gratuity in further
                    employment with BFG, provided re-employment is within a period of
                    six months from the date of resignation or redundancy.

                    (2)  If eligible for a gratuity, accept immediate payment or claim
                    payment within six months.

             d    Time Limit for Claims. All claims for Gratuity must be made within 6
             months of leaving employment.

             e.     Calculation of Gratuity. With effect from 1 April 2007, individuals who
             terminate their employment on or after this date will have their gratuity
             calculated at one third of the monthly average of regular earnings in the most
             advantageous 12 calendar months in a 36 calendar month period. The
             12/36 month calendar period is calculated backwards from the date of
             termination. For example:

Example 1:
Date of Termination:                                            1 April 2007
Regular earnings to be considered:      1 April 2004 to 31 Mar 2005 = Year 1
                                        1 April 2005 to 31 Mar 2006 = Year 2
                                        1 April 2006 to 31 Mar 2007 = Year 3
Regular Earnings:                       Year 1 = € 12000
                                        Year 2 = € 16000
                                        Year 3 = € 14000
In this example, year 2 would be the year on which the gratuity would be based.

Example 2:

Date of Termination:                                          15 June 2007
Regular earnings to be considered:      Jun 2004 to May 2005 = Year 1
(last full months salary)               Jun 2005 to May 2006 = Year 2
                                        Jun 2006 to May 2007 = Year 3
Regular Earnings:                       Year 1 = € 15000
                                        Year 2 = € 12000
                                        Year 3 = € 11500

In this example, Year 1 would be the year on which the gratuity would be based.

The amount is then divided by 12 to obtain the average monthly earnings and then by
three to obtain one third of the average month‟s earnings. This is then multiplied by the
number of years served. Part-years will be paid on a pro-rata basis rounded to the
nearest 2 decimal places.

Note: Unpaid absences do not count towards reckonable service and are deducted from
the total years of service when calculating gratuity amount due.


SI BF(G)                                   3-14                                   AMDT 12
6200
             f.      The Dependant Gratuity is considered to include compensation for
             potential loss of Leave and Christmas bonuses. Once a gratuity has been
             paid it effectively writes off the period of reckonable service that it covers and
             that service cannot therefore count towards any other payments which are
             determined by reckonable service; i.e.: Leave and Christmas bonuses. See
             paragraphs 3.052 to 3.057.

             Note that if gratuity is claimed, the qualifying period for entitlements to
             Christmas and Leave bonuses commence again from the date of re-
             employment.

             g.      Continuous Service. For employees who are not contracted to work
             for the full 52 weeks per year, e.g.: Bus Escorts and School Crossing
             Attendants, the periods for which they are not contracted to work, e.g.:
             school holidays, will not count as breaks in service provided the employees
             were employed under single open ended contracts.

             h.     Payment of Gratuities. The gratuity will be calculated after the final
             payment of salary has been made and is subject to National Insurance
             contributions. Payments will be made as follows:

                    (1)    Employees Leaving Theatre. Employees must submit a claim
                    requesting payment of a gratuity. Payments will be processed
                    automatically within 2-3 months from date of termination and
                    dispatched to a forwarding address by cheque or to a German bank
                    account if so requested, in writing, by the employee.

                    (2)     Employees Remaining in Theatre. Dependants will be advised
                    of their eligibility to a gratuity by the GLSU/SCE they are leaving and
                    given the option to either claim or to transfer their reckonable service
                    to a subsequent BFG employment. Claims may only be paid where
                    employment has ceased for at least one full working day and on
                    transfer to another agency.

             i.    Appeal Procedure. Any employee who feels they have been unfairly
             denied a gratuity may seek redress through the Dependants Complaints
             procedure.

Death Benefit

3.051 A lump sum payment equivalent to two months salary will be paid to the next of kin on
the death of any Dependant who has been employed for at least three months. Where death is
caused as a result of an accident at work, the payment will be equal to three months salary
irrespective of how long the Dependant has been employed.

Christmas Bonus

3.052 An annual Christmas Bonus amounting to 6.34% of reckonable earnings will be paid on
30 November of each year to all Dependant employees, except LEN, LSA and LSS grades
who, on 31 October have been in employment since the first working day after the 1 May public
holiday. Service in the LEN/LSA/LSS grades does not count towards qualifying service for the
SI BF(G)                                    3-15                                    AMDT 12
6200
payment of a Christmas Bonus. Reckonable earnings are defined as those earnings that the
employee has received in accordance with these Instructions during the 12 months prior to 31
Oct. Employees whose employment terminates in the month of November will remain eligible
to receive the bonus, provided they have completed the 4 week notice period. Exceptions will
be made where all or part of the notice period is waived with the written agreement of the line
manager, or resignation is due to:

       a.     The posting, on short notice, of the Head of Household.

       b.     Domestic distress.

       c.     Incapacity for health reasons (a medical certificate to this effect will be required).

3.053 Employees will not be eligible if:

       a.    They have left their employment before 30 November without completing the 4
       week notice period, except in the circumstances described in paragraph 3.052.

       b.    They have been dismissed (or are under notice of dismissal) for disciplinary
       reasons or on grounds of inefficiency.

       c.     They have resigned in instruction to avoid dismissal.

3.054 Breaks in service of up to a total of three months are to be ignored in determining
continuous service provided they were caused by resignation due to the in theatre transfer of
the Head of Household, on re-employment following redundancy or termination of a definite
contract. In addition where breaks in service exceed three months due to a waiting period for
security vetting clearance to be issued these also to be ignored provided an offer of
employment, subject to security clearance being issued has been made. This provision will not
apply where a Dependant has claimed a Gratuity for his/her most recent period of service, in
which case reckonable service towards a Christmas bonus will only count from re-employment.

3.055 There is no eligibility to part payments of the bonus.

3.056 If an employee who has fulfilled the eligibility criteria subsequently leaves employment
there will be no liability to refund the bonus.

Leave Bonus

3.057 An annual Leave Bonus amounting to 2% of reckonable earnings will be paid, on 31 May
of each year, to all Dependant employees, except LEN, LSA and LSS who, on 30 Apr have
completed at least one year‟s service. Service in the LEN/LSA/LSS grades does not count
towards qualifying service for payment of a Leave Bonus. Employees whose employment
terminates in the month of May will remain eligible to receive the bonus, provided they have
completed the 4 week notice period. Exceptions will be made where all or part of the notice
period is waived with the written agreement of the line manager, or resignation is due to:

       a.     The posting, on short notice, of the Head of Household.

       b.     Domestic distress.

       c.     Incapacity for health reasons (a medical certificate to this effect will be required).

3.058 Employees will not be eligible if:
SI BF(G)                                       3-16                                      AMDT 12
6200
       a.    They have left their employment before 31 May and without completing the 4
       weeks notice period, except in the circumstances described in paragraph 3.057.

       b.    They have been dismissed (or are under notice of dismissal) for disciplinary
       reasons or on grounds of inefficiency.

       c.     They have resigned in instruction to avoid dismissal.

3.059 Breaks in service of up to a total of three months are to be ignored in determining
continuous service provided they were caused by resignation due to the in theatre transfer of
the Head of Household, or re-employment following redundancy or termination of a definite
employment contract. In addition where breaks in service exceed three months due to a
waiting period for security vetting clearance to be issued these are also to be ignored provided
an offer of employment, subject to security clearance being issued, has been made. This
provision will not apply where a Dependant has claimed a Gratuity for his/her most recent
period of service, in which case reckonable service towards a Leave bonus will only count from
re-employment.

3.060 Part payments, consisting of 2% of the reckonable earnings for each full calendar month
served from January of the current year, will be made to those employees whose employment
terminates before 30 Apr, provided they have completed a minimum of 12 months continuous
service at the time of termination.

3.061 If an employee who has fulfilled the eligibility criteria subsequently leaves employment
there will be no liability for refund.




SI BF(G)                                      3-17                                   AMDT 12
6200
SUB SECTION 4 - TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SERVICE

Hours of Work

3.062 The regular hours of work for Dependants employed in UKSC are as published in the
appropriate pay tables issued by LEC Sp Svcs, HQ UKSC and held by GLSUs. However:

       a.     Dependant employees are not permitted to work over 10 hours in a working day
       without the authority of the OC GLSU.

       b.     Dependant employees aged 16 years and over, but under 18 years are not
       permitted to work in excess of eight hours per day and 40 hours per week. See also
       Sub Section 5 regarding the employment of Juveniles.

3.063 Extension of Hours of Work. The regular hours of work may be extended on the
authority of the Budget Holder or his delegated representative and if recommended by the OC
GLSU. Such authority should only be given where the permanent extension of the working
hours will be more economical than overtime and provided that the requirement of the working
time directive are not breached. Applications, giving full details of the circumstances, are to be
submitted by Units to the Budget Holder or his delegated representative via GLSUs.

3.064 For Dependants employed in „H' and specific categories of the „K' Tariffs, the same rules
regarding extension of hours are to be applied as laid down for DEL.

3.065 Exceptionally, in the case of drivers, the Budget Holder or his delegated representative,
in consultation with the OC GLSU, may authorise the extension of regular hours of work up to a
maximum of 46.5 hours per week.

3.066 The additional regular hours of work authorised in accordance with paragraph 3.063 are
to be remunerated at the basic hourly rate of pay for Dependants.

Work on Sundays and Public Holidays

3.067 Dependant employees are entitled to paid time off on the following Public Holidays:

            New Years Day                         All Saints Day (NRW)
            Boxing Day
            Christmas Day                         Good Friday
            Corpus Christi (NRW)                  Easter Sunday
            German Unity Day                      Easter Monday
            Whit Monday                           May Day
            Ascension Day                         Whit Sunday


            Christmas from 1200 hrs is to be
            considered as a „Privilege (half)
            day‟




SI BF(G)                                        3-18                                   AMDT 12
6200
3.068 Line Managers are to arrange for Dependants to attend work on British Public Holidays
and military stand downs which do not coincide with the Public Holidays at paragraph 3.067
unless:

       a.     Working hours can be rearranged under a local agreement.

       b.     There are overriding security considerations which cannot be satisfied by the
       attendance of a small military or UKBC supervisory staff.

       c.     Annual leave is taken.

3.069 For pay purposes Public Holidays are to be treated as follows:

       a.     When falling within a period of paid leave, they are to be treated as paid absence
       and are not to count against the leave entitlement.

       b.     Should a Public Holiday fall on a non working day; (Sat/Sun), no day off in lieu is
       to be granted.

       c.     Where they fall within a period of unpaid leave or there is at least one day of
       unpaid leave on the working days immediately preceding and following the Public
       Holiday, they are to be treated for all purposes as unpaid leave.

       d.      If preceded or followed by a day of unauthorised absence, or unpaid sick leave,
       (out of OSP and if applicable SSP) payment for the Public Holiday is to be forfeited.

       3.070 Dependant employees who, within their normal working conditions, are required
       to work regularly on Sundays or on authorised Public Holidays will be eligible for
       additional remuneration as follows:

       a.     Sunday. 25% for each hour worked on that day. Instead of the Sunday, one
       work free day without pay of complete 24 hours should be granted within the same,
       preceding or following working week. Where no work-free day can be granted 50% for
       each hour worked is payable.

       b.     Public Holiday. 50% for each hour worked on that day. Instead of the Public
       Holiday, one work-free day of complete 24 hours shall be granted within the same,
       preceding or following working week. Where no work-free day can be granted 100% for
       each hour worked is payable. This applies only to those days listed at paragraph 3.067.

       c.      Where Sundays and Public Holidays coincide Dependant employees required to
       work regularly on Sundays/Public Holidays are to be granted a work free day in addition
       to the provisions of paragraph 3.070b.

       d.     Where a Dependant is employed with a Tariff for which special conditions are
       applied to public holidays (e.g. Z Tariff), payment will be made in accordance with CTA II
       conditions which may differ from those at sub paragraphs a – c above.

3.071 Employees, other than those covered by paragraph 3.070 will not be required to work on
Sundays and Public Holidays without the prior approval of the Budget Holder or his delegated
representative. British Holidays which do not coincide with Public Holidays authorised at
paragraph 3.067 are normal working days for Dependants.



SI BF(G)                                      3-19                                     AMDT 12
6200
Military Stand Downs

3.072 Employees who would be prevented from working because of a military stand down may
be required to take annual leave if there are genuine organizational reasons and/or SHEF
issues that require them to do so. In such cases, the prior approval of OC GLSU is required
and any employee‟s dissatisfaction is to be considered on an individual merit and case-by-case
basis. Alternatively, the normal working hours may be extended by means of a Supplementary
Works Agreement in instruction to compensate for any employee‟s absence due to a unit stand
down. Which method is adopted employee‟s should be notified before the commencement of
the leave year. Any extensions of working hours will only be possible, if working practices of
the unit allow and with the prior approval of OC GLSU. Such extensions of working hours will
not attract payment of the supplements detailed in 3.070

Work At Night

3.073 Dependant employees, other than those employed at Telephone Exchanges, Hospitals,
Medical Centres, as House Matrons in Boarding Schools or under H and P Tariff conditions,
are not to be permitted to work between 2100 hrs and 0600 hrs without the prior approval of the
Budget Holder or his delegated representative. Personnel employed during these hours are to
be paid at the basic hourly rate plus 25% for all hours worked. Such hours are to be regular
conditioned hours within the shift plan.

Overtime

3.074 Overtime hours are those worked in excess of the regular weekly full time hours for a
trade and grade. Employees who are contracted to part time work will only become eligible for
overtime rates of pay when overtime working takes them beyond the normal weekly full time
hours for their trade and grade. Where more than one job contract exists then overtime is only
applicable when 38.5 hours per week is exceeded in a single employment. Overtime rates and
conditions are as follows:

       a.      Weekdays. Employees who are required to work overtime will be paid the basic
       hourly rate of pay plus 25% supplement for all overtime hours worked. When time off in
       lieu (TOIL) for overtime is granted the 25% overtime supplement only will be paid.

       b.     Sundays. Where an employee is required to work overtime on a Sunday, the
       overtime hours worked are remunerated at the basic hourly rate of pay plus a 25%
       overtime supplement and a Sunday supplement of 50%. If TOIL is granted only the
       25% overtime supplement and the 50% Sunday supplement will be paid.

       c.      Public Holidays. Where a Dependant employee is required to work overtime on
       any of the Public Holidays defined at paragraph 3.067 and exceeds his/her weekly
       conditioned hours, the overtime hours will be remunerated by the basic hourly rate plus
       a 25% overtime supplement and a Public Holiday supplement of 100%. If TOIL is
       granted only the 25% overtime supplement and the 100% Public Holiday supplement will
       be paid.

       d.    Sunday and Public Holidays. Dependant employees required to work overtime
       on a Sunday which coincides with a Public Holiday receive remuneration as set out at
       paragraph 3.074.c.

       e.    Shift Work. Overtime for shift workers, is defined as those working hours
       exceeding the total contracted hours within the current shift plan.

SI BF(G)                                     3-20                                   AMDT 12
6200
3.075 If supplements for Sunday and Public Holiday work coincide, or if supplements for night
duties and public holidays (at 100%) coincide, the higher supplement is to be paid.

Loss of Work Hours

3.076 If a Dependant employee loses working hours through no fault of his/her own, he/ she
will be entitled to payment of the earnings he/she would have received had he/she worked
his/her normal hours.

3.077 If working hours are lost because of a temporary breakdown of operations, and such
time is at the employee's disposal, the employing/user unit may require that the hours of paid
absence be made up within a period of two weeks. The two week period shall commence from
the first work day following the end of the breakdown.

Leave

3.078 The annual leave year commences on 1 January and ends on 31 December.

3.079 Dependant employees will not normally be allowed to take paid leave during the
probationary period, but thereafter may take the full leave entitlement as calculated from the
date of engagement to the end of the leave year. Should an employee cease to be employed
before the end of the leave year, having anticipated the full leave entitlement, a deduction for
non-entitled days will be made from final pay.

3.080 Leave Entitlement. The normal leave entitlement is as follows:

        a.     For employees conditioned to a five day working week: 30 working days per year.

        b.     For employees conditioned to a six day working week: 36 working days per year.

        c.    For employees who work less than five days per week the following formula is to
        be used:

                Number of contracted working days in the year x 30
                                      250

        d.      Employees with definite contracts. Individuals issued with a definite contract
        of employment and who work regular hours are to be allocated leave on a pro-rata basis
        taking into account length of service.

        e.     Casual Employees. Individuals employed on a supply or bank basis, i.e. Bus
        Escorts, Invigilators, Youth Workers, receive an hourly rate which already includes the
        holiday payment. Employees with other grades receive an additional payment in month
        to cover the holiday pay.




SI BF(G)                                      3-21                                     AMDT 12
6200
       3.081 Employment Not Covering the Full Leave Year.                  The leave entitlement
       for employees who commence employment after the start of the leave year or whose
       employment does not otherwise cover the leave year will be entitled to 1/12 of the
       entitlement for each month in employment. Employment of at least 15 calendar days
       within a month will, when calculating leave, be classified as a full month. If employees
       who work a five days a week, terminate their employment between the 1 July and 31
       Aug, they will be entitled to a minimum of 20 days leave, provided they have been
       working for a minimum of 6 months prior to the point of termination. This takes the
       minimum leave entitlement into consideration in accordance with the German Federal
       Leave Law. Thereafter the 1/12th rule applies once more. Dependant employees
       leaving on retirement are entitled to the same leave provisions as contained with CTA II
       Article 33, 4(c).

3.081a If the distribution of working hours is changed during the leave year either indefinitely or
temporary, the calculation shall be based on the number of calculated working days which
would apply, had the distribution of working hours on which leave is based applied to the whole
leave year. In such cases, pay cannot be recovered for leave taken in excess of the new
entitlement for the remainder of that year. See also Paragraph 3.080c.
Example: An employee moving from a shift system with “16 shift holidays” in a year. If the
employee moves to a position with a regular 5-day week but has already taken 5 of his shift
holiday entitlements the following would apply when converting his remaining leave entitlement
for the year 5 shift holidays taken therefore 11 remaining. This equates to 11/16th of his original
entitlement. This can now be converted to the regular 30 day holiday cycle as follows: 11 x
30/16=20.62 rounded to 21 days remaining entitlement.

3.082 When a Privilege half-day is granted, i.e. Christmas Eve, additional leave taken on that
day will count as a full day against the annual leave entitlement.

3.082a If a dependant employee falls ill whilst on leave the working days certified by a doctor‟s
certificate as unfit for work shall not be counted as annual leave. Self-certified sick forms are
not acceptable in these circumstances and paid sick leave will only be issued if a medical
certificate is produced. The employee must resume work on the date originally envisaged or, in
cases of prolonged unfitness for work, immediately after fitness for work has been established.

3.083 Special Paid Leave. Special Paid Leave may be granted by the Line Manager, in
consultation with OC GLSU upon application and proof of entitlement under the following
circumstances:

       a.     Up to three working days:

              (1)     Serious illness of spouse in extraordinary cases.

              (2)     Death of Spouse.

              (3)     Death of a member of the immediate family; e.g.: children; including
              foster, adopted and step children, parents, brothers/sisters; including foster,
              adoptive or step parents or grand parents and parents in law.




SI BF(G)                                       3-22                                    AMDT 12
6200
      b.     Up to two working days:

             (1)    Own Marriage

             (2)     Illness of immediate family members; e.g. parents, brothers/sisters;
             including foster, adoptive or step parents or parents and parents in law, provided
             a doctor certifies that the person requires essential care which in the absence of
             others the employee must provide personally. In the case of children, including
             foster, adopted and step children sub paragraph 3.083g applies.

             (3)    Change of residence as a result of change of employment.

             (4)    Confinement of wife.

      c.     Up to one working day:

             (1)    Change of residence within Station (on the day of the move).

             (2)    Summons to appear before an authority, provided it is not caused by the
             employees own fault and loss of salary/wage is not compensated by the
             authority.

             (3)    Performance of general civic functions or public honorary functions.

             (4)    First visit to a physician.

            (5)     Silver Wedding of the employee. Note this entitlement must be taken
            within four weeks of the anniversary except in exceptional circumstances, which
            must be authorised by OC GLSU.

      d.    For the time needed for medical appointments that cannot be arranged outside
      working hours.

      e.      Where medical appointments require the travel to UK, a maximum of 3 days
      Special Leave may be granted upon the authority of OC GLSU provided that the
      appointment has been arranged by the BFG Health Service and that travel to and from
      the UK is publicly funded. This provision does not apply where an employee arranges a
      private medical appointment in the UK and travels at their own expense.

      f.     Where Dependants are summoned to appear in a Legal Court as a witness (not
      as a defendant), a maximum of 3 days special leave may be granted upon authority of
      OC GLSU.

      g.      Illness of a child aged 18 and under. The „Special Paid Leave of Child‟ form at
      Appendix 2 to Annex B of this Section is to be completed and is to be handed to the Line
      Manager/Supervisor immediately on return to work. The form must include the child's
      name. The release from work can, in the course of year be certified for various
      instances of illness of a child up to 10 days per child with a maximum of 25 days per
      family in a calendar year. The Line Manager/Supervisor is to confirm that the form has
      been completed correctly and forward a copy to the GLSU/ HQ SCE In cases where a
      dependant employee is required to accompany a child attending a medical appointment
      in the UK the provisions at paragraph 3.083e apply.



SI BF(G)                                          3-23                              AMDT 12
6200
       h.      Dependants who hold positions on CSE School Advisory Committees may be
       granted ½ a day special paid leave on three separate occasions within the school
       academic year in instruction to attend committee meetings. Advance notice of 2 weeks
       will be required together with prove of Advisory Committee membership.

       i.      Where compassionate leave and official travel at public expense has been
       authorised for a service person or UKBC by HQ UKSC J1 (or PM2 for UKBC) for the
       serious illness of their and/or their spouses registered as Emergency Contact/Next of
       Kin, 3 days Special leave and thereafter unpaid leave may be granted so that the
       spouse may accompany the head of household.

3.084 Special paid leave may be granted:

       a.    Retrospectively if an application is made on return to work and it would be
       unreasonable because of the urgent nature of the requirement to have expected the
       employee to notify his/her unit beforehand of the circumstances.

       b.   Before annual leave is exhausted to enable a Dependant to use a reasonable
       amount of annual leave for holiday purposes.

       c.     In cases where special leave is granted under these provisions and where travel
       is necessary up to two days unpaid travelling time will be authorised.

       d.    Time off may be granted, dependant upon work commitments, to attend the AFF
       Annual Conference in BFG and Authorised Dependant Council Assemblies.

3.085 Education Leave. Dependant employees who have completed 6 months service and
have an entitlement to paid leave are entitled to 5 days education leave within a calendar year,
subject to the needs of the Service or is part of IIP personal development objective and with line
management and OC GLSU approval. Education leave may be carried forward to give a max
entitlement of 10 days leave in two calendar years, but may not be taken in advance.

3.086 Paid education leave may be approved where a Dependant employee is undertaking a
course of study leading to a recognised educational or professional qualification, certificate or
diploma. Education leave should not be granted for the purpose of revision for examinations, it
may, however, be granted for examination attendance. The criteria to be applied is that the
course could normally be undertaken and examined within the UK public educational system
and in one of the following subjects, although the list is not exhaustive:

        Business Studies                              Mathematics
        Cartography                                   Modern Languages (including Welsh)
        Computing Science                             Philosophy
        Economics                                     Psychology
        Engineering                                   Public Administration
        English                                       Scientific and Technological Subjects
        Environmental Studies                         Social Studies
        European Economic Community                   Statistics
        Geography                                     Surveying
        History                                       Valuing
        Industrial Relations Law                      Work Study

        NVQ Training



SI BF(G)                                      3-24                                    AMDT 12
6200
3.087 Dependant employees should apply for education leave in writing to their line manager
with the details of the course they are undertaking, the qualification they are working towards
and leave dates sought. Applications for Educational Leave are to be submitted at least 6
weeks in advance, however, line management should exercise flexibility in situations where due
to the nature of the course being undertaken etc it is not possible to provide the requisite notice
period.

3.088 Leave Carried Forward. Transfer of leave up to a maximum of one week to the
following year may be permitted only where urgent operational or personal reasons such as
illness prevent the taking of leave by 31 December. In such cases leave must be applied for
before 31 December and is to commence before 31 March of the following year unless the
employee is prevented by unfitness for work in which case the leave is to be commenced within
two months of the establishment of fitness for work. The authority of OC GLSU/OC Cat B Unit
is required in all circumstances where Leave is to be Carried Forward.

3.088a. Transfer of Leave. Dependant Employees transferring between BFG Agencies
without a break in service remain employed with the same employer i.e. the Crown and cannot
therefore be legally required to take their leave prior to the transfer to another Dependant
Employment. However, wherever possible employees should be encouraged to take
outstanding leave prior to transfer and any carry-over leave to a new post must be agreed with
the GLSU prior to taking up the new post.

3.089 Payments in Lieu of Leave. Payment in lieu of leave may not be made during a period
of employment. Dependants are not permitted to take leave after their termination of
employment. Where, due to operational reasons, an exceptional payment can be made for any
entitled leave an employee has been unable to take before their last day of service. Such
payment may only be made with the written authority of the Budget Holder or his delegated
representative. It is not permissible to make payments in lieu of leave in cases of transferring
to another agency because the employee's employment relationship does not end.

3.090 Unpaid Leave. Unpaid Leave should only be permitted on compassionate grounds
where travel outside BFG is necessary. Under no circumstances should unpaid leave be
considered an entitlement. Unpaid leave on compassionate grounds is granted at the
discretion of the User Unit in consultation and with approval of OC GLSU. All other cases for
the granting of Unpaid Leave are to be referred to OC GLSU/OC Cat B Unit for a decision.

       a.     Where Unpaid Leave is taken over a public holiday, the provisions of paragraph
       3.069 apply.

       b.     Unpaid maternity leave is dealt with at paragraph 3.106.

       c.     Unpaid parental leave is dealt with at paragraph 3.125.

3.091 Up to two weeks unpaid leave may be granted to employees in instruction to allow
participation in exercises or training camps of the UK Territorial Army. This unpaid leave may
only be authorised by the OC Employing Unit/User Unit after consultation with the OC GLSU.

3.092 Periods of unpaid leave are to be ignored in determining incremental dates (see
paragraph 3.038).




SI BF(G)                                       3-25                                    AMDT 12
6200
Sickness

3.093 Occupational Sick Leave. Paid sick leave is applicable from the commencement of
employment. There is no entitlement to such pay within a period of unpaid leave.

3.094 Entitlement to paid sick leave is dependent upon the production of self-certified or
medical ‟Statement of Fitness for Work‟ for each day of sickness. The Employer reserves the
right to withdraw paid sick leave where no valid sick certificate is supplied in the way previously
described or in cases where the sickness is as a result of misappropriate behaviour on the part
of the employee.

3.095 Maximum permitted paid sick leave in any 12-month period is 10 working weeks for all
Dependant Employees. For this purpose breaks in service occurring during the twelve month
period will be ignored and where more than one contract of employment has been in operation
over the 12 month period, all sickness will be aggregated towards the10 week total.

(Note: Employees who remain continuously sick over the eligibility cycle have no recurring
entitlement to paid sick leave.)

3.096 Employees contracted to work on a regular basis as group 3 or 4 will be due sick pay
based on work patterns in the preceding 3 month period, or according to a forecast of hours for
the current month provided by the Line Manager.

The following arrangements for notification and certification apply:

       a.      If a Dependant is unfit for work they or someone on their behalf, must notify the
       employing unit on the first day of absence. If the period of sickness lasts for seven
       calendar days or less the employee, on return to work, must immediately present a self-
       certified sick form to his/her employer. A self-certified sick form cannot be backdated
       more than two days. See Annex B to this section . If the sick absence exceeds seven
       calendar days a „Statement of Fitness for Work‟ Certificate issued by a doctor must be
       obtained. Sick leave without a „Statement of Fitness for Work‟ Certificate or a self
       certified sick form is not admissible and any days of sickness not covered by a
       certificate will be deemed as unauthorised absence. Employing units are to forward all
       sick certificates to the Pay Bureau without delay. Dependants may certify themselves
       sick up to four times in a period of 12 months. Any subsequent periods of absence
       through illness must be supported by a doctor's certificate. A doctors Statement of
       Fitness for Work Certificate will be required for subsequent periods, although in
       exceptional circumstances SSP may be payable without a doctors certificate.

       b. Once a Statement of Fitness for Work Certificate (see Appx 1 to Annex B) has
       been issued for any period of sickness, further self-certified sickness forms will not be
       accepted unless the employee has resumed work for at least one full day. Any period of
       self-certified sickness immediately following a doctor's certificate will be treated as
       unauthorised absence.

       c.     Backdated Statement of Fitness for Work Certificate by more than two days will
       only be accepted in exceptional circumstances.




SI BF(G)                                       3-26                                     AMDT 12
6200
      d.       When an individual falls ill during a period of paid or unpaid leave, and they
      wish to claim back the paid leave days, they should obtain a Statement of Fitness
      for Work Certificate to cover the period of illness. If on unpaid leave the individual
      will remain on unpaid leave as this cannot be amended to sick leave. The individual
      is further required to inform the employing unit or their parent GLSU as soon as
      possible about this unfitness for work and its expected duration. If abroad (ie
      outside Germany) the individual is also required to inform the employing unit, or the
      GLSU, by the fastest possible means about the expected length of sickness and
      the contact address whilst overseas. Reasonable costs for this notification may be
      refunded by the employer provided receipts are obtained. Paid leave days only may
      be credited back to the employee‟s leave record on receipt of a certified doctors
      sick note covering the period of the unfitness for work. If an individual falls ill on
      their first day of unpaid leave and a Statement of Fitness for Work Certificate is
      provided at that time then the period covered by the certificate will be recorded as
      sick leave.

       e.     In circumstances where it is considered that an individual is abusing the use
      of the self-certified certificate, the Head of Agency may request that the dependant
      employees submits a Statement of Fitness for Work certificate for each period of
      sickness absence. However, before contemplating such action the employee is to
      be formally interviewed by the Head of Agency and advised of the reason for taking
      such action. At this interview is should be pointed out that the employee retains the
      right to appeal using the normal grievance procedure.

3.097 Sickness Benefits. Dependant employees are entitled to remain on full pay during
periods of sickness up to the limits detailed at paragraph 3.095. Dependants are not
permitted to draw either pay and sickness benefit or Statutory Sick Pay (SSP) and
sickness benefit at the same time. All Dependant employees are to certify their
acknowledgement of this obligation by completing the certificate at Annex C to this section
upon engagement. The certificate is to be retained by the GLSU.

3.098 An employee who does not qualify for sick pay from BFG, having been sick beyond
the maximum period allowed at paragraph 3.095, may still be entitled to receive SSP or to
claim UK sickness benefits. Similarly, an employee who is not entitled to SSP may be
entitled to claim sickness benefit. Detailed advice should be sought from the GLSU who
will obtain SSP exclusion form from the LEC Pay Bureau, CCC Section (see para 3.104).

3.099 Statutory Sick Pay. Dependant employees are entitled to receive Statutory Sick
Pay (SSP) to a maximum of 28 continuous weeks in any three year period, provided they
satisfy HM R&C eligibility criteria which may be obtained from the GLSU.

3.100 To qualify for SSP there must be a period of incapacity for work (PIW) of four or
more consecutive days of sickness (Sundays and Public Holidays are included).

3.101 SSP is only paid for days on which the employee would have worked and any
public holidays which occur during a period of sick leave. Such days are termed as
„qualifying days'. There must be at least one qualifying day in each week. However, if the
employee is not due to work in a particular week the qualifying day for that week is
deemed to be the Wednesday. (A week for this purpose begins on Sunday).



SI BF(G)                                   3-27                                   AMDT 12
6200
3.102 SSP is not paid for the first three qualifying days except where two PIWs are less
than 56 calendar days apart, in which case the PIWs are considered to be linked and the
three waiting days in the second PIW are waived.

3.103 Occupational Sick Leave. Where an individual is entitled to payments of both
Occupational Sick Pay and Statutory Sick Pay both schemes will run concurrently and the
amount of Occupational Sick Pay will equal the difference between Statutory Sick Pay and
the employees normal full basic rate of pay. Once Occupational Sick Pay has been
exhausted the employee may be entitled to receive SSP only (see paragraph 3.099)

3.104 If on the first day of a PIW a Dependant does not qualify for SSP for any reason, or
they have received their full SSP entitlement, a form is issued to the employee by the Pay
Bureau enabling the employee to claim Sickness Benefit from the IR

3.105 The employees average weekly earnings determine whether SSP is payable.
Rates of SSP and earnings threshold are published annually by the inland revenue and
are revised on 6 April each year. SSP is paid at Sterling rates converted to Euro at the
current General Accounting Rate (GAR).

Maternity

3.106 Time Off for Antenatal Care/Introduction to Parenthood Courses.
An expectant mother is entitled to time off to keep appointments for antenatal care. This is
not restricted to medical examinations. It could, for example, include relaxation classes
and parent craft classes as long as they are advised by a registered medical practitioner,
registered midwife or registered health visitor. Evidence of the appointment may be
requested by the line manager and, where necessary, a certificate of pregnancy signed by
a doctor or midwife.

3.107 Maternity Leave. In addition to Antenatal Care /Introduction to Parenthood
courses, a maternity leave entitlement of 52 weeks exists for all expectant mothers
regardless of length of service. The 52 week maternity leave period is broken down into
two periods. It should be noted that maternity leave and any entitlement to pay during this
period, which is known as Statutory Maternity Pay (SMP) are two separate entitlements.

3.108 Ordinary Maternity Leave. A Dependant employee is entitled to 26 weeks
Ordinary Maternity Leave (OML), or as much of that period as they wish to take,
regardless of length of service with the employer. The 26 weeks OML is regarded as
working time for the calculation of annual leave and is counted as reckonable service for
Christmas and Leave bonuses (for those eligible grades), Gratuities and Incremental
Assessment.

3.109. The employee has the right to return to work in the post and grade she occupied,
irrespective of her length of service or hours of work. If the post has been disestablished
during her absence on OML she has the right to return to a post with the same grade and
pay and in the same geographical location.




SI BF(G)                                    3-28                                 AMDT 12
6200
3.110 To establish her entitlement to maternity leave the employee is to:

      a.     Inform the GLSU/HQ SCE of the start date of her maternity leave no later
      than the end of the 15th week before EWC.

      b.     Produce a certificate of the expected confinement. (see paragraph 3.114)

3.111 The earliest date at which a dependant can elect to start OML is the beginning of
the 11th week before the EWC. The actual start of OML will be the earliest of:

      a.     The intended start date which she has notified.

      b.     An employee who is absent from work due to illness will normally be able to
      take sick leave until she starts maternity leave on the day notified to her employer.
      However, if the absence is related to her pregnancy, the maternity leave period
      starts automatically on the day after the first day of absence following the beginning
      of the 4th week before the expected week of childbirth.

      c.     The day that follows the day on which childbirth occurs.


3.111A In the latter two cases the employee must notify the GLSU/HQ SCE as soon as is
reasonably practicable, and in writing that her absence is wholly or partly because of
pregnancy, or that she has given birth. A woman will not be entitled to maternity leave if
she does not notify the GLSU/HQ SCE that she has given birth and of the date on which
the birth occurred.

3.111B        A minimum of two weeks maternity leave (within OML period) must be taken
following the birth. This is known as Compulsory Maternity Leave.

3.112 Additional Maternity Leave (AML) Additional Maternity Leave lasts for up to 26
weeks and, if taken, must follow immediately after OML. 26 weeks AML is to be regarded
as working time for the calculation of contractual annual leave. The AML period is
counted as continuous service for Christmas and Leave bonuses (for those eligible
grades), Dependant Gratuities and incremental assessment. The right to return to work
remains (in the same geographical location) although where it is no longer possible for an
employee to return to the same post, alternative employment may be offered such as is
appropriate to her in the circumstances.

3.113 Annual Leave An employee will normally be entitled to their full annual leave
accrued during the OML/AML period. Should employment cease during the maternity
absence then leave will be calculated on a pro rata basis up to the termination date. It is
not possible to take annual leave and maternity leave at the same time. Any outstanding
leave for the current year should where possible be taken prior to the commencement of
the maternity leave period if this runs up to or beyond the 31 st December. If the employee
is on maternity leave into the new year, then any outstanding leave for the new leave year
is to be taken after cessation of maternity leave in the normal manner.




SI BF(G)                                   3-29                                  AMDT 12
6200
3.114 Statutory Maternity Pay Dependant employees who satisfy the conditions laid
down by the IR are entitled to Statutory Maternity Pay. Administration of SMP records and
subsequent payments are handled centrally through the LEC Pay Bureau. Details are as
follows:

      a.      An employee must have been employed by BFG without a break for at least
      26 weeks including (and ending with) the qualifying week (the 15th week before the
      baby is due). The employee must have been employed at least one day in the
      qualifying week. Cases where there have been a break in service of less than 3
      months may be considered upon provision of details to the LEC Pay Bureau.

      b.     To be entitled to SMP there is a legal requirement for the employee to notify
      her employer of certain information. Upon taking up employment employees are
      required to complete a 'Requirement for Notification of Pregnancy' Certificate at
      Annex D to this section. The completed certificate is to be held on the employee's
      personal file.

      c.      On confirmation of pregnancy the employee is to present to the
      GLSU/HQ SCE/Cat 'B' Unit , IR Form Mat B1 (Maternity Certificate), which is a
      certificate of expected confinement signed by a Doctor or UK registered Midwife. If such
      forms are not available, a locally produced certificate at Appendix 1 to Annex D of this
      Section may be used.

      d.      On receipt of Maternity Certificate the GLSU/HQ SCE is to complete the
      'Notification of Pregnancy Certificate', at Appendix 2 to Annex D to this section, and
      forward it to the LEC Pay Bureau. If, subsequently, details change an amended
      'Notification of Pregnancy Certificate' is to be forwarded.

      e    On receipt of the 'Notification of Pregnancy Certificate' and Form Mat
      B1 the LEC Pay Bureau will determine whether SMP is admissible and if so notify the
      employee direct by letter. If the employee is not entitled to SMP the employee will be
      forwarded a Form SMP 1 and Claim Form MA 1, together with instructions on how to
      claim Maternity Allowance.

3.115 Statutory Maternity Pay - Rules/Qualification

      a.    The employee has to have been in continuous employment with BFG for at least
      26 weeks ending with the 15th week before EWC (known as the qualifying week).

      b.     The employee's average weekly earnings in the eight weeks up to and including
      the qualifying week (or equivalent if paid monthly) have been at least equal to the lower
      earnings limit for National Insurance Contributions.

      c.   Provided 'a' and 'b' are met the employee will be entitled to SMP for up to a
      maximum of 39 weeks.




SI BF(G)                                     3-30                                     AMDT 12
6200
d.     The SMP period can begin:

              (1)     The day after childbirth occurs.

               (2)   The day following the day after the beginning of the fourth week before
               EWC on which the woman is absent from work due to pregnancy related
               reasons.

              (3)  Early birth - where the woman has to stop work and
              commence OML.

       e. In cases where a woman leaves her employment at any time (resigned
       from employment) before the SMP period has started, but after the beginning of the 11th
       week before EWC and not later than a week immediately following the week in which
       she is confined, the first week of the SMP period shall be the week after the week in
       which her employment ends.

       f.   SMP will be paid at the following rates:

              (1)     For the first six weeks, 90% of the average weekly earnings

               (2)      The remaining weeks (33) at the IR rate or 90% of the average weekly
               pay if less than the current IR rate.

       g.     SMP is paid whether the employee intends to return to work or not. It is only paid
       when not being paid by MOD. This means that the employee is not permitted to work or
       be on normal paid leave during the time she is in receipt of SMP.

       h.       A woman will be entitled to SMP provided she leaves work after the start of the
       15th week before EWC. SMP will not though be paid until the 11th week before EWC.
       It is the employee's decision whether to stop work on this date or work on. Pregnancy
       related absence in the last 4 weeks before EWC will automatically trigger the start of
       OML and consequently SMP if entitled.

       i.     It is the employee's decision as to how long they wish to claim SMP, but
       regulations state that the 26 weeks OML must include 2 weeks Compulsory Maternity
       Leave from the date of birth.

3.115A Stillbirths

Even if the baby survives only for an instant it is a live birth and the employee will be
entitled to receive SMP if eligible. If the baby is stillborn earlier than the 25 th week of the
pregnancy, the employee will not be entitled to SMP, but may be entitled to SSP on
production of the appropriate doctors medical certificates. If the baby is stillborn after the
start of the 25th week of the pregnancy, the employee will be entitled to the same SMP
that they would have received if the baby had been alive.




SI BF(G)                                       3-31                                    AMDT 12
6200
3.116       Returning To Work/Termination

If an employee returns to work at the end of the full 52 weeks of maternity leave, they do not need
to provide any further notice.

        a.      The day they return to work will normally
        be the first working day 52 weeks after maternity leave commenced. If they wish to return to
        work before the end of the full maternity leave period, they must give GLSUHQ SCE eight
        weeks notice prior to the new date of return.

        b.      If an employee attempts to return to work
        without giving eight weeks notice, then GLSU/HQ SCE may postpone the return until the full
        eight weeks notice has been given. If an employee decides not to return to work or the head
        of family is posted during the maternity leave, then the employee must inform GLSU in
        writing giving the necessary notice period.

        c.     If the employee has made it clear from the start that they do not wish to return to
        work then the contract will normally be terminated following the 52 weeks maternity
        absence. Irrespective of this, payment will continue until the end of the 39 weeks SMP
        period. If they are posted during their maternity leave period then the contract is to be
        terminated taking the normal notice period of 4 weeks into account..
        For the entire OML/AML period the normal contractual rights for both parties apply.
        Therefore in order to qualify for a gratuity the employee must give the correct notice apart
        from the normal exceptions made within Standing Instructions.

        d.      Should the employee not report for work on the expected date, then the
        GLSU/HQSCE is to write to them explaining that as an Employee they were obliged to
        inform the Employer if they had decided not to return to work after their Maternity Leave or if
        they were hindered in doing so. The GLSU/HQ SCE is to request that the Employee
        confirms their intention not to return to work or why they are currently hindered in doing so
        as soon as possible. Further to this it is to be stated that should nothing be heard or the
        reason for non-return be unjustified, then the contract of employment will be terminated 28
        calendar days following the date of issue (date in letter heading).

3.117 Maternity Allowance (MA)

        a.     If an employee is not entitled to SMP, they may be entitled to Maternity Allowance
        (MA). To be entitled, an employee must have been employed and/or self-employed for at
        least 26 weeks in the 66 weeks up to and including the week before the baby is born. This
        66 week period is known as the Test Period.

        b.       Part weeks are counted as full weeks and an employee must have earned on
        average at least £30 or more a week over any 13 weeks in the Test Period. Maternity
        Allowance starts at the earliest from the 11th week before the week the baby is due and the
        latest from the day following the birth. It is paid for a maximum of 39 weeks. MA will start
        from any day after an employee has stopped work to have the baby. This means that the
        MA should start from the first day of the maternity leave. However, if the baby is born before
        the start of the 11th week or before the start of the MA pay period, then MA will start from the
        day following the birth of the baby.




SI BF(G)                                         3-32                                       AMDT 12
6200
       c.     Additionally, if the employee is absent from work wholly or partly because of
       pregnancy on or after the beginning of the 4th week before the expected week of
       confinement, this will trigger the start of the Maternity Allowance Period. It will start
       automatically from the day following the first complete day the employee is absent from
       work for a pregnancy related illness. MA is normally paid at a standard weekly rate and this
       can be seen at the LEC website under www.lecsupport.bfgnet.de, or 90% of the average
       gross weekly earnings, whichever is the lower. MA is only paid in the weeks the employee is
       not being paid by her employer. This means that the employee is not allowed to work or be
       on leave during the time they receive MA.

3.118 Notification Of Pregnancy

.      a.      To take maternity leave the employee must inform the GLSU no later than the end of
       the 15th week before the baby is due (or as soon as is reasonably practicable) that they are
       pregnant, when the expected week of childbirth is and when they wish to commence their
       maternity leave. They are not required to state a return to work date when they inform
       GLSU/HQ SCE of the pregnancy. The GLSU/HQ SCE is to write to the employee within 28
       calendar days of receiving the Notification of Pregnancy form, to advise the employee of the
       end date of the maternity leave period. This notification is to be a comprehensive guide,
       advising the employee of their rights and duties and giving clear information on procedures
       and the sequence of events.

       b.      An employee can change the date they wish to start their maternity leave as long as
       they notify GLSU/HQ SCE of the new start date 28 calendar days before the date they
       originally intended to start maternity leave or 28 calendar days prior to the new date,
       whichever is the earlier.

       c.       Once the employee is within 20 weeks of the birth of the child they are to
       produce a certificate of confinement (MATB1 (Maternity Certificate) which is to be
       signed by a doctor or midwife. It must be stressed here that the document will only be
       valid if it has been signed and stamped within the 20 week period. An example of this
       document can be seen at Appendix 1 to Annex D of this section.

       d. Once submitted by the employee, this document can be forwarded to the LEC Pay
       Bureau together with the official application for maternity pay (Appendix 2 to Annex D to
       this section). Particular care must be taken when completing this document, especially
       in informing the employee that payment can be made to a UK address if required.

3.119. Returning from Ordinary Maternity Leave. The GLSU/HQ SCE is to write to the
employee within 28 days of receiving the Notification of Pregnancy form advising them of the
date when they are expected back at work. The date will be the first working day 26 weeks after
the commencement of OML. Where a woman wishes to return to work early from OML she
must give the GLSU/HQ SCE eight weeks notice of the date of her return. However, in cases
where the GLSU/HQ SCE has failed to notify the employee with 28 days of receiving the
notification of pregnancy of her return to work the employee will be under no obligation to give
notice of an early return nor will the GLSU/HQ SCE be able to postpone her return.




SI BF(G)                                      3-33                                     AMDT 12
6200
3.120 Returning from Additional Maternity Leave. The GLSU/HQ SCE is to write to the
employee who has an entitlement to AML within 28 days of receiving the notification of
Pregnancy advising them of the date when they expected back at work. The date will be the
first working day 52 weeks after the commencement of OML and AML periods.
As with OML where a woman wishes to return to work early from AML she must give the
GLSU/HQ SCE eight weeks notice of the date of her return. Also in cases where the GLSU/HQ
SCE has failed to notify the employee with 28 days of receiving the notification of pregnancy of
her return to work the employee will be under no obligation to give notice of an early return nor
will the GLSU/HQ SCE be able to postpone her return.

3.121 Keeping in Touch (KIT) days

Employees may, in consultation with their working unit and GLSU/HQ SCE carry out up to ten
days work, known as “Keeping in Touch Days” at any stage during the maternity leave period,
except during the first two weeks after the baby is born.

       a.      The type of work that can be undertaken on Keeping in Touch Days is a matter of
       agreement between the employee and their working unit. They may be used for any
       activity which would ordinarily be classed as work under the current contract, but can
       also be used for example, for attending a conference, undertaking a training activity or
       attending a team meeting.
       b.     The employee will be able to work under contract of service for the employer for
       up to 10 days during the Maternity Pay Period (MPP), which is 39 weeks, without losing
       any SMP. For those in receipt of MA, they are also entitled to up to 10 days during the
       Maternity Allowance Period (MAP) i.e. 39 weeks without losing MA.
       c.     An employee is not required to work during maternity leave if they do not wish to.

       d.      Any work an employee carries out as a KIT day, even as little as half an hour for
       example, will be counted as a whole day for KIT days. They can be taken as single
       days; in blocks of two or more days; or can be taken consecutively.

       e.     Once the employee has used up the 10 KIT days and further work is carried out,
       then the employee will lose a week‟s SMP for the week in the MPP in which work has
       been carried out. If a week in the MPP contains only KIT days, the employee will be paid
       SMP for that week.

       f.     If a week in the MPP contains the last KIT day and the employee does a further
       days work in the same week for the employer they will lose SMP for that week or in the
       case of MA, a days MA for any day on which they worked. The employee must tell their
       Jobcentre Plus office if they do any work for an employer (including work they do on KIT
       days) in the MAP.

       g.    For any KIT days that an employee works under contract of service for the
       employer paying them SMP, the employer must pay SMP for that week as a minimum.

       h.     KIT attendance hours are to be recorded on the BFG 24.

3.121A KIT remuneration outside of the SMP period
       a.     Should any of the KIT days be taken in the last (unpaid) period of Additional
       Maternity Leave, then this is to be remunerated at the usual daily pay rate for the tariff in
       which the employee works.

       b.     KIT attendance hours must be recorded on the BFG Form 24.

SI BF(G)                                       3-34                                      AMDT 12
6200
3.122 Health And Safety At Work

      a.      Employers are required to protect the health and safety at work of all employees,
      including new and expectant mothers. The Management of Health and Safety at Work
      regulations 1999 require employers to assess risks to their employees, including new
      and expectant mothers and do what is reasonably practicable to control those risks.

      b.      To meet their legal obligations, employers are required to carry out a specific risk
      assessment, paying particular attention to risks that could affect the health and safety of
      the new or expectant mother or her child. GLSU is to instruct Line Management to carry
      out a risk assessment once the employee has informed them of the pregnancy.

3.123 Adoption Leave

Adoption Leave is available to employees who are newly matched with a child for adoption by
an approved agency and who have 26 continuous weeks BFG service leading into the week
they are notified of the adoption.
For the most part Ordinary Adoption Leave (OAL) and Additional Adoption Leave (AAL)
provisions mirror those for OML and AML.

      a.      The “Notification of Adoption” proforma contained at Appendix 3 to Annex D to
      this instruction is required by the GLSU/HQ SCE and LEC pay Bureau. Appended to
      this proforma a copy of the “matching certificate/placement letter will be required to allow
      adoption leave. If the child is from a country which doesn‟t provide a matching
      certificate then the person is not eligible for adoption.

      b.     OAL will be 26 weeks. AAL will also be 26 weeks.

      c.      If the placement is not successful and ends during the adoption leave period, or
      the child dies, then the employee will be allowed to continue the leave for a maximum of
      8 weeks after the placement ends.

      d.      The employee must notify the GLSU/HQ SCE of an intention to take OAL within 7
      days of being notified by the adoption agency, unless not reasonably practicable (This
      to include when the child is due to be placed and when the adoption leave is to
      commence).

      e.     It can be taken by either of the parents and is available for those adopting a child
      up to aged 18.

      f.     The earliest date on which leave can begin is 14 days before the expected week
      of placement.

      g.      An employee can change the date they wish to start their Adoption Leave as long as
      they notify GLSU/HQ SCE of the new start date 28 calendar days before the date they
      originally intended to start adoption leave or 28 calendar days prior to the new date,
      whichever is the earlier.

      h.      As with the standard maternity regulations an employee who wishes to change
      their date of return from adoption leave is required to give 8 weeks notice.

      i.      As with the standard maternity regulations, adoption leave carries the right to
      return to work and protection from detriment and dismissal.


SI BF(G)                                      3-35                                     AMDT 12
6200
Adoption Leave is not applicable where a child is not newly matched for adoption (e.g. where a
step-parent is adopting a partner's child). It is only available to one member of a couple who
are adopting. Only one period of leave is available irrespective of how many children are
adopted as part of the same arrangement.

3.124 Statutory Adoption Pay (SAP)

SAP will be paid for 39 weeks at the standard rate of SMP (current HM R&C weekly rate or
90% of average weekly earnings if this is less than the weekly HM R&C rate). The difference is
that the 15th week period is calculated at the time the parents are matched with the child i.e. 26
weeks service at this time triggers off longer leave and pay. At that time a matching certificate
is issued to the parents similar to the MatB1 issued for maternity.

3.125 Parental Leave (PL) Entitlement
A dependant employee is entitled to 13 weeks PL in respect of each child, born or adopted.
Periods of PL are to be unpaid. Periods of sickness during PL will continue to be regarded
as PL. A parent of a child eligible for a „disability living allowance‟, who qualifies for PL in all
other respects is entitled to 18 weeks PL.

       a.      To qualify for the right to be absent from work on PL, an employee must fulfill the
       following conditions:

               (1)    Continuous Service. The employee must have one years' continuous
               service as at the date of starting PL.

               (2)     The Child. The child in respect of which PL is sought must either:

                       (a)     Not have passed their 5th birthday throughout PL (18th birthday
                       if the child is disabled).

                       Or

                       (b)    Have been placed with the employee for adoption on or after 15
                       December 1999, and must not have passed their 18th birthday.
                       Additionally, the right to PL in respect of that child expires on the fifth
                       anniversary of placement for adoption.

                       (c)     Be born or adopted on or after 15 December 1999 and have been
                       awarded disability living allowance, in which case PL can be taken up until
                       the child's 18th birthday.

       b.      Applying for Parental Leave. An employee is required to give 21 calendar days
       notice of their wish to take PL and provide certain evidence of their entitlement (birth
       certificate/adoption instruction). Notice does not have to be in writing. Leave may be
       taken only in multiples of a week. If a part of a week is taken, it counts as a whole week.
        However, if the child is disabled PL can be taken in multiples of a day. The maximum
       amount of PL to be taken in any one year is 4 weeks for each child. For each employee,
       their year is determined by the anniversary of when they first became entitled to PL in
       respect of that child.

       c.      Paternal Parental Leave. Fathers wanting leave starting when their child is born
       need to give at least 21 calendar days' notice before beginning of the expected week of
       childbirth, stating the expected week of childbirth and the amount of leave to be taken.

SI BF(G)                                         3-36                                      AMDT 12
6200
      d.      Adoptive Parental Leave. Those who want leave starting when a child is placed
      with them for adoption should give 21 calendar days notice before the beginning of the
      week of expected placement specifying the week in which placement is expected and
      the amount of leave to be taken. Where it is not reasonably practicable to give 21
      calendar days notice, the adoptive parent must give notice as soon as is reasonably
      practicable.

      e.      Other Child-Care Parental Leave. In other cases the employee must give 21
      calendar days notice specifying when they want the leave to start and the amount of
      leave to be taken. Evidence of the age of a child and of parental responsibility for the
      child is to be provided.

      f.     Postponing Parental Leave. GLSU may not postpone requests for Paternal
      or Adoptive PL. Other requests may be postponed once in circumstances where the
      GLSU/HQ SCE considers that the operation of the business would be unduly disrupted.
       The postponement must:

             (1)     Be in writing.

             (2)     State the reason for the postponement.

             (3)     Defer leave by no longer than 6 months.

             (4)    Specify the start and finish dates for leave of the same length as had
             been requested.

      g.      The notice of postponement must be given to the employee no later than 7
      calendar days after the employee's request for PL. If postponement results in PL falling
      after the fifth anniversary of the child's birth or adoption, it may still be taken.

      h.     During Parental Leave. During PL an employee is entitled to the benefit of
      terms and conditions of employment prescribed by regulations, which would have
      applied if they had not been absent (excepting those terms and conditions about
      remuneration).

      i.      Ending Parental Leave. Employees taking 4 weeks PL or less have the right to
      return to the job in which they were employed before the absence. Where leave in
      excess of 4 weeks has been granted, and in situations where PL follows on directly from
      AML, there is the right to return to their job, unless it is not reasonably practicable for the
      employer to permit this, in which case they are to return to a job which is both suitable
      and appropriate for them to do in the circumstances.

      j.     Terms and conditions as to remuneration must be no less favourable than if they
      had not been absent since the start of PL. If a woman takes PL immediately after AML,
      the terms and conditions on which she re-starts must be no less favourable than when
      she started her OML.

      k.     If the employee is not to return to work at the end of PL (or, indeed, during it) the
      ending of employment will require resignation.

      Where an employee decides not to return, GLSU/HQ SCE should ensure that the
      necessary formalities concerning resignation are in place, so that it can be shown as the
      reason for ending employment and the effective date of termination (EDT) is plain.

SI BF(G)                                       3-37                                      AMDT 12
6200
3.126 Paternity Leave

Paternity Leave is two weeks absence for the purpose of caring for a child or supporting the
mother. The qualifying conditions are:

       a.    The employee must have at least 26 weeks continuous employment ending with
       the week immediately prior to the 14th week before the expected week of childbirth.

       b.     Be the biological father or be married to or be the partner of the child's mother.

       c.     Have or expect to have responsibility for the upbringing of the child.

       d.      Provide 28 calendar days notice of intention to take this leave before the 15th
       week before the expected week of childbirth or as soon as is reasonably practicable
       thereafter and produce evidence. The notice is to specify the expected week of
       childbirth, the length of leave being taken and the intended start date.

       e.    Paternity Leave may start on any day and must be taken in two single blocks of 1
       week or one block of two weeks.

       f.      The two weeks leave is to be taken within 56 calendar days of the birth or the
       start of the expected week of childbirth. Paternity leave also applies in cases of
       adoption. It can also be taken by a woman in situations where an adoptive father takes
       adoption leave.

3.127 Statutory Paternity Pay (SPP)

       a.     SPP is applicable to employee's who have 26 weeks' continuous BFG
       employment and have average earnings over an 8-week qualifying period of current IR
       rate. The payment period must be within 56 calendar days of the date of birth or the
       expected week of childbirth and will be the lower of the current statutory rate per week
       or 90% of average weekly earnings.

       b.      The contract of employment continues throughout. The employee has the right
       to return to the job in which they were employed prior to taking paternity leave with all
       rights and seniority preserved.

Flexible Working

3.128 Qualification. The Employment Act 2002 as amended in Apr 2009 placed a statutory
duty on employers to consider requests for flexible working either by:

       a.     Changing the hours they work.

       b.     Changing to the times when they are required to work

       c.     Or to work from home.




SI BF(G)                                      3-38                                     AMDT 12
6200
3.129. This therefore applies to dependant employees who may make requests for flexible
working hours provided they meet the following criteria:

       a.     They have worked continuously with BFG for 26 weeks at the date the
       application is made.

       b.     Have a child aged 16 and under or 18 in the case of a disabled child.

       c.     .Have or expect to have responsibility for the child's upbringing.

       e.     Be making the application to enable them to care for the child.

       f.     Not to have made another application to work flexibly under the right during he
       past 12 months.

3.130 Request Process. Written requests are in the first instance to be made to Unit Civil
Labour Officer/Line Manager. The employee request is to include

       a.     A statement confirming they have the responsibility for the upbringing of the child
       and that they are either the moth, father, adopter, guardian or foster parent or are
       married to or the partner of them.

3.130A The application must

       a.     Be made well in advance of when the flexible working is to take effect.

       b.     Be in writing

       c.     Be dated

       d.     State that the application is made under the statutory right to request a flexible
              working pattern,

       e.     Give details of the flexible working pattern being applied for, including the date
              from which it is to start.

       f.     Explain what effect it is believed the new working pattern will have on the
              business and how any effect might be dealt with.

       g.     State wheter a previous application has been made and if so when.

      .
A procedural flow chart is at Annex F to this Section.




SI BF(G)                                       3-39                                     AMDT 12
6200
3.131. Grounds for Refusal. Legitimate grounds for refusal are all 'Business Reasons' and
include:

       a.      The Burden of additional cost.

       b.      Inability to re-organise work amongst existing staff

       c.      Inability to recruit additional staff

       d.      Detrimental impact on quality

       e.      Detrimental impact on performance

       f.      Insufficiency of work during the periods the employee proposes to work

       g.      Planned structural changes.

       h.      Other grounds that may be specified in regulations.

Refusals under these grounds need to be justified by evidence.

Accidents and Injuries

3.132. A Dependant employee who considers that he/she has suffered injury as a result of
negligence or fault of the employer, a fellow employee acting within the scope of his/her official
duties, dangerous working practice, defective equipment, insufficient training etc., should be
advised to forward full details of the case, including the reason why they consider the employer
to have been responsible, to the Area Claims Officer, North West Europe, JHQ, BFPO 140.
GLSUs are to keep a record of accidents and injuries at work affecting Dependant employees.
The information recorded may be required as supporting evidence by the IR if the employee
subsequently claims for an invalidity benefit. It is required to be kept for a period of 12 years.

3.133. Third Party Claims. Dependant employees who believe they have a justifiable claim for
loss of salary/wages as a result of an accident/incident involving a third party which prevents
their attendance at work should forward details of the case, including any applicable statements
to the Area Claims Officer, North West Europe, JHQ, BFPO 140.

Special Instructions for Dependant Nursing Staff

3.134 The implementation of the Nurses, Midwives and Health Visitors Act 1979 created a
single professional register of Nurses, Midwives and Health Visitors. The register is maintained
by the UK Central Council (UKCC) for Nursing, Midwifery and Health Visitors.

3.135 The validity of claimed registered qualifications is to be checked by the GLSU. All
Dependants seeking nursing employment are to apply to have their qualifications verified at the
initial job registration phase using the proforma at Annex E to this section. Production by the
applicant of evidence of registration is not, in itself, sufficient proof and is to be confirmed by the
UKCC. GLSUs are to write direct to the Confirmation Section UKCC at the following address:

       Confirmation Section
       UKCC
       23 Portland Place
       London W1N 3AF

SI BF(G)                                          3-40                                     AMDT 12
6200
3.136 When completing this proforma it is essential that UKCC are given the following
information:

       a.     MOD Caller Code (PG 01).

       b.     Full Name of Individual.

       c.     Date of Birth.

       c.     Personal Identification Number (PIN). If the PIN is not known, personal
              registration details can still be found by using old registration numbers.

Casual Employment

3.137 Only those employees who are casual are to be placed on zero hours contracts. A
casual is a person who is vetted and contracted so that he or she can be contacted shortly
before work is available and offered it for a period of a few hours or days without the need for
further contract action.

3.137A Anyone expected to turn up for work on a regular basis is not a casual and is to have a
minimum of daily hours agreed in their contract. A requirement to work in excess of these can
automatically be made part of the contract where such agreements are necessary for health
and safety reasons, e.g. bus escorts.


Bus Escorts/School Crossing Attendants

3.138 Bus Escorts/School Crossing Attendants are to be paid for hours actually worked. They
must be proficient in spoken English, aged 18 years or over, physically active and have
sufficiently authoritative presence for the task of maintaining control in the bus.

3.139 Hours of work are to be governed by the time spent by the Bus Escort on the bus for
each journey, and for pay purposes are to be aggregated over the monthly pay period and
rounded up to the nearest quarter of an hour.

.3.140 Bus Escorts/School Crossing Attendant wages are enhanced by 17.1% to account for
loss of pay during school holidays. Payment will be made on a monthly basis, related to
attendance periods. There is no entitlement to paid annual leave. Contracts for Bus Escorts
are specifically to state that salary in issue includes enhancement – incorporating payment for
annual leave. Special Leave provisions as contained at paragraphs 3.083 and 3.084 are
applicable.

                      SUB SECTION 5 - EMPLOYMENT OF JUVENILES

Terms and Conditions of Service - Juveniles

3.141 It is the duty of an employer to protect Juveniles from excess stress and danger in the
workplace. Dependant Juveniles (aged 16 - 18) are employed in accordance with current
Dependant terms and conditions with the following exceptions:

       a.     Hours of Work. Juveniles may not be employed for more than 40 hours per
       week and generally not more than eight hours per day. The eight hours are to include
       rest periods listed below.

SI BF(G)                                       3-41                                    AMDT 12
6200
      b.     Juveniles are not to be employed for more than five days per week.

      c.    If a working day is less than eight hours, up to eight and a half hours may be
      worked on subsequent days to make up the weekly maximum of 40 hours.

      d.    Working Hours. Juveniles may only be employed between the hours of 0600
      and 2000, with the following exceptions:

             (1)    In Messes and Hospital kitchens.

             (2)    Up to 2300 hrs in establishments where shift work is performed.

             (3)    In isolated units where there are transport problems juveniles may start
             from 0530 hrs or work until 2300 hrs to avoid unnecessary waiting time.

             (4)    When in the Summer work activities subject employees to excessive heat
             Juveniles may, with authority from LEC Sp Svcs, HQ UKSC commence work at
             0500 hrs.

             e.      Saturday Working. Juveniles are not to work on Saturdays except in the
             following:

             (1)    Hospitals.

             (2)    Transport establishments.

             (3)    Domestic employment.

             (4)    Messes and hospital kitchens.

             (5)    In connection with training facilities outside the normal place of work.

             (6)    In connection with sport.

             (7)    In connection with emergency medical services.

             (8)    Vehicle repair shops.

      Two Saturdays per month must be work free and the five day week rule applies.

      f.     Sunday Work. Juveniles are not to work on Sundays except in the following:

             (1)    Hospitals.

             (2)    Messes and hospital kitchens.

             (3)    In connection with sport.

             (4)    In connection with emergency medical services.

      Where Sunday work is required Juveniles are to be given every second Sunday off and
      the five day week rule applies.



SI BF(G)                                     3-42                                     AMDT 12
6200
       g.     Shift Work. Juveniles must not work for more than 10 hrs, or if working in
       catering establishments 11 hrs.

       h.     Work on Public Holidays. Juveniles are not to be employed on 25 December,
       1 January, Easter Sunday on other public holidays. If Juveniles are, exceptionally,
       required to work on a public holiday the conditions for Sunday working apply.

       i.     Rest Periods. Juveniles are to be given the following rest periods:

              (1)    During working periods of four and one half hours:         30 mins.

              (2)    During working periods of six hours or more:               60 mins.

       Periods of work without a break must not exceed four and one half hours. Breaks are
       not to be less than 15 mins and Juveniles are not to be permitted to work or prepare
       work during breaks. A minimum of 12 hrs is to be allowed between one working day and
       the next.

       j.     Employment Restrictions for Juveniles. Juveniles are not to be employed
       under the following conditions:

              (1)    On work which exceeds their physical capabilities.

              (2)     Where they are exposed to physical danger (i.e.: dangerous equipment,
              substances or situations) and where, due to lack of experience and knowledge of
              safety regulations they may be exposed to accidents.

              (3)    On work where they may be exposed to extremes of heat, cold or damp.

              (4)     On work where they may be exposed to excessive levels of noise,
              vibration, radiation, heavy metals, or poisonous and corrosive substances.

       The minimum age for operating fork lift trucks is 17 years. Adequate training and
       supervision is to be given before a Juvenile is allowed to operate this or other forms of
       machinery.

3.142 The regular hours of work are to be prominently displayed in units where three or more
Juveniles are permanently employed.

Records for Juveniles

3.143 The GLSU is to maintain a separate list of all Juveniles employed.

Medical Examination for Juveniles

3.144 Juveniles are to produce a certificate of fitness from the Medical Officer prior to
commencing his/her first employment. If the Juvenile changes jobs from a sedentary post to a
physically demanding post he/she must produce a certificate of fitness before employment may
commence.




SI BF(G)                                      3-43                                     AMDT 12
6200
 SUB SECTION 6 – LEARNING SUPPORT ASSISTANT GRADES – SERVICE CHILDREN‟S
                             EDUCATION (BFG)

General

3.145 This subsection deals with the employment and administration of Locally Engaged
Civilian (LEC) Dependant staff who are employed with Service Children‟s Education in British
Forces Germany (BFG) in Learning Support Assistant grades. These supplementary
instructions are not to be considered exhaustive and Standing Instructions remain the
overarching document. Queries relating to this Sub Section should be addressed to the
Personnel Section (UKBC/Dep, HQ SCE who act as advisors in the same capacity as the
Garrison Labour Support Unit (GLSU) for Dependant staff engaged within SCE establishments
in BFG only.

3.146 With effect from 1 Sep 03 SCE introduced a new grading structure pertaining to
classroom based support staff. This structure introduced three new grades – LSA 1, LSA 2
and LSA 3.

Grading of Posts

3.147 The decision regarding the allocation of either LSA 1, LSA 2 and LSA 3 to posts within
schools rests with the Headteacher. The Headteacher will grade posts in accordance with the
guidance given from HQ SCE relating to the relating to the responsibility of the job description.

3.148 Requests for a review of an established grade should be processed through the line
management chain to HQ SCE.

3.149 Only grades that are predominantly classroom based fall within the LSA structure.

Timesheets – BFG 24

3.150 Due to the annualisation of salary, only exceptions to normal attendance should be
annotated on timesheets, e.g. self-certified sick, doctor certified sick, special paid leave, etc.
Multiple Contracts

3.151 Wherever possible LSA staff should be engaged on a single contract. However, there
are circumstances where the issue of a second contract will be unavoidable, e.g. SEN duties
where costs are met from HQ SCE rather than the school.

3.152 Staff engaged as both classroom based workers and mid-day supervisors will be placed
within the grade appropriate to their predominant duties and engaged on a single contract.

Leave

3.153 The standard working year for LSAs is190 days. To this, is added 35 days in respect of
annual leave and public holidays. LSA staff engaged for less than 190 days per year will
receive a pro rata entitlement to leave and public holidays. The annual total is divided by 12
and paid as a monthly salary.

3.154 Payment for annual leave and public holidays is included in the monthly salary. Annual
leave cannot be taken in term time and staff will be expected to work on public holidays when
the school or setting is open



SI BF(G)                                        3-44                                      AMDT 12
6200
3.155 The regulations regarding Special Paid Leave and Unpaid Leave are outlined within Sub
Section 4 to Section 3 para 3.083 onwards and remain extant for LSA grades.

3.156 Unpaid Leave and Unauthorised Absence does not attract an entitlement to annual
Leave (see also 3.158)

3.157 Any over or underpayment for annual leave will be adjusted in the final month‟s salary.

Unpaid Leave and Unauthorised Absence

3.158 Staff who take periods of Unpaid Leave or Unauthorised Absence cannot accrue an
entitlement to annual leave or public holidays for days they do not work. Therefore, when a
change is made to a contract, at the end of each academic year or upon resignation, a
calculation will be performed by Personnel to deduct a Pro rata element from final or August‟s
salary.

3.159 If periods of Unpaid Leave or Unauthorised Absence are taken immediately before and
after a school holiday the whole period, including the holiday, will not count toward the accrual
of annual leave.

Engagements and Terminations

3.160 Staff who are employed at any point from the beginning of the academic year through to
the end of May will be placed onto annualised salary.

3.161 Those who are engaged on or after the 1 June each year will be initially placed on a
supply contract. This will avoid an overpayment of annual leave for that academic year with
salary paid in August. The supply contract will be amended with effect from 1 Sep to a
standard, annualised contract.

3.162 As salary is annualised, when a member of staff resigns or leaves the LSA scale there
will be a need to calculate whether annual leave is owed or if the employee has been over paid
in terms of annual leave. Personnel at HQ SCE will calculate if monies are owed to an
employee or should be recovered from the final salary upon termination of employment with
SCE.

Amendments to Contracted Hours

3.163 Annual salary is affected when changes are made to weekly contracted hours. To avoid
any detriment to staff in terms of annual leave and public holiday entitlement a calculation will
be performed each time hours are amended. This will provide Personnel with an under or over
payment figure in terms of annual leave, which will be kept on file at HQ SCE until an annual
adjustment is performed in August. Adjustments will only be made once a year and salary
received in August will include any underpayments or recovery of overpayments in respect of
annual leave. Staff terminating before August will have a calculation performed on their final
month‟s salary.

Incremental Dates and Previous Service

3.164 Provided that the gap in service is no longer than 6 months, there will be no requirement
for LSA staff to revert to step one of the incremental pay scale during the probationary period
when changing school through in theatre transfer of spouse. Staff will serve a probationary
period within the new school or setting but on their previous step.

SI BF(G)                                       3-45                                    AMDT 12
6200
3.165 Previous service with other units within BFG will not count toward an increase in
incremental step on the LSA scale. This is because no other unit employs staff in a
classroom-based environment delivering the UK curriculum form age 3.

3.166 Staff joining SCE on the LSA scale in 2003/2004 may not have previous service with
LEAs counted toward an increase in incremental step. From academic year 2004/2005 staff
joining SCE from a UK LEA who have worked in a post of a similar nature may have one year‟s
 service taken into account. Similarly, in 2005/2006, two year‟s service may be considered for
an increase in step. This is to avoid new members of staff being placed on a higher
incremental step than staff who were already in post at the time of assimilation in Sep 03 or
before.

3.167 If staff are promoted onto a higher tier, the date that the new post was commenced will
become the new incremental date.

3.168 Staff employed on the obsolete grade of Deputy Supervisor will not be subject to an
annual increase in incremental step. Similarly, those staff assimilated to LSA 2, who are
subsequently determined to be fulfilling duties at LSA 1 job descriptions by the Head teacher
will not progress through the incremental steps.

Qualifications

3.169 Qualifications that were recognised prior to the introduction of the new grade structure
will continue to be recognised. Staff who are deemed to hold qualifications at the appropriate
level and relevant to the key stage they are working in will be paid at the qualified rate. The
Head teacher should write to Personnel (UKBC/Dep) confirming the qualifications and
authorising an amendment to contract.

3.170 Further phases relating to the recognition for qualifications will be added to these
instructions when negotiations are completed.

Gratuity Payments

3.171 Appointment to the LSA pay structure will not affect gratuity payments and the rules
detailed in Sub Section 3 paragraph 3.050.

Annual Bonuses

3.172 Leave and Christmas bonuses are not payable to staff employed within the LSA grade
structure.




SI BF(G)                                      3-46                                    AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)        3-47             AMDT 12
6200
                  ANNEX A TO
                  SECTION 3
SPARE




SI BF(G)   3A-1       AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)          3A-2           AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                                                             ANNEX B TO
                                                                                                                             SECTION 3

                            SELF CERTIFIED SICK ABSENCE (DEPENDANT EMPLOYEES)

Name (Mr/Mrs/Miss) .....................................................................................................

DOB: .....................                   Grade: ........................               Pay/Staff No ...........................

First day of absence from work (Date and time) ........................

Last day of absence from work (Date and time) ........................

Reason for absence (Brief details)................................................................……….......
........................................................................................................................................

I declare that the above information is true and complete. I understand that giving false or
inaccurate information is a disciplinary offence which could result in my dismissal.



                                            Signature of Employee                          .................................................

                                                                                Date ................................................

NOTES

1.         The maximum permitted period for a Self-Certified Sickness is 7 calendar days.

2          This Certificate must be handed to your supervisor immediately on your return to work.

3.     Dependants may not submit more than 4 Self Certified Sickness certificates in a period
of 12 months.

4.      Once a doctor certificate has been issued for any period of sickness, further self
certified forms will not be accepted unless the employee returns to work for one full day.

Instructions For Employing Unit:

The completed certificate is to be forwarded to:

           LEC Pay Bureau
           LEC Sp Svcs
           HQ UKSC
           BFPO 140




SI BF(G)                                                                3B-1                                                           AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)          3B-2           AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                   APPENDIX 1 TO
                                                                                   ANNEX B TO
                                                                                   SECTION 3


STATEMENT OF FITNESS FOR WORK (DEPENDANT EMPLOYEES)
_______________________________________________________________________

Full Name & Title (Mr/Mrs/Ms/Miss) ……………………………………………………………
(in block capitals)

DOB: ……………………… Pay/Staff No ………………………

I assessed your case on (Date): ……………….. and because of the following reasons:

         Own illness

         Accident at work                Illness pregnancy-related


I advise you that:               you are not fit for work.

                                 you may be fit for work taking account of the following advice.


If available, and with your employer’s agreement, you may benefit from:

      a phased return to work                            amended duties

      altered hours                                      workplace adaptations

Comments, including functional effects of your condition(s):



Unfit for work from …………. (first full day) to ………………….. (last day)

I will/will not need to assess your fitness for work again at the end of this period.
(Please delete as applicable.)

                     Signature Doctor                          Medical Centre (Stamp)

                     …………………………….

                     Date ………………………

_____________________________________________________________________

NOTE This Certificate must be handed to your supervisor/Line Manager within three days of the
commencement of your sickness. A copy will be retained with your medical notes.

Instructions for Employing Unit:
In cases where a doctor has advised that the employee may be fit for work you are required
to contact your local GLSU immediately.

The completed certificate is to be forwarded directly to:
LEC Pay Bureau, LEC Sp Svcs, HQ UKSC, BFPO 140 with a copy to your local GLSU
SI BF(G)                                        3C-1                                         AMDT 12
6200
                                                                           APPENDIX 2 TO ANNEX B TO SECTION 3

SPECIAL PAID LEAVE DUE TO ILLNESS OF CHILD (DEPENDANT EMPLOYEES)
_______________________________________________________________________

Employee:

Full Name & Title (Mr/Mrs/Ms/Miss) ……………………………………………………
(in block capitals)

DoB: ……………………… Pay/Staff No ………………………

Child:

Name:…………………..                          DoB: ………………………


Name of school / Foundation Stage (if applicable): …………………………………….


Due to my child‟s sickness I cannot attend work

from ……………. (first full day) to ………………….. (last day)


Employee‟s Signature                    …………………………….

                       Date                       ………………………

____________________________________________________________________

NOTE

1.     The entitlement is 10 days per child with a maximum of 25 days per family in a calendar
year. Any excessive days will be treated as unauthorised absence and automatically deducted from
your pay.

2.     This certificate must be handed to your supervisor/Line Manager immediately on your return
to work.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Instructions

For Employing/User Unit: The completed certificate is to be annotated with the signature of the
Supervisor/Line Manager and forwarded to GLSU / HQ SCE.

Signature_________________ Name ____________________                                     Appointment______________

For GLSU / HQ SCE:

Entitlement checked                      input on R.link




SI BF(G)                                                       3C-2                                                    AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                                                 ANNEX C TO
                                                                                                                 SECTION 3

                                   WAIVER OF CLAIM OF SICKNESS BENEFIT
                                   WHEN IN RECEIPT OF FULL PAY OR SSP


I undertake NOT to claim National Insurance sickness benefit whilst in receipt of full sick pay or
statutory sick pay from the Ministry of Defence in accordance with the provisions of Standing
Instruction SI BF(G) 6200 (Recruitment, Employment and Administration of Locally Engaged
Civilian Labour in Germany) Section 3.




Date .......................................... Signed .......................................................




SI BF(G)                                                         3C-3                                                  AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)          3C-4           AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                                    ANNEX D TO
                                                                                                    SECTION 3

                       REQUIREMENT FOR NOTIFICATION OF PREGNANCY
                         FOR CLAIMS FOR STATUTORY MATERNITY PAY

1.       Your employer is required to pay Statutory Maternity Pay (SMP) to those employees who
qualify.

2.     In instruction to claim SMP you are required to adhere to the following rules. Failure to
do so may result in your inadmissibility to any payments.

       a.    You must inform you local GLSU/HQ SCE office of the fact as soon as you are
       pregnant.

       b.      You must produce medical evidence of the date that your baby is due. A form
       Mat B1 (Maternity Certificate) or a certificate of confinement must be obtained from your
       doctor or a registered midwife no earlier than the 20th week before the baby is due.
       This certificate must be presented to your GLSU/HQ SCE office as soon as possible
       after issue.

       c.      You must inform the GLSU/HQ SCE Office of the date at which you intend to
       cease work. No less than 21 days notice is required to be given. Failure to do so could
       result in a delay in payment of SMP.

3.      Your SMP entitlement will be determined by the LEC Pay Bureau, HQ UKSC.
Notification of entitlement or non-entitlement together with any relevant forms will be forwarded
to you after your claim has been duly processed.

                                            CERTIFICATE

1.      I ....................................... (Name) have been given and read the "Requirement for
Notification of Pregnancy" sheet and I am therefore aware of my responsibilities to duly notify
the GLSU/RAF Civil Labour office should I become pregnant.

2.     I understand that failure to do so could make me ineligible to claim SMP.




       Dated ...........................       Signed ...........................................................




SI BF(G)                                          3D-1                                                     AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)          3D-2           AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                                         APPENDIX 1 TO
                                                                                                         ANNEX D TO
                                                                                                         SECTION 3

                               CERTIFICATE IN LIEU OF DSS FORM MAT B 1
                                    CERTIFICATE OF CONFINEMENT


A.*      It is certified that ..................................................................................... (Name)

is pregnant. Her expected date of confinement is ....................................……



       Signature of Medical Officer ....................................................................

       Rank and Name of Medical Officer ..........................................................



       Medical Centre Stamp




         NB: This certificate is not to be issued earlier than 20 weeks from expected delivery
         date.


B.*      It is certified that ..................................................................................... (Name)

has been delivered of a child on ...............................................................…….

Date of expected confinement is/was* ...........................................................…




       Signature of midwife ...................................................... Reg No. .....................

       Address of Hospital/Medical Centre ....................................................................

                                                               ....................................................................

*        Delete as necessary




SI BF(G)                                                       3D1-1                                                           AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)          3D1-2          AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                     APPENDIX 2 TO
                                                                                     ANNEX D TO
                                                                                     SECTION 3

LEC Pay Bureau
HQ UKSC
BFPO 140                                                                             Date:

NOTIFICATION OF PREGNANCY

1.    Employee's Name .................................................................. Initials…………..……….

2.    Pay Number……………………….......National Insurance Number………..............……
                                                                                        (including check digit)

3.    Post ID (e.g. RHRMRM0001) ......................................              WPN............................

4.    Date Employee intends to cease work                                                       ……./……./…….
                                                                                        (last paid working day)

5.    Date Employee gave notice to cease work                                              ..…./……./……

6.    Mat Bl/Original Certificate of Confinement enclosed :                                        YES*/NO*
                                                                                        *Delete as appropriate

7.    Where does the employee wish her SMP to be paid to:
      NB. CANNOT BE PAID INTO A BANK ACCOUNT OUTSIDE OF GERMANY

7a.   Type of cheque required                                                                   Sterling*/Euro*
                                                                                        *Delete as appropriate


         GERMAN BANK ACCOUNT                                                    ADDRESS FOR CHEQUE

BANK NAME:

ADDRESS:                                                               OR
BANK CODE:

KONTO:

8.      Employee's present FULL MILITARY POSTAL ADDRESS including husband‟s
        Name, Initials, Rank and Number.
        .....................................................................
        .....................................................................
        .....................................................................

(Note: Should any of the above details change a new form is to be completed and
forwarded to LEC Pay Bureau)
SI BF(G)                                                        3D2-1                                 AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)          3D2-2          AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                   APPENDIX 3 TO
                                                                                   ANNEX D TO
                                                                                   SECTION 3

LEC Pay Bureau
HQ UKSC
BFPO 140




                                                                                                       Date:

NOTIFICATION OF ADOPTION

1.    Employee's Name .................................................................. Initials…………..….....

2.    Pay Number……………………….......National Insurance Number………...................
                                                                                   (including check digit)

3.    Post ID (e.g. RHRMRM0001) ......................................             WPN........................

4.    Date Employee intends to cease work:                                                  ..…./……./……
                                                                                   (last paid working day)

5.    Date Employee gave notice to cease work:                                             ....../......./........


6.    Adoption leave ends:                                                               ....../......./........

7.    Matching certificate/Placement letter enclosed                               YES*/NO*
                                                                                   *Delete as appropriate


8.    Where does the employee wish her/his SAP to be paid to:
      NB. CANNOT BE PAID INTO A BANK ACCOUNT OUTSIDE OF GERMANY

8a.   Type of cheque required                                                      Sterling*/Euro*




                                                          *Delete as appropriate


SI BF(G)                                           3D3-1                                            AMDT 12
6200
       GERMAN BANK ACCOUNT                                                    ADDRESS FOR CHEQUE

BANK NAME:
                                                                       OR
ADDRESS:

BANK CODE:

KONTO:

9.    Employee's present FULL MILITARY POSTAL ADDRESS including spouse‟s
      Name, Initials, Rank and Number.

      .....................................................................

      .....................................................................

      .....................................................................

      .....................................................................

(Note: Should any of the above details change a new form is to be completed and
forwarded to LEC Pay Bureau)




SI BF(G)                                                      3D3-2                        AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                 ANNEX E TO
                                                                                 SECTION 3

                       REGISTRATION DEPENDANT NURSING STAFF

1.     The implementation of the Nurse, Midwife and Health Visitors Act 1979 has created a
single professional register of nurses, midwives and health visitors. The register is maintained
by the UK Central Council (UKCC) for Nursing, Midwifery and Health Visitors.

2.       It is Ministry of Defence policy that the current validity of claimed registered
qualifications is checked. A certificate or other document giving evidence of registration or not,
of itself sufficient proof and must be confirmed by the UKCC.

3.     Such confirmation can be obtained by using the proforma at Appendix 1 and forwarded
to:

       Confirmation Section
       UKCC
       23 Portland Place
       London W1N 3AF

4.     When completing this proforma it is essential that UKCC are furnished with the following
information:

       a.     MOD caller code (PG 01)

       b.     Full name of individual

       c.     Date of Birth

       d.      Personal Identification Number (PIN). If the PIN is not known then personal
       registration detailed can continue to be found by using the old registration numbers.

5.      All Dependants who are seeking employment in the nursing field are to have their
qualification verified at the initial job registration phase. GLSUs are to write direct to
Confirmation Section UKCC.




SI BF(G)                                       3E-1                                    AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)          3E-2           AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                                                       APPENDIX 1 TO
                                                                                                                       ANNEX E TO
                                                                                                                       SECTION 3
YOUR CALLER CODE IS PG 01

SENDERS NAME AND ADDRESS: ....................................................................

TELEPHONE NUMBER: ....................................................................

........................................................ ....................................................................
USE BLOCK LETTER IN BLACK OR TYPE



                    SURNAME                                             FORENAMES                                     DATE OF BIRTH




               PREVIOUS NAMES                                                      ADDITIONAL INFORMATION




    PROFESSIONAL IDENTIFICATION OR                                    QUALIFICATIONS                             DATE OF REGISTRATION
        QUALIFICATION NUMBER




               WHERE TRAINED                                        DATES OF TRAINING                                  EXPIRY DATE




                   SURNAME                                              FORENAMES                                     DATE OF BIRTH




               PREVIOUS NAMES                                                      ADDITIONAL INFORMATION




    PROFESSIONAL IDENTIFICATION OR                                    QUALIFICATIONS                             DATE OF REGISTRATION
        QUALIFICATION NUMBER




               WHERE TRAINED                                        DATES OF TRAINING                                  EXPIRY DATE




THE PERSON(S) NAMED ABOVE HAVE PRODUCED STATEMENTS OR CERTIFICATES OF REGISTRATION
FOR INSPECTION, AND I WISH TO HAVE THE DETAILS CONFIRMED FROM THE REGISTER MAINTAINED
BY THE UKCC.



DATE: ............................................ SIGNATURE: ....................................................




SI BF(G)                                                               3E1-1                                                     AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)          3E1-2          AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                         ANNEX F TO
                                                                                         SECTION 3
FLEXIBLE WORKING - THE PROCEDURE

       UCLO/LM receives the written                          Consults
       application for flexible working.                     OC GLSU
       Co Consul

       Within 28 days, GLSU & UCLO/LM
       and employee meet to discuss the
       application



            Within 14 days OC GLSU writes                   Request Accepted. Both the UCLO/LM
            notifying the employee of the decision          and employee will need to consider what
                                                            arrangements they need to make for when
                                                            the working pattern is changed

           Request is rejected. The employee
           needs to decide if they wish to appeal
           against the decision. If so, they must
           appeal in writing to LEC Sp Svcs, HQ
           UKSC setting out the grounds for
           their appeal


           Within 14 days LEC Sp Svcs receives
           the employees written appeal




           Within 14 days LEC Sp Svcs and
           employee meet to discuss the appeal


                                                            Appeal Accepted. OC GLSU, Unit Management
                                                            and Employee will need to consider what
       Within 14 days LEC Sp Svcs writes                    arrangements they need to make for when the
       notifying the employee of the decision               working pattern is changed




       Request Rejected. Employee
       may wish to consider taking legal
       advice




SI BF(G)                                             3F-1                                  AMDT 12
6200
SI BF(G)   3F-2   AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                  ANNEX G to
                                                                                  SECTION 3

                       DEPENDANT EMPLOYEE PROBATION REPORT

EMPLOYEE DETAILS

1.     Name:
       Post/Grade:
       Unit:
       Probation Period Start Date:
       Probation Period End Date:

REPORT DETAILS

2.      If the answer to any of the following questions is „No‟ at any stage of the
course of the Probation Period, in accordance with the Dependant Employee Capability and
Disciplinary Policy (para 2.4), please document in the comments section (Continue on Page 3) all
discussions regarding training, objective setting and review meetings that have taken place to
overcome any deficiencies.

3.    Improvements should also be annotated. The Employing Officer and the
Employee must initial and date all comments. If the employee is not at the required standard by
week 8, you should contact OC GLSU for advice.


4 Week Review

1.   Has progress been satisfactory?                                    Y/N
2.   Are relationships with colleagues/customers satisfactory?          Y/N

3.   Is the Employee‟s attendance satisfactory?                         Y/N

4.   Is the Employee‟s timekeeping satisfactory?                        Y/N


Comments_____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________


8 Week Review

1.   Has progress been satisfactory?                                    Y/N
2.   Are relationships with colleagues/customers satisfactory?          Y/N

3.   Is the Employee‟s attendance satisfactory?                         Y/N

4.   Is the Employee‟s timekeeping satisfactory?                        Y/N


Comments_____________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
_ _____________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
SI BF(G)                                                                   3G-1
                                      AMDT 12
6200
12 Week Review

1.    Has progress been satisfactory?                                    Y/N
2.    Are relationships with colleagues/customers satisfactory?          Y/N

3.    Is the Employee‟s attendance satisfactory?                         Y/N

4.    Is the Employee‟s timekeeping satisfactory?                        Y/N


Comments_____________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

SICKNESS/LEAVE

7.        Number of days absent during the Probation Period were:

     ___________________________

(OC GLSU can extend a Probation Period by this number of days, however, this will only be
considered in extenuating circumstances, as a rule probation will not be extended. For further
information contact your GLSU ACPO for advice).

OVERALL ASSESSMENT FOLLOWING PROBATION PERIOD

8.      If „Unacceptable‟ (4), in accordance with the Dependant Employee Capability and
Disciplinary Policy (para 2.4), you must summarise why you feel that the Employee is unacceptable.
Failure to comply could result in a delay that may render a termination request invalid.

     a.   Above requirements*
     b.   Performance fully meets requirements*
     c.   Some improvement necessary*
     d.   Unacceptable*

*Delete if not applicable

Summary______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________




SI BF(G)                                                                    3G-2
                                      AMDT 12
6200
RECOMMENDATION

9.     Continue in present employment?     Yes*

       Terminate employment?               Yes*

*Delete if not applicable


     Additional comments




Signature:                               Rank         Name:
(Employing Officer)



Please return the completed Dependant Employee Probation Report to: OC GLSU
(as applicable)
SI BF(G)                                                               3G-3
                                  AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)                         3G-4
           AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                                                                  ANNEX H to
                                                                                                                                  SECTION 3

                                                             INCREMENTAL STEP PROGRESSION

                                                    DEPENDANT APPLICATION FOR PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE

To:       OC GLSU                                                       From: ____________________
          BFPO
                                                                               Unit:          ____________________         Post
          Grade:

Title     ____________________

I, _________________________ (Name) herby apply for my previous experience and provide the following evidence to support my application,
as detailed below:.


Job Title                      Employer Name          Date from   Date To   Brief Description of Role                Evidence Provided




Qualification                            Date                                                     Comment



Please continue on a separate sheet if necessary.

SI BF(G)                                                                        3H-1                                                AMDT 12
6200
I confirm that the type of employment stated above is relevant to the type of employment I am currently undertaking, and that I have provided the
necessary evidence.

Employee‟s Signature: ________________________                       Date: ___________________




Line Mangers agreement;

I do / do not support this application for previous service from the above named individual.
                                                                                                                  Unit Stamp
Name ___________________                     Grade _______________   Post: ______________________


* delete as appropriate.



For GSLU Use:

The above named employee took up employment with __________________ (GLSU) as __________________ (post) on the
______________________ (date) and was placed incremental step 1.

I do /do not* support this application for previous service from the above named and agree that the experience is relevant to the employee‟s
employment.



Name ___________________                     Grade _______________   Post: ______________________

                                                                                                                   GLSU Stamp
* Delete as appropriate. If not supported please state reasons.


SI BF(G)                                                                      3H-2                                                       AMDT 12
6200
      SECTION 4 - DEPENDANTS PROGRESS, TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT
                               DIRECTIVE

INTRODUCTION

4.001 British Army (Germany) is fully committed to ensuring that all Dependant
employees are given the opportunity to be trained and developed for the posts they hold,
enabling them to become as effective as possible and contribute to the achievement of
BA(G)‟s mission. Unless the Dependant‟s needs are identified and they receive the
proper training, BA(G) cannot fully benefit from the skills and contributions made by
Dependant employees.

4.002 In implementing Land Command‟s Civilian Training Policy BA(G) has produced this
Progress, Training and Development Directive as a guide to all Dependant employees and
their Line Managers(LM), be they military or civilian. Additional guidance is available from
LEC Support Services (LEC Sp Svcs),HQ United Kingdom Support Command (Germany)
(HQ UKSC), LEC Training Wing and Garrison Labour Support Units (GLSU).

AIM

4.003 Individuals have a right to be listened to, consulted about, and trained in the work
they are called upon to perform. The aim of this instruction is to regularise the process
and thus provide assurance that it is being carried out correctly. In instruction to ensure
that this happens the process comprises of the following:

      a.    A full job description (example is at Annex A) to be provided by the unit at
      the beginning of the employment.

      b.    An annual review of the duties required of the individual between the LM and
      the employee. This provides the opportunity for both the LM and employee to
      agree a set of realistic objective targets, assess any training and skill requirements
      and comment upon the employee's progress.

      c.      The recording of noteworthy experiences and any qualifications achieved
      during the period. It can also provide a useful reference source for future LM and
      for the writing of References and CVs

      d.     A mid term review between the LM and the employee is essential particularly
      when potential problems become apparent from trying to comply with the job
      description or objectives.

      e.     To agree a way forward

      f.     To evaluate from employee feedback the usefulness of training provided.




SI BF(G)                                     4-1                                  AMDT 12
6200
APPLICABILITY

4.004 This policy details the minimum requirements for all units employing Dependants.
Where specialist units or Agencies wish to use professional appraisal systems that exceed
the requirements of those listed above then they are to request authority from LEC Sp
Svcs, HQ UKSC to be wholly or partly exempt from these procedures.

RESPONSIBILITES

4.005 Responsibilities for the progress, training and development of Dependants in BA(G)
are as follows:

      a.     GLSU

             (1)     To be the first point of contact, as the Dependant‟s legal employer for
             all public-funded post, for those seeking advice on progress reviews and
             training in the Garrisons. To ensure all new employees are given an
             induction explaining the role of the GLSU, terms and conditions,
             representative bodies and Appraisals.

             (2)   To provide Unit LM with Blank Appraisal Forms and liaise closely with
             LM to update job descriptions and identify the skills, qualifications and the
             grade required for the various posts.

             (3)   They will monitor Dependant training within units and ensure that all
             Progress Reviews, Post Training Profiles and the Individual Training and
             Development Plans are completed on time.

             (4)    Maintenance of completed Appraisal Forms and their safe keeping
             in the employees Personal File in accordance with the Data Protection Act,
             Codes of Practice.

             (5)    Providing the originals of the appraisal form to the employee where he
             or she ceases BFG employment.

             (6)   To provide statistical information on Appraisal reporting system and
             on Training and Development to the LEC Sp Svcs as and when requested.

      b.      Unit Line Manager. For Dependant employees their LM should be the head
      of the section or department they work in. The LM should not be below the rank of
      Staff Sergeant, E1 grade in the Civil Service or a GLSU agreed Locally Employed
      Civilian Grade (not less than a C5 or equivalent Industrial Grade). The
      Countersigning Officer should be the LM‟s reporting officer.

       c.    An effective LM will ensure staff receive the training and development
      required to undertake their full duties. To do this the LM will need to ensure the
      following actions are taken:

             (1)    Identify with the assistance of the GLSU the skills and qualifications
             required for each post.


SI BF(G)                                    4-2                                   AMDT 12
6200
             (2)   Provide a comprehensive induction into the post, branch and/or
             department and unit for each new employee. (This will also apply to Directly
             Employed Labour (DEL) employees).

             (3)     During the last two weeks of the employee‟s probationary period
             initiate the Appraisal Form at Annex C and agree performance objectives
             and targets with the employee for the forthcoming 12-month period.
             Detailed guidance on the completion of the Appraisal Form is at Appendix 1
             to 6 to Annex C. It is to be noted that the Appraisal year runs from the date
             of the employee completing his/her probationary period for the next twelve
             months.

             (4)    At the six months point, review and comment on the Dependant‟s
             performance objectives and targets. If this is not possible (perhaps for
             operational reasons) then it should be carried out at the earliest opportunity
             thereafter.

             (5)    Complete the Appraisal Report Form at the 12 month point (or on the
             Job Holder leaving their appointment if they have been in post for more than
             3 months) and conduct a formal report interview (interview guidance notes
             are at Annex B). Thereafter pass the report to the Countersigning Officer for
             completion. Upon completion of the report provide a copy for the employee,
             retaining one copy and forwarding the original to the GLSU.

             (6)    Undertake a regular assessment of each Dependant employee‟s
             training and development needs.

             (7)    Take action to meet these training and development needs.

             (8)    Prior to any training activity discuss with the Job Holder their
             objectives for the training.

             (9)   After training, evaluate the effects of the training on an individual‟s
             work performance.

      d.     Individual‟s Role. An individual must at the commencement of an
      Appraisal period confirm that they wish to participate in the process. If they do not,
      then they must annotate the appraisal form (Section 1 Declaration) accordingly.
      Thereafter:

             (1)    The individual Dependant must discuss and agree to their job
             performance objectives and targets with their LM. Those Dependant
             employees who have been in post for longer than six months should propose
             their own objectives and targets and then discuss and agree them with their
             LM.

             (2)     Training is a personal responsibility and should not be left solely to
             LM. It is incumbent on each individual to ensure that their training needs are
             identified, and that action is taken to seek and receive the training required.
             They should take advantage of all relevant training opportunities to meet
             their post‟s needs and put into practice the knowledge and skills the training
             has given them.
SI BF(G)                                      4-3                                  AMDT 12
6200
       e       Line Management with Family Connections to the Dependant: This will
       normally only arise where authority has already been given to employ Dependants
       in the same branch/department as their spouse, father or mother. In this situation
       attempts must be made to find an alternative LM.

                DEPENDANTS PROGRESS REVIEWS (APPRAISAL SYSTEM)

INTRODUCTION

4.006 Before the LM and job holder can assess the training that is required, the skills and
levels of performance needed by the job holder to do their job have to be identified. This
cannot be done in isolation but is an ongoing process. Once the basic job description has
been formulated, the LM in conjunction with the GLSU can determine the basic skills and
qualifications needed to recruit an individual for the post. A prospective employee will not
necessarily have all the stipulated requirements.

4.007 The job description should only be regarded as the foundation stone for the job. It
is not necessarily linked to a unit‟s or department‟s role or their Management Plan. An
individual‟s contribution - output - must relate to higher level plans and their focus,
therefore, is on the achievement of outputs and not job definitions. It is important that the
job holder understands how their contribution fits in with the appropriate Management
Plan and with higher level objectives.

4.008 An individual must understand:

       a.     The significance of their job within the organisation.

       b.     Be able to feel part of a team committed to meeting the same aims.

       c.    Know those tasks or areas for which they are accountable and what
       resources they have available to them so that they can produce the required output.
       The resources should include the provision of the necessary equipment and
       materials, but more importantly the skills to undertake the tasks in hand. Where
       necessary training and development will be provided.

4.009 Training and development has to be part of a wider process. The requirements can
only come from proper planning and objective setting. The identification of training needs
has to be included as part of an appraisal system. The Appraisal System has three
fundamental concepts:

       a.     Clear and agreed objectives.

       b.     Progress Assessment.

       c.     A commitment to Individual Training Plans (ITP).




SI BF(G)                                     4-4                                   AMDT 12
6200
4.010 All Dependant employees, will have the same Appraisal Report Form whether they
are Industrial or Non Industrial Grades. The standard Report Form is at Annex C, and is
available either from the GLSU or on line at: lecsupport.bfgnet,de - Guidelines for
completion are as follows:

      a.     Section 1 - Job Holders Details - Appendix 1.

      b.     Section 2 - Progress Agreement - Appendix 2.

      c.     Section 3 - Individual Training Plan - Appendix 3.

      d.     Section 4 - Progress Review, Assessment and Review - Appendix 4.

      e.     Section 5 - Overall Assessment/Annual Progress Assessment - Appendix 5

      e.     Section 6 - Completion and Receipt - Appendix 6.

4.011 Evaluation An essential measure of the effectiveness of training and development
is the degree to which knowledge, skills and attributes are applied in the workplace and
the extent to which there is an improved performance. Without constant evaluation BA(G)
cannot be sure that its investment in training is obtaining the required benefits. Action,
therefore has to be taken pre and post training to ensure the needs of the employee, the
branch, the unit, and BA(G) as a whole are being met. Remember evaluation is a
continuous activity and should not be restricted to those periods which are devoted to the
six month summary or end of period report.

4.012 Data Protection All Parties concerned are reminded that completed or partially
completed Progress Reports (BFG F 330R) are classified as Restricted – Staff. Therefore,
hard and electronic copies are to be handled in accordance with the current Data
Protection Act, Codes of Practice Part 2 on Employment records.




SI BF(G)                                   4-5                                  AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)           4-6           AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                       ANNEX A TO
                                                                                       SECTION 4 TO
                                                                                       SI BF(G) 6200

                                        JOB DESCRIPTION (Example – DEP)


Budget/Establishment/Unit:

Branch/Department:

Location:

Post Title:                     (m/f)

Grade:

Responsible to:

Vetting requirement:

For regular employment with (free field) GLSU RLC.

1. GENERAL


2. MAIN DUTIES

a. Performs all administrative/clerical duties related to his/her field of activity.

b. Assists other members of staff in the completion of their tasks as directed.


3. OTHER DUTIES

a. On request of the employer, he/she must attend courses which are improve his/her suitable to professional
skills.

b. Is required to deputise for other personnel during their absence as directed by the employer.

c. Carries out any other reasonable duties, which are within the scope of the employer‟s right of directive.

4. DRIVING OF DUTY VEHICLES

Is/Is not required to drive duty vehicles (and must hold at least a class ………….. driving licence and FMT 600).

or

Must occasionally drive duty vehicles, provided he/she holds the necessary driving licence and FMT 600.

or
Must operate MHE and hold the necessary qualifications and FMT 600.

or


I BF(G)                                             4A-1                                   AMDT 12
6200
Must occasionally operate MHE, provided he/she holds the necessary qualifications and FMT 600.

5. OVERTIME/WORK ON SUNDAYS AND/OR PUBLIC HOLIDAYS

a. Must work overtime on request of the employer.

b. Regular work on any day of the week and Public Holidays is a feature of the employment.

or

b. Must perform work on any day of the week and Public Holidays on request of the employer.

6. SHIFT WORK/ROTATING SHIFT WORK

Regular shift work or rotating shift work is/is not a feature of the employment.

or

Must perform shift work/rotating shift work on request of the employer.

7. ON-CALL DUTIES

On-call duties are/are not a feature of the employment.

Must perform on-call duties on request of the employer.

8. MEDICAL

A medical examination is/is not a prerequisite for this employment. Subsequent medical examinations are/are
not necessary. However, must undergo medical examinations in accordance with Health and Safety at Work
provisions or other relevant provisions as necessary.

9. REQUIRED PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS/EXPERIENCE

a. Essential:

      (1) Professional qualifications/experience:

            • Sufficient knowledge of the English or German language
              (verbal/written).

      Other competences:

b. Desirable:

Ability to communicate in English and German.

10. HEALTH AND SAFETY AT WORK

Is obliged to take care of his/her own safety and health at his/her place of work within his/her ability and in
accordance with the instructions and orders of the employer. Furthermore, he/she is also obliged to take care of
the safety and health of persons, who are effected by his/her actions or omissions at work. Within the frame of
the aforementioned rules he/she is especially required to use machinery, equipment, tools, working substances,
working materials, transport aids and any other working aids as well as protective equipment and the issued
personal protective equipment in accordance with the requirements. He/she is to report any direct and
considerable danger to health and safety as well as failures of the safety systems to the employer or the
relevant supervisor without any undue delay.
I BF(G)                                          4A-2                                      AMDT 12
6200
11. REDEPLOYMENT WITHIN THE GARRISON

The employee may be redeployed to any unit/department (free field) within the employing agency (free field)
GLSU RLC or temporarily detached to a different employing agency.




12. TRAVEL EXPENSES

The employee is not entitled to payments for miles driven to and from place of work to residence. If the
employee is required to perform his/her duties outside the (free field) area he/she will be entitled to travel claims
in accordance with the current regulations.

13. ORGANISATION CHART

The post holder‟s position in the organisation is shown below, but may change due to reorganisation or a
redeployment and addition to staff. A change of the organisational chart upon a reorganisation, a redeployment
or addition to staff will not require a notice to change of employment contract. The post holder will be given a
new organisation chart upon the change.




Date                           Signature Employee




I BF(G)                                            4A-3                                         AMDT 12
6200
                                                                            ANNEX B TO
                                                                            SECTION 4 TO
                                                                            SI BF(G) 6200


INTERVIEW GUIDANCE NOTES

1.     Maximum value will be achieved if both parties have prepared for the interview.
The interview should have a sensible structure with adequate time allocated to the main
elements, which are:

      a.     Progress against agreed objectives.

      b.     Progress against Individual Training Plan (ITP).

      c.     Progress Assessment.

      d.     Objectives for the next reporting period.

2.     The interview should be a genuine exchange of information and views, not an
interrogation or a dressing-down. The job holder should be talking for at least half the
time. This is their opportunity to raise issues and discuss points which are important to
them.

3.     The Progress Report Interview is an important event for both the job holder and line
manager. An agreed convenient time should be chosen and enough time must be set
aside to cover all the ground required.

4    Another important factor is the environment. The interview needs to be held
somewhere, which is:

      a.     Private.

      b.     Quiet.

      c.     Comfortable.

      d.     Not liable to interruption.

5.     It is likely to be the LM responsibility to arrange a room. You should, therefore,
avoid anything which acts as a barrier between you and the job holder, make sure you are
both comfortable and on the same level and give some thought to the availability of such
things as coffee, tea or a soft drink.




I BF(G)                                     4B-1                                  AMDT 12
6200
6.       Few people have a problem giving feedback on good, or even average, progress
results but when presented with the prospect of discussing poor progress there may be
difficulties. Typical responses include:

      a.     Playing it down.

      b.     Passing over it quickly before moving onto good points.

      c.     Avoiding it altogether.

7.      More often than not, however, a job holder has appraised their own progress fairly
thoroughly and will be anticipating comment on poor results when it is appropriate.
Difficulties arise more as a result of the LM own feelings than those of the job holder.
Before the interview LMs should decide:

      a.    What objective evidence they have that the progress results were
      poor.

      b.     What reasons could there be for this - have any circumstances changed?

      c.     At what stage of the feedback session they will comment - beginning, middle
      or end; how they will introduce the subject.

      d.    How they will respond to any upset, denial, silence, rushed agreement or
      whatever.

8.    There are some suggested principles which can assist the LM:

      a.     It‟s the progress results that are below standard, not the person.

      b.    Give the job holder the chance to comment first. They may well
      acknowledge poor results before a LM raises it, or add new information to be
      considered.

      c.   Emphasize solution, conclusions and ways to move forward - the job holder
      may well have good suggestions in this area.

      d.     Keep the poor results in perspective. There is a good chance that the job
      holder will go away forgetting all the good things that have been said and
      remembering only the bad.

      e.    End on a positive note. Try and place a piece of poor results between two
      good or acceptable results.

      f.   Be factual and deal with poor results in the same honest and straightforward
      manner as dealing with good results.

      g.     Never apologise for raising the subject. Do not feel defensive about it. The
      job holder cannot improve if LM shirk their responsibilities.



I BF(G)                                    4B-2                                   AMDT 12
6200
                                                                                                         ANNEX C TO
                                                                                                         SECTION 4 TO SI
                                             RESTRICTED STAFF
                                                    (when completed)                                     BF(G) 6200


                                                                             BFG Form 330R (Revised Nov 05)
                              BRITISH FORCES GERMANY
                            DEPENDANTS PROGRESS REPORT
                                (Notes to assist completion are on page 4)
                               SECTION 1 – JOB HOLDER’S DETAILS
                                                      (See note 3)
 Post Title:                                                Unit:
 Forename(s):                                               Surname:

 Grade:                                                     Date started current job:
 Reporting Period         From:                                                  To:
 Any other grade held during the period:
 Grade:                     From:                                                To:

 Declaration 1: I wish to participate in the                Declaration II: I do not wish to participate in the
 Dependant Progress Reporting scheme during this            Dependant Progress Reporting scheme during
 employment.                                                this employment. I am aware that by refusing to
                                                            participate in the scheme, my training
                                                            opportunities may be adversely affected.


 Signature of Job Holder………………………..                         Signature of Job Holder ………………………
 LINE MANAGER’S DETAILS                                     COUNTERSIGNING OFFICER’S DETAILS
 Name:                                                      Name:

 Rank/Grade:                                                Rank/Grade:
 Telephone Number:                                          Telephone Number:
                               SECTION 2 – PROGRESS AGREEMENT
          To be completed by the Job Holder in agreement with the line manager at the start of report period
                                                      (See note 4 )
 Job purpose (brief description of role)


 Personal Development Objectives (if applicable) and in                      Target date(s)
 approximate instruction of importance




                                             KEY OBJECTIVES
                     To be drafted by the Job Holder in agreement with the Line Manager
       Objectives - In approximate instruction of importance                            Target date(s)




SI BF(G)                                                 4C-1                                              AMDT 12
6200
                              SECTION 3 – INDIVIDUAL TRAINING PLAN
 Training and development to improve current job performance -identified by Job Holder- agreed by Line Manager.
                                   (This may be continued on an attachment sheet –See note 4)
Training Need               Recommended Solution and               Progress/ Date        Comments/Date achieved
                               by whom and when                      of Review




                SECTION 4 – PROGRESS REVIEW, ASSESSMENT AND REVIEW
                                                         (See note 5)
                                              SIX MONTH REVIEW
   Record the outcome of the discussion between Job Holder and Line Manager on performance and progress
   during this part of the reporting period. Use this to update the report, noting any changes to objectives, training
   or development needs recorded elsewhere.




   Job Holder’s                        Date:                   Line Manager’s                    Date:
   Signature:                                                  Signature:




 SI BF(G)                                                   4C-2                                              AMDT 12
 6200
            SECTION 5 - OVERALL ASSESSMENT/ANNUAL PROGRESS ASSESSMENT
      This section should be drafted before the Progress Review interview. Final completion should take place following the
        Interview. This assessment should cover what the Job Holder has done in respect of objectives.




                            PROGRESS REPORT INTERVIEW
The interview took place on                  Date:
The Job Holder has worked for me for        Years                                          Months
Line Manager’s Signature                     Date:

Does the Job Holder wish to discuss their report
with the Countersigning Officer?                                  YES           NO  (tick as applicable)

                                          JOB HOLDER’S COMMENTS
                                     (To be completed after Progress Report interview)
 I have read my Progress Report and discussed my work performance over the period. I have discussed my training and
 Development needs with my line manager during my Progress Report interview. My comments are: (may be continued on a
 separate sheet if required)




 Job Holder’s Signature:                                   Date:
                               COUNTERSIGNING OFFICER’S COMMENT
   Review line manager’s assessments, make any recommendations, include details of areas where you disagree.

SI BF(G)                                                     4C-3                                                  AMDT 12
6200
 Have discussed this report with the Job Holder?             YES       NO (tick as applicable)
 The Job Holder has worked for me for:                       Years      Months

 Countersigning Officer’s Signature:                                             Date:

                                SECTION 6 – COMPLETION AND RECEIPT

                        CONFIRMATION OF COMPLETION AND RECEIPT
                      Once signed by the Job Holder, this report must not be amended in any way.
 I, the JobHolder, am/am not* satisfied with this Progress Appraisal
 (* delete as applicable)


 Job Holder’s Signature:                                                                  Date:
 Countersigning Officer’s Signature*:

 (*Signature is only required where JH disagrees with the report.)              Date:
 This report, is to be fully completed and signed within 1 month of the end of the reporting period. (See note
 6). The report to be forwarded to the GLSU within 1 week of the Job Holder having signed this Section.
 OC GLSU
 Name:                                           Signature:                               Date:
 Rank:

Notes on completion:

1. These notes are designed to assist in completion of this report, however, for full details your
   attention is drawn to SI BF(G) 6200, Section 4.

2. During the reporting period the report is to be retained by the Job Holder (or at their request by
   the Line Manager).

3. Section 1 - for new Job Holders: To be completed by the Job Holder during the first month in
   employment. The relevant Declaration is to be signed. For those Job Holders already in post,
   Section 1 is to be completed within a month of the previous reporting period having ended.
   Where a Job Holder does not wish to participate in the Appraisal Scheme – Section 1 is to be
   completed, signed and the Appraisal form returned to the relevant GLSU within 5 weeks of
   completion of the Job Holders probationary period

4. Sections 2 & 3 - for new Job Holders: This is to be completed 2 weeks prior to completion of the
   probationary period. For Job Holders already in post, within 1 month of receipt of the report
   These sections require the agreement of the Line Manager, where no agreement is reached
   passed to Countersigning Officer for comment. Where it is deemed necessary to continue
   training and Development needs on a separate piece of paper this is to be attached to the
   report by use of a staple. A copy of Section 3 (ITP) is to be forwarded to the GLSU within 5
   weeks of the completion of the employee‟s probationary period, and subsequent ITPs within 5
   weeks of commencement of the Job Holders new reporting period.

5. Section 4 This is designed for the six month reporting review, but can equally be used at any
   time during the reporting period (e.g.) where there are a changes in objectives/or in Line
   Manager due to deployment or posting.

6. A reporting period is also deemed to end when a Job Holder terminates employment.
SI BF(G)                                     4C-4                                  AMDT 12
6200
                                                                        APPENDIX 1 TO
                                                                        ANNEX C TO
                                                                        SECTION 4 TO
                                                                        SI BF(G) 6200

BRITISH FORCES GERMANY - DEPENDANT PROGRESS REPORT COMPLETION

SECTION 1 - JOB HOLDERS DETAILS

1.     On receipt of the blank Progress Report form (BFG Form 330R) from the GLSU the
LM in conjunction with the employee are to complete Section 1 as follows:

      a.     For new job holders.     During the first month of employment.

      b.     For those currently in employment. Within one month after the previous
      reporting period.

2.     Reporting Period. The reporting period runs from the date of successful
completion of the employee's probationary period for 12 months. Subsequent reporting
periods commence the day after the previous reporting period again for a period of 12
months. In the case of employees where there is no probationary period the 12 month
period commences from the date the employee starts work.

3.     Declaration. All employees must declare whether or not they wish to be included
in the Dependant Progress Report scheme. Thereafter the LM and the Countersigning
Officer's details are to be appended.

4.     In cases where an employee has declared that they do not wish to participate in
the scheme, the form is to be returned to the GLSU with Sections 2 to 6 left blank together
with any appropriate comments made by the LM or Countersigning Officer. The GLSU will
then place the form on the employee's personal file.




SI BF(G)                                  4C1-1                                 AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)          4C1-2          AMDT 12
6200
                                                                           APPENDIX 2 TO
                                                                           ANNEX C TO
                                                                           SECTION 4 TO
                                                                           SI BF(G) 6200

BRITISH FORCES GERMANY - DEPENDANT PROGRESS REPORT COMPLETION

SECTION 2 - PROGRESS AGREEMENT

1.     The Progress Agreement expresses what the Job Holder is expected to achieve
during the reporting period. It is important that the Job Holder and LM have a clear
understanding of what is to be achieved and that progress is assessed against
appropriate objectives. Practically this means:

      a.     For the Job Holder.

             (1)   A better understanding of where priorities lie and how they are
             expected to contribute to the achievement of the organisation‟s objectives.

             (2)    A clear understanding of the standards required.

      b.     For the Line Manager.

             (1)    A basis for allocating responsibility for achieving certain results to
             individuals and monitoring achievement of those results.

             (2)    Hard evidence to support the overall progress assessment.

2.    The key points of the Progress Agreement are:

      a.    The Progress Agreement comprises the job purpose, main areas of
      responsibility, agreed objectives and targets.

      b.     The Progress Agreement should be agreed between the Job Holder and the
      LM at the beginning of the reporting period.

      c.    The Job Holder and the LM should both hold a copy of the completed
      Progress Agreement to refer to during the reporting period.

      d.     Objectives should be reviewed at least once during the reporting period and
      in any case at the six month point.




SI BF(G)                                   4C2-1                                    AMDT 12
6200
THE JOB PURPOSE

3.     This is to be completed by the Job Holder.

4.     The aim of identifying the job purpose is to get the Job Holder to think about what
they are employed to do. It may seem obvious but many never think of their job in these
terms. The Job Holder must express the overall purpose of their job and needs to get
answers to some fundamental questions:

       a.     Why does my job exist?

       b.     What am I here to achieve?

       c.     How does my job contribute overall to the success of my Unit/Branch?

5.     Do not express the purpose of the job in terms of the LM job. It is important that
the Job Holder states what they are to achieve, not someone else. As an example, a C4
Registry Clerk‟s Job Purpose would be:

       "To provide efficient and effective administrative support to members of the Branch"

OBJECTIVES

6.    Personal Development Objectives.           These must be agreed by both the LM and
Job Holder.

7.     To identify these objectives the Job Holder should ask:

       a.     What do I want to achieve in each of my main areas of responsibility?

       b.    What specific result - as far as possible within my personal control - am I
       aiming at?

       c.      Is my current level of progress satisfactory in this main area? Will it be
       sufficient to MAINTAIN current progress?

       d.     Do I require any specific training in instruction to assist me in my current role.

8.     Key Objectives. These must be drafted by the Job Holder in agreement with the
LM. Do not attempt to set more than ONE objective for each main area. The identified
objectives should broadly cover the job. The number of agreed objectives must be
determined by the requirement of the job.

9.      There is NO point in identifying objectives that the Job Holder is unlikely to be able
to achieve. It is therefore important that the LM and Job Holder review together the
identified objective and consider the following:

       a.     Does the Job Holder have the skills or experience required to achieve the
       objective? If not steps must be taken to provide the training required. (This will
       become a training need in Section 3 of the Report).
SI BF(G)                                    4C2-2                                   AMDT 12
6200
      b.     Does the Job Holder have control over the achievement of the objective? If
      control is limited, consider whether the objective can be broken down into parts
      over which he/she has more influence and reword the objective accordingly.

      c.     What are the resource implications of achieving these objectives?
      Resources - such as budgets, staff, equipment - need to be reviewed to determine
      whether the objective is realistic. Over the reporting period this issue will need to
      be reviewed, especially if more work is involved in achieving the objective than was
      originally foreseen.

10.   An example of an objective for a C4 Registry Clerk could be:

      "Filing: - To maintain an accurate and up-to-date filing system."

11.   Target Dates.     The Job Holder and LM must also agree the progress targets for
each objective.

12.   To do this they must consider how progress will be measured and identify suitable
performance indicators. An indicator is an aspect of the job against which progress can
be measured and will usually fall into one of the following categories:

      a.     The QUANTITY of output the Job Holder has to produce.

      b.     The QUALITY of the Job Holder‟s Work.

      c.     The TIMESCALES within which the Job Holder has to achieve the objective
      or any of the tasks associated with the objective.

      d.    The COST of achieving the objective or any tasks associated with it, e.g. the
      budget that a Job Holder might have to work within.

13.    A progress target is a specific result, which is to be achieved by the Job Holder,
expressed in terms of the indicator. Wherever possible, the target should be a number, a
date or a precise standard to be achieved. Progress targets can be identified by asking:

      a.     When will this objective and the tasks associated with it be achieved?

      b.      What is the consequence of performing to a satisfactory level? What will the
      result look like?




SI BF(G)                                  4C2-3                                  AMDT 12
6200
14.   An example of progress targets and indicators for a C4 Registry Clerk would be:

      Indicator: Time taken to file documents from date of receipt (Time)
      Target: 2 days

      Indicator: Size of current part of file (Quality) - maximum thickness/maximum
      number of enclosures

      Target: 2.5cm thick/100 enclosures

      Indicator: Regularity with which files are to be checked for archiving (Time)
      Target: Every four months

      Indicator: Maximum time lapsed since last enclosure on a file before it is archived
       (Quality)
      Target: Every six months

15.   Points to Remember

      a.     Objectives. An objective is a statement of desired outputs against which
      progress can be monitored and success judged. Without clear objectives the Job
      Holder will not know what is expected of them, will not be able to judge their job
      progress nor if they have delivered the required results. The Job Holder must agree
      with their LM clear objectives for their job. These objectives must be SMART -
      Specific, Measurable, Achievable and Agreed, Relevant and Time-related:


            (1)    Specific. There must be clarity on the outcomes that are expected.

            (2)    Measurable. Most objectives can be measured. They will often
                   cover:

                   (a)    Quantity of output.

                   (b)    Quality of the output.

                   (c)     Costs.

            (3)    Achievable and Agreed. Most people will respond to a challenge but
            unachievable objectives are demoralising and counter-productive. Where
            objectives are agreed between the LM and the Job Holder it is more likely
            the Job holder will be committed to achieving the objectives.

            (4)    Relevant. The link between the job objectives and those of the
            management plan should be clear so that the individual can recognise their
            contribution.

            (5)    Time- related. The time span for achieving an objective must be
            stated so that Job Holder‟s can monitor their own progress. If there is a
            long-term objective then it must include target dates so that the task is
            divided into manageable chunks.

SI BF(G)                                  4C2-4                                  AMDT 12
6200
      b.     Timescales/Target Dates. Objectives can be set with completion dates of
      less than the reporting period. The achievement of these objectives can be
      considered during a review and assessed as interim achievements.




SI BF(G)                               4C2-5                                AMDT 12
6200
SI BF(G)   4C2-6   AMDT 12
6200
                                                                          APPENDIX 3 TO
                                                                          ANNEX C TO
                                                                          SECTION 4 TO
                                                                          SI BF(G) 6200

BRITISH FORCES GERMANY - DEPENDANT PROGRESS REPORT - COMPLETION

SECTION 3 - INDIVIDUAL TRAINING PLAN (ITP)

METHODS OF TRAINING

1.     In training employees to be effective it is often mistakenly believed that a formal
training course is the only solution. There are a wide range of alternatives which line
managers and job holders should consider in meeting a training requirement. Some of
these are detailed below:

       a.    Branch and unit induction through various means, e.g. an induction pack, a
       presentation or staff briefings.

       b.     On the job coaching by LM or colleagues.

       c.     Head of Branch/Unit briefings. These are regular briefings to the staff to
       keep them informed of current issues are an effective training method and will help
       to focus on key objectives.

       d.    Computer based/multimedia training. This includes the Defence Electronic
       Learning Centres which now provide (on line) training in computer software
       packages, and which are linked to the Civil Service core competencies and
       personal development.

       e.     Distance Learning. The MOD‟s modular approach to training means that
       many of the Defence Management Training (DMT) courses can be undertaken as
       distance learning packages. This minimises absences from the workplace but line
       managers must allow sufficient time within working hours for the completion of the
       package.

MANDATORY TRAINING

2.    All new LEC employees are to receive appropriate induction training into the post,
branch and unit.

3.     Where applicable Dependant employees are to receive the laid down regulatory
training for the job they hold.




SI BF(G)                                    4C3-1                                  AMDT 12
6200
RESOURCES

4.     Resources for training are provided by both MOD Centre and by BA(G). In terms of
course provision MOD courses such as those provided by Defence Management Training
(DMT) are funded centrally. All Dependant employees are entitled at no charge to attend
the same courses as the Civil Service staff including those courses run in the UK, subject
to the Budget Holder‟s approval.

5.      It is BA(G)‟s policy to provide as many of these courses in theatre as is possible or
viable in instruction to minimise absences from the place of work and to relieve pressures
on travel and subsistence budgets. Additionally computer software courses, further
education and language courses are provided through the Education and Training
Services (ETS). There are two Defence Electronic Learning Centres within BA(G). In
addition LEC Human Resource Management courses are held at the LEC Trg Wing,
Herford.

6.     Wherever possible and subject to Budget Holder‟s approval and authority
Dependant employees can take advantage of relevant job-related external training and
further education opportunities, in accordance with the rules laid down in this SI BF(G) at
Section 1, Paragraphs 1.104 to 1.106 and Annex C to Section 1.

INDIVIDUAL TRAINING PLAN (ITP)

7.     The Key Points are:

       a.     The Individual Training Plan is to be completed at the commencement of the
       report period.

       b.     Where appropriate, the contents of the plan should take account of the
       issues discussed during the Progress Review interview for the previous report
       period.

       c.     All disabled staff should be asked whether there is any special equipment,
       training or other help which they require to enable them to perform their job. There
       is a central fund, administered by the Civilian Equal Opportunities Unit, which is
       available to meet such needs.

8.     Integrating training considerations into the Progress Report form should ensure that
a much closer and more direct link is made between progress and training needs. The
Individual Training Plan must be completed at the start of the report period, reviewed
throughout the period or at a minimum the six month point, and assessed at the end of the
period to ensure that training opportunities have been pursued. This places
responsibilities on both the LM and Job Holder to set realistic goals and to work towards
achieving them.

9.     The Individual Training Plan should be drafted by the Job Holder and agreed by the
LM.

10.    The following steps provide a guide to completing an Individual Training Plan:


SI BF(G)                                    4C3-2                                  AMDT 12
6200
Step 1     The Job Holder should consider:
              a. The assessments given in the previous Progress Review and
           the discussion
              that took place during the Progress interview or with the
           Countersigning Officer.
              b. The level of knowledge required for the post.
              c. Whether some training is required to achieve objectives in the
           Progress
              Agreement.

Step 2     The Job Holder should decide which areas require developing and
           formulate some ideas on how this may be done. Don't forget strengths
           can be built upon as well as weaknesses improve.

Step 3     The Job Holder should discuss the draft plan with the LM, prioritise and
           agree the plan. Thereafter they both should agree when progress in
           the plan is to be reviewed.

Step 4     Where a disagreement exists the plan should be passed to the
           Countersigning Officer for comment.

Step 5     A copy of the plan is to be retained by the Job Holder and the LM and
           where appropriate take the necessary action, e.g. apply for a training
           course.

Step 6     A copy of Section 3 (ITP) is to be forwarded to the GLSU not later than
           5 weeks after the end of the probationary period, and subsequent ITPs
           within 5 weeks of commencement of the the Job Holders new reporting
           period.




SI BF(G)                                    4C3-3                                   AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)          4C3-4          AMDT 12
6200
                                                                        APPENDIX 4 TO
                                                                        ANNEX C TO
                                                                        SECTION 4 TO
                                                                        SI BF(G) 6200

BRITISH FORCES GERMANY - DEPENDANT PROGRESS REPORT - COMPLETION

SECTION 4 - PROGRESS REVIEW, ASSESSMENT AND REVIEW

REVIEW AGREED OBJECTIVES

1.      Objectives must be kept up to date. Regular reviews of objectives are therefore
vital. The Job Holder should ask:

      a.     Have my responsibilities changed in any significant way?

      b.    Have any new pieces of work been allocated which will affect the way I use
      my time within the next few weeks or months?

      c.     Are there any other factors, which have changed since my objectives were
      set which, might prevent me from achieving my objectives?

      d.    Are any of the objectives in the Progress Agreement no longer relevant or
      achievable as a result of these changes?

      e.     Do I need to identify any new objectives to reflect my new responsibilities?

      f.     Do any of the progress targets require modification?

2.   Proposed changes to objectives should be drafted and discussed with the Line
Manager.

3.     Arrangements should be made with the LM to meet not more than six months from
the start of the report period to agree formally any modifications to objectives. The Job
Holder should come to the interview prepared to discuss the progress made towards
meeting objectives. The Job Holder, however, should feel free to discuss their objectives
with their LM at any time outside of the formal interviews.

LINE MANAGER‟S RESPONSIBILITIES

4.    LM must:

      a.      Ensure that objectives are reviewed not more than six months from the start
      of the report period.

      b.    Discuss the Job Holder‟s draft proposals for revisions and agree what should
      be added, modified or deleted.

      c.     Discuss, assess and record progress against objectives.



SI BF(G)                                  4C4-1                                  AMDT 12
6200
      d.     Add any newly-identified objectives to the Progress Agreement.

      e.     Consider whether any further action is required if the Job Holder is not
             performing satisfactorily against the objectives.

      f.     Evaluate any training carried out by the Job Holder during the reporting
      period.

5.    LM should use the six month review section in the report form to record any
changes to the agreed objectives and comment on the extent to which an objective has
been achieved at the time of the review.




SI BF(G)                                  4C4-2                                  AMDT 12
6200
                                                                        APPENDIX 5 TO
                                                                        ANNEX C TO
                                                                        SECTION 4 TO
                                                                        SI BF(G) 6200

BRITISH FORCES GERMANY - DEPENDANT PROGRESS REPORT - COMPLETION

SECTION 5 - OVERALL ASSESSMENT/ANNUAL PROGRESS ASSESSMENT

ANNUAL PROGRESS ASSESSMENT

1.    This section should be drafted before the Progress Review Interview. Final
completion should take place following the interview.

2.     Achievement of Objectives. State what progress has been made against
objectives. If objectives have not been met explain why and if there were any mitigating
circumstances.

3.      Working Relationships. Describe how they perform as a team member. How
well respected, how approachable, helpful and understanding. Give examples of
situation(s). How prompt, patient courteous and aware of others needs.

ASSESSMENT

4.     Comments must reflect any progress and action taken to address developmental
needs; any strengths or weaknesses; their management of work, personal effectiveness,
drive and determination, reliability under pressure; how the job holder has received and
acted on help and guidance and addressed any shortfalls or responded to development
needs. Record any areas of disagreement by the job holder.

5.    Further Guidelines:

      a.     Management of Work - extent of planning required in relation to the job
      purpose. Specify what is planned, whether priorities are met and what happens if
      not met. Where applicable describe how effectively they plan the work of others.
      Indicate level of output and quality and how much supervision required.

      b.    Personal Effectiveness - State the extent of responsibility. How well do they
      organise, motivate, develop, delegate. State if effective and economical use of
      resources    is demonstrated and specify what they are, e.g. time, postage, stores.
       Describe how well they analyse problems and grasp written and oral instructions.
      Do they look ahead and plan to meet potential problems? Can they come to a
      sound decision which achieves objectives? Give examples.

      c.    Drive and Determination - Do they get things done despite the difficulties?
      How energetic, enthusiastic and successful are they? State any difficulties they
      overcame. How they reacted and what they were able to achieve.




SI BF(G)                                  4C5-1                                  AMDT 12
6200
      d.    Reliability under Pressure - State what the pressures were, if none then
      make that clear in the comments. State how they reacted in situations and
      examples of work produced and objectives achieved because of or despite
      pressures.

6.      The Progress Assessment is to be drafted by the LM before the Progress Review
Interview and is designed to aid the discussion between the LM and Job Holder.

THE PROGRESS INTERVIEW

7.    During the interview the following must be discussed:

      a.     The Achievement of Objectives.

             (1)    To what extent were the objectives achieved.

             (2)   What circumstances prevailed that resulted in the objectives not being
             achieved or only partially achieved.

             (3)   The Job Holder should not be penalised if objectives were not
             achieved for reasons outside their control.

      b.     Rating of Overall Progress.

             (1)    Refer to the notes on the Form.

             (2)   If the Job Holder is unhappy with the pen picture, the LM should
             reconsider their comments in the light of the information provided by the Job
             Holder.

      c.     Training

             (1)    Evaluate any training concluded throughout the reporting period.

             (2)    Identify any improvement in performance as a result of training.

      d.     The Job and Personal Objectives for the Next Review period.

             (1)     What objectives are to be carried forward to the Progress Agreement
             for the next review period and do they require any amendment?

             (2)     What new main areas of responsibility will the Job Holder be taking
             on, if any, and what new objectives will be required as a result?

             (3)    If there is insufficient time to discuss the next period‟s objectives a
             further interview must be held within one week of the first interview.




SI BF(G)                                   4C5-2                                    AMDT 12
6200
JOB HOLDER‟S COMMENTS

8.    Completion of this section of the form is optional.

9.      Where the Job Holder wishes to exercise their right to comment they should do so
after the LM has completed his/her section of the report form, following the Progress
Review Interview, and before it is passed to the Countersigning Officer.

10.   The LM should see the Job Holder‟s comments before passing the form to the
Countersigning Officer.

11.     There will be further opportunity for the Job Holder to add comments after they
have seen the Countersigning Officer‟s comments and before the report is signed for the
last time.

12.     The Job Holder‟s comments section is not to be used to submit an appeal against
the overall progress assessment or a grievance against any other aspect of the Progress
Review. Separate submissions are required for this. The procedure for this is detailed in
this SI BF(G) at Annex A to Section 3.

COUNTERSIGNING OFFICER‟S COMMENTS

13.    The Countersigning Officer should review the LM assessment and then provide
his/her own comments and overall progress assessment. In instruction to do this it is
crucial that the

Countersigning Officer has a good understanding of the Job Holder‟s area of work and
their level of performance.

14.   It is also important that the Job Holder‟s comments on the LM Progress
Assessment are read carefully and a discussion with the Job Holder must be held if one is
requested.

15.   Good practice would predicate that a discussion with the Job Holder was held
anyway. The Countersigning Officer is required in his section of the report to say whether
they have done so or not.

16.    If the Countersigning Officer‟s comments disagrees with any of the assessments
given by the LM, particularly the overall assessment, the Countersigning Officer must
discuss the reasons why with the LM and the Job Holder. The comments provided by
both parties must be taken into consideration before the Countersigning Officer finally
decides upon his/her assessment.




SI BF(G)                                   4C5-3                                AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)          4C5-4          AMDT 12
6200
                                                                            APPENDIX 6 TO
                                                                            ANNEX C TO
                                                                            SECTION 4 TO
                                                                            SI BF(G) 6200

BRITISH FORCES GERMANY - DEPENDANT PROGRESS REPORT - COMPLETION

SECTION 6 - COMPLETION AND RECEIPT

1.      Confirmation of Completion. The Job Holder must confirm that they are
satisfied or not as the case may be with the full report before signing the report for the last
time.

2.     The Countersigning Officer must then sign the report only if the employee
dissatisfied with the report before it is sent to the GLSU. If the Countersigning Officer
wishes to make any written comment regarding the employee's dissatisfaction, this must
be appended to the report.

3.      Once the report has been received by the GLSU the OC is to confirm that the
report has been completed correctly and in accordance with the procedures contained
within this SI BF(G).
Thereafter the report is to be placed on the Job Holder‟s P file. The report(s) will be
returned to the Job Holder at the end of their final employment as part of an overall
Leaving Pack.

4.   On receipt of the completed report at the end of the reporting period the GLSU is to
immediately forward a blank report to the unit covering the next reporting year.


THE PROGRESS REPORT INTERVIEW

1.     During the interview the following must be discussed:

       a.     The Achievement of Objectives.

              (1)    To what extent were the objectives achieved.

              (2)    What circumstances prevailed that resulted in the objectives not being
                     achieved or only partially achieved.

              (3)    The Job Holder should not be penalised if objectives were not
                     achieved for reasons outside their control.




SI BF(G)                                    4C6-1                                   AMDT 12
6200
           INTENTIONALLY BLANK




SI BF(G)          4C6-2          AMDT 12
6200